LLVM 23.0.0git
InstructionSimplify.cpp
Go to the documentation of this file.
1//===- InstructionSimplify.cpp - Fold instruction operands ----------------===//
2//
3// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
4// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
5// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
6//
7//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8//
9// This file implements routines for folding instructions into simpler forms
10// that do not require creating new instructions. This does constant folding
11// ("add i32 1, 1" -> "2") but can also handle non-constant operands, either
12// returning a constant ("and i32 %x, 0" -> "0") or an already existing value
13// ("and i32 %x, %x" -> "%x"). All operands are assumed to have already been
14// simplified: This is usually true and assuming it simplifies the logic (if
15// they have not been simplified then results are correct but maybe suboptimal).
16//
17//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
18
20
21#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
22#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
23#include "llvm/ADT/Statistic.h"
31#include "llvm/Analysis/Loads.h"
40#include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
41#include "llvm/IR/Dominators.h"
42#include "llvm/IR/InstrTypes.h"
44#include "llvm/IR/IntrinsicsAArch64.h"
45#include "llvm/IR/Operator.h"
47#include "llvm/IR/Statepoint.h"
50#include <algorithm>
51#include <optional>
52using namespace llvm;
53using namespace llvm::PatternMatch;
54
55#define DEBUG_TYPE "instsimplify"
56
57enum { RecursionLimit = 3 };
58
59STATISTIC(NumExpand, "Number of expansions");
60STATISTIC(NumReassoc, "Number of reassociations");
61
62static Value *simplifyAndInst(Value *, Value *, const SimplifyQuery &,
63 unsigned);
64static Value *simplifyUnOp(unsigned, Value *, const SimplifyQuery &, unsigned);
65static Value *simplifyFPUnOp(unsigned, Value *, const FastMathFlags &,
66 const SimplifyQuery &, unsigned);
67static Value *simplifyBinOp(unsigned, Value *, Value *, const SimplifyQuery &,
68 unsigned);
69static Value *simplifyBinOp(unsigned, Value *, Value *, const FastMathFlags &,
70 const SimplifyQuery &, unsigned);
72 const SimplifyQuery &, unsigned);
74 const SimplifyQuery &Q, unsigned MaxRecurse);
75static Value *simplifyOrInst(Value *, Value *, const SimplifyQuery &, unsigned);
76static Value *simplifyXorInst(Value *, Value *, const SimplifyQuery &,
77 unsigned);
78static Value *simplifyCastInst(unsigned, Value *, Type *, const SimplifyQuery &,
79 unsigned);
81 GEPNoWrapFlags, const SimplifyQuery &, unsigned);
83 const SimplifyQuery &, unsigned);
85 ArrayRef<Value *> NewOps,
86 const SimplifyQuery &SQ,
87 unsigned MaxRecurse);
88
89/// For a boolean type or a vector of boolean type, return false or a vector
90/// with every element false.
91static Constant *getFalse(Type *Ty) { return ConstantInt::getFalse(Ty); }
92
93/// For a boolean type or a vector of boolean type, return true or a vector
94/// with every element true.
95static Constant *getTrue(Type *Ty) { return ConstantInt::getTrue(Ty); }
96
97/// isSameCompare - Is V equivalent to the comparison "LHS Pred RHS"?
98static bool isSameCompare(Value *V, CmpPredicate Pred, Value *LHS, Value *RHS) {
99 CmpInst *Cmp = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(V);
100 if (!Cmp)
101 return false;
102 CmpInst::Predicate CPred = Cmp->getPredicate();
103 Value *CLHS = Cmp->getOperand(0), *CRHS = Cmp->getOperand(1);
104 if (CPred == Pred && CLHS == LHS && CRHS == RHS)
105 return true;
106 return CPred == CmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred) && CLHS == RHS &&
107 CRHS == LHS;
108}
109
110/// Simplify comparison with true or false branch of select:
111/// %sel = select i1 %cond, i32 %tv, i32 %fv
112/// %cmp = icmp sle i32 %sel, %rhs
113/// Compose new comparison by substituting %sel with either %tv or %fv
114/// and see if it simplifies.
116 Value *Cond, const SimplifyQuery &Q,
117 unsigned MaxRecurse, Constant *TrueOrFalse) {
118 Value *SimplifiedCmp = simplifyCmpInst(Pred, LHS, RHS, Q, MaxRecurse);
119 if (SimplifiedCmp == Cond) {
120 // %cmp simplified to the select condition (%cond).
121 return TrueOrFalse;
122 } else if (!SimplifiedCmp && isSameCompare(Cond, Pred, LHS, RHS)) {
123 // It didn't simplify. However, if composed comparison is equivalent
124 // to the select condition (%cond) then we can replace it.
125 return TrueOrFalse;
126 }
127 return SimplifiedCmp;
128}
129
130/// Simplify comparison with true branch of select
132 Value *Cond, const SimplifyQuery &Q,
133 unsigned MaxRecurse) {
134 return simplifyCmpSelCase(Pred, LHS, RHS, Cond, Q, MaxRecurse,
135 getTrue(Cond->getType()));
136}
137
138/// Simplify comparison with false branch of select
140 Value *Cond, const SimplifyQuery &Q,
141 unsigned MaxRecurse) {
142 return simplifyCmpSelCase(Pred, LHS, RHS, Cond, Q, MaxRecurse,
143 getFalse(Cond->getType()));
144}
145
146/// We know comparison with both branches of select can be simplified, but they
147/// are not equal. This routine handles some logical simplifications.
149 Value *Cond,
150 const SimplifyQuery &Q,
151 unsigned MaxRecurse) {
152 // If the false value simplified to false, then the result of the compare
153 // is equal to "Cond && TCmp". This also catches the case when the false
154 // value simplified to false and the true value to true, returning "Cond".
155 // Folding select to and/or isn't poison-safe in general; impliesPoison
156 // checks whether folding it does not convert a well-defined value into
157 // poison.
158 if (match(FCmp, m_Zero()) && impliesPoison(TCmp, Cond))
159 if (Value *V = simplifyAndInst(Cond, TCmp, Q, MaxRecurse))
160 return V;
161 // If the true value simplified to true, then the result of the compare
162 // is equal to "Cond || FCmp".
163 if (match(TCmp, m_One()) && impliesPoison(FCmp, Cond))
164 if (Value *V = simplifyOrInst(Cond, FCmp, Q, MaxRecurse))
165 return V;
166 // Finally, if the false value simplified to true and the true value to
167 // false, then the result of the compare is equal to "!Cond".
168 if (match(FCmp, m_One()) && match(TCmp, m_Zero()))
169 if (Value *V = simplifyXorInst(
170 Cond, Constant::getAllOnesValue(Cond->getType()), Q, MaxRecurse))
171 return V;
172 return nullptr;
173}
174
175/// Does the given value dominate the specified phi node?
176static bool valueDominatesPHI(Value *V, PHINode *P, const DominatorTree *DT) {
178 if (!I)
179 // Arguments and constants dominate all instructions.
180 return true;
181
182 // If we have a DominatorTree then do a precise test.
183 if (DT)
184 return DT->dominates(I, P);
185
186 // Otherwise, if the instruction is in the entry block and is not an invoke,
187 // then it obviously dominates all phi nodes.
188 if (I->getParent()->isEntryBlock() && !isa<InvokeInst>(I) &&
190 return true;
191
192 return false;
193}
194
195/// Try to simplify a binary operator of form "V op OtherOp" where V is
196/// "(B0 opex B1)" by distributing 'op' across 'opex' as
197/// "(B0 op OtherOp) opex (B1 op OtherOp)".
199 Value *OtherOp, Instruction::BinaryOps OpcodeToExpand,
200 const SimplifyQuery &Q, unsigned MaxRecurse) {
201 auto *B = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(V);
202 if (!B || B->getOpcode() != OpcodeToExpand)
203 return nullptr;
204 Value *B0 = B->getOperand(0), *B1 = B->getOperand(1);
205 Value *L =
206 simplifyBinOp(Opcode, B0, OtherOp, Q.getWithoutUndef(), MaxRecurse);
207 if (!L)
208 return nullptr;
209 Value *R =
210 simplifyBinOp(Opcode, B1, OtherOp, Q.getWithoutUndef(), MaxRecurse);
211 if (!R)
212 return nullptr;
213
214 // Does the expanded pair of binops simplify to the existing binop?
215 if ((L == B0 && R == B1) ||
216 (Instruction::isCommutative(OpcodeToExpand) && L == B1 && R == B0)) {
217 ++NumExpand;
218 return B;
219 }
220
221 // Otherwise, return "L op' R" if it simplifies.
222 Value *S = simplifyBinOp(OpcodeToExpand, L, R, Q, MaxRecurse);
223 if (!S)
224 return nullptr;
225
226 ++NumExpand;
227 return S;
228}
229
230/// Try to simplify binops of form "A op (B op' C)" or the commuted variant by
231/// distributing op over op'.
233 Value *R,
234 Instruction::BinaryOps OpcodeToExpand,
235 const SimplifyQuery &Q,
236 unsigned MaxRecurse) {
237 // Recursion is always used, so bail out at once if we already hit the limit.
238 if (!MaxRecurse--)
239 return nullptr;
240
241 if (Value *V = expandBinOp(Opcode, L, R, OpcodeToExpand, Q, MaxRecurse))
242 return V;
243 if (Value *V = expandBinOp(Opcode, R, L, OpcodeToExpand, Q, MaxRecurse))
244 return V;
245 return nullptr;
246}
247
248/// Generic simplifications for associative binary operations.
249/// Returns the simpler value, or null if none was found.
251 Value *LHS, Value *RHS,
252 const SimplifyQuery &Q,
253 unsigned MaxRecurse) {
254 assert(Instruction::isAssociative(Opcode) && "Not an associative operation!");
255
256 // Recursion is always used, so bail out at once if we already hit the limit.
257 if (!MaxRecurse--)
258 return nullptr;
259
262
263 // Transform: "(A op B) op C" ==> "A op (B op C)" if it simplifies completely.
264 if (Op0 && Op0->getOpcode() == Opcode) {
265 Value *A = Op0->getOperand(0);
266 Value *B = Op0->getOperand(1);
267 Value *C = RHS;
268
269 // Does "B op C" simplify?
270 if (Value *V = simplifyBinOp(Opcode, B, C, Q, MaxRecurse)) {
271 // It does! Return "A op V" if it simplifies or is already available.
272 // If V equals B then "A op V" is just the LHS.
273 if (V == B)
274 return LHS;
275 // Otherwise return "A op V" if it simplifies.
276 if (Value *W = simplifyBinOp(Opcode, A, V, Q, MaxRecurse)) {
277 ++NumReassoc;
278 return W;
279 }
280 }
281 }
282
283 // Transform: "A op (B op C)" ==> "(A op B) op C" if it simplifies completely.
284 if (Op1 && Op1->getOpcode() == Opcode) {
285 Value *A = LHS;
286 Value *B = Op1->getOperand(0);
287 Value *C = Op1->getOperand(1);
288
289 // Does "A op B" simplify?
290 if (Value *V = simplifyBinOp(Opcode, A, B, Q, MaxRecurse)) {
291 // It does! Return "V op C" if it simplifies or is already available.
292 // If V equals B then "V op C" is just the RHS.
293 if (V == B)
294 return RHS;
295 // Otherwise return "V op C" if it simplifies.
296 if (Value *W = simplifyBinOp(Opcode, V, C, Q, MaxRecurse)) {
297 ++NumReassoc;
298 return W;
299 }
300 }
301 }
302
303 // The remaining transforms require commutativity as well as associativity.
304 if (!Instruction::isCommutative(Opcode))
305 return nullptr;
306
307 // Transform: "(A op B) op C" ==> "(C op A) op B" if it simplifies completely.
308 if (Op0 && Op0->getOpcode() == Opcode) {
309 Value *A = Op0->getOperand(0);
310 Value *B = Op0->getOperand(1);
311 Value *C = RHS;
312
313 // Does "C op A" simplify?
314 if (Value *V = simplifyBinOp(Opcode, C, A, Q, MaxRecurse)) {
315 // It does! Return "V op B" if it simplifies or is already available.
316 // If V equals A then "V op B" is just the LHS.
317 if (V == A)
318 return LHS;
319 // Otherwise return "V op B" if it simplifies.
320 if (Value *W = simplifyBinOp(Opcode, V, B, Q, MaxRecurse)) {
321 ++NumReassoc;
322 return W;
323 }
324 }
325 }
326
327 // Transform: "A op (B op C)" ==> "B op (C op A)" if it simplifies completely.
328 if (Op1 && Op1->getOpcode() == Opcode) {
329 Value *A = LHS;
330 Value *B = Op1->getOperand(0);
331 Value *C = Op1->getOperand(1);
332
333 // Does "C op A" simplify?
334 if (Value *V = simplifyBinOp(Opcode, C, A, Q, MaxRecurse)) {
335 // It does! Return "B op V" if it simplifies or is already available.
336 // If V equals C then "B op V" is just the RHS.
337 if (V == C)
338 return RHS;
339 // Otherwise return "B op V" if it simplifies.
340 if (Value *W = simplifyBinOp(Opcode, B, V, Q, MaxRecurse)) {
341 ++NumReassoc;
342 return W;
343 }
344 }
345 }
346
347 return nullptr;
348}
349
350/// In the case of a binary operation with a select instruction as an operand,
351/// try to simplify the binop by seeing whether evaluating it on both branches
352/// of the select results in the same value. Returns the common value if so,
353/// otherwise returns null.
355 Value *RHS, const SimplifyQuery &Q,
356 unsigned MaxRecurse) {
357 // Recursion is always used, so bail out at once if we already hit the limit.
358 if (!MaxRecurse--)
359 return nullptr;
360
361 SelectInst *SI;
362 if (isa<SelectInst>(LHS)) {
364 } else {
365 assert(isa<SelectInst>(RHS) && "No select instruction operand!");
367 }
368
369 // Evaluate the BinOp on the true and false branches of the select.
370 Value *TV;
371 Value *FV;
372 if (SI == LHS) {
373 TV = simplifyBinOp(Opcode, SI->getTrueValue(), RHS, Q, MaxRecurse);
374 FV = simplifyBinOp(Opcode, SI->getFalseValue(), RHS, Q, MaxRecurse);
375 } else {
376 TV = simplifyBinOp(Opcode, LHS, SI->getTrueValue(), Q, MaxRecurse);
377 FV = simplifyBinOp(Opcode, LHS, SI->getFalseValue(), Q, MaxRecurse);
378 }
379
380 // If they simplified to the same value, then return the common value.
381 // If they both failed to simplify then return null.
382 if (TV == FV)
383 return TV;
384
385 // If one branch simplified to undef, return the other one.
386 if (TV && Q.isUndefValue(TV))
387 return FV;
388 if (FV && Q.isUndefValue(FV))
389 return TV;
390
391 // If applying the operation did not change the true and false select values,
392 // then the result of the binop is the select itself.
393 if (TV == SI->getTrueValue() && FV == SI->getFalseValue())
394 return SI;
395
396 // If one branch simplified and the other did not, and the simplified
397 // value is equal to the unsimplified one, return the simplified value.
398 // For example, select (cond, X, X & Z) & Z -> X & Z.
399 if ((FV && !TV) || (TV && !FV)) {
400 // Check that the simplified value has the form "X op Y" where "op" is the
401 // same as the original operation.
402 Instruction *Simplified = dyn_cast<Instruction>(FV ? FV : TV);
403 if (Simplified && Simplified->getOpcode() == unsigned(Opcode) &&
404 !Simplified->hasPoisonGeneratingFlags()) {
405 // The value that didn't simplify is "UnsimplifiedLHS op UnsimplifiedRHS".
406 // We already know that "op" is the same as for the simplified value. See
407 // if the operands match too. If so, return the simplified value.
408 Value *UnsimplifiedBranch = FV ? SI->getTrueValue() : SI->getFalseValue();
409 Value *UnsimplifiedLHS = SI == LHS ? UnsimplifiedBranch : LHS;
410 Value *UnsimplifiedRHS = SI == LHS ? RHS : UnsimplifiedBranch;
411 if (Simplified->getOperand(0) == UnsimplifiedLHS &&
412 Simplified->getOperand(1) == UnsimplifiedRHS)
413 return Simplified;
414 if (Simplified->isCommutative() &&
415 Simplified->getOperand(1) == UnsimplifiedLHS &&
416 Simplified->getOperand(0) == UnsimplifiedRHS)
417 return Simplified;
418 }
419 }
420
421 return nullptr;
422}
423
424/// In the case of a comparison with a select instruction, try to simplify the
425/// comparison by seeing whether both branches of the select result in the same
426/// value. Returns the common value if so, otherwise returns null.
427/// For example, if we have:
428/// %tmp = select i1 %cmp, i32 1, i32 2
429/// %cmp1 = icmp sle i32 %tmp, 3
430/// We can simplify %cmp1 to true, because both branches of select are
431/// less than 3. We compose new comparison by substituting %tmp with both
432/// branches of select and see if it can be simplified.
434 const SimplifyQuery &Q, unsigned MaxRecurse) {
435 // Recursion is always used, so bail out at once if we already hit the limit.
436 if (!MaxRecurse--)
437 return nullptr;
438
439 // Make sure the select is on the LHS.
440 if (!isa<SelectInst>(LHS)) {
441 std::swap(LHS, RHS);
442 Pred = CmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred);
443 }
444 assert(isa<SelectInst>(LHS) && "Not comparing with a select instruction!");
446 Value *Cond = SI->getCondition();
447 Value *TV = SI->getTrueValue();
448 Value *FV = SI->getFalseValue();
449
450 // Now that we have "cmp select(Cond, TV, FV), RHS", analyse it.
451 // Does "cmp TV, RHS" simplify?
452 Value *TCmp = simplifyCmpSelTrueCase(Pred, TV, RHS, Cond, Q, MaxRecurse);
453 if (!TCmp)
454 return nullptr;
455
456 // Does "cmp FV, RHS" simplify?
457 Value *FCmp = simplifyCmpSelFalseCase(Pred, FV, RHS, Cond, Q, MaxRecurse);
458 if (!FCmp)
459 return nullptr;
460
461 // If both sides simplified to the same value, then use it as the result of
462 // the original comparison.
463 if (TCmp == FCmp)
464 return TCmp;
465
466 // The remaining cases only make sense if the select condition has the same
467 // type as the result of the comparison, so bail out if this is not so.
468 if (Cond->getType()->isVectorTy() == RHS->getType()->isVectorTy())
469 return handleOtherCmpSelSimplifications(TCmp, FCmp, Cond, Q, MaxRecurse);
470
471 return nullptr;
472}
473
474/// In the case of a binary operation with an operand that is a PHI instruction,
475/// try to simplify the binop by seeing whether evaluating it on the incoming
476/// phi values yields the same result for every value. If so returns the common
477/// value, otherwise returns null.
479 Value *RHS, const SimplifyQuery &Q,
480 unsigned MaxRecurse) {
481 // Recursion is always used, so bail out at once if we already hit the limit.
482 if (!MaxRecurse--)
483 return nullptr;
484
485 PHINode *PI;
486 if (isa<PHINode>(LHS)) {
487 PI = cast<PHINode>(LHS);
488 // Bail out if RHS and the phi may be mutually interdependent due to a loop.
489 if (!valueDominatesPHI(RHS, PI, Q.DT))
490 return nullptr;
491 } else {
492 assert(isa<PHINode>(RHS) && "No PHI instruction operand!");
493 PI = cast<PHINode>(RHS);
494 // Bail out if LHS and the phi may be mutually interdependent due to a loop.
495 if (!valueDominatesPHI(LHS, PI, Q.DT))
496 return nullptr;
497 }
498
499 // Evaluate the BinOp on the incoming phi values.
500 Value *CommonValue = nullptr;
501 for (Use &Incoming : PI->incoming_values()) {
502 // If the incoming value is the phi node itself, it can safely be skipped.
503 if (Incoming == PI)
504 continue;
506 Value *V = PI == LHS
507 ? simplifyBinOp(Opcode, Incoming, RHS,
508 Q.getWithInstruction(InTI), MaxRecurse)
509 : simplifyBinOp(Opcode, LHS, Incoming,
510 Q.getWithInstruction(InTI), MaxRecurse);
511 // If the operation failed to simplify, or simplified to a different value
512 // to previously, then give up.
513 if (!V || (CommonValue && V != CommonValue))
514 return nullptr;
515 CommonValue = V;
516 }
517
518 return CommonValue;
519}
520
521/// In the case of a comparison with a PHI instruction, try to simplify the
522/// comparison by seeing whether comparing with all of the incoming phi values
523/// yields the same result every time. If so returns the common result,
524/// otherwise returns null.
526 const SimplifyQuery &Q, unsigned MaxRecurse) {
527 // Recursion is always used, so bail out at once if we already hit the limit.
528 if (!MaxRecurse--)
529 return nullptr;
530
531 // Make sure the phi is on the LHS.
532 if (!isa<PHINode>(LHS)) {
533 std::swap(LHS, RHS);
534 Pred = CmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred);
535 }
536 assert(isa<PHINode>(LHS) && "Not comparing with a phi instruction!");
538
539 // Bail out if RHS and the phi may be mutually interdependent due to a loop.
540 if (!valueDominatesPHI(RHS, PI, Q.DT))
541 return nullptr;
542
543 // Evaluate the BinOp on the incoming phi values.
544 Value *CommonValue = nullptr;
545 for (unsigned u = 0, e = PI->getNumIncomingValues(); u < e; ++u) {
548 // If the incoming value is the phi node itself, it can safely be skipped.
549 if (Incoming == PI)
550 continue;
551 // Change the context instruction to the "edge" that flows into the phi.
552 // This is important because that is where incoming is actually "evaluated"
553 // even though it is used later somewhere else.
555 MaxRecurse);
556 // If the operation failed to simplify, or simplified to a different value
557 // to previously, then give up.
558 if (!V || (CommonValue && V != CommonValue))
559 return nullptr;
560 CommonValue = V;
561 }
562
563 return CommonValue;
564}
565
567 Value *&Op0, Value *&Op1,
568 const SimplifyQuery &Q) {
569 if (auto *CLHS = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op0)) {
570 if (auto *CRHS = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op1)) {
571 switch (Opcode) {
572 default:
573 break;
574 case Instruction::FAdd:
575 case Instruction::FSub:
576 case Instruction::FMul:
577 case Instruction::FDiv:
578 case Instruction::FRem:
579 if (Q.CxtI != nullptr)
580 return ConstantFoldFPInstOperands(Opcode, CLHS, CRHS, Q.DL, Q.CxtI);
581 }
582 return ConstantFoldBinaryOpOperands(Opcode, CLHS, CRHS, Q.DL);
583 }
584
585 // Canonicalize the constant to the RHS if this is a commutative operation.
586 if (Instruction::isCommutative(Opcode))
587 std::swap(Op0, Op1);
588 }
589 return nullptr;
590}
591
592/// Given operands for an Add, see if we can fold the result.
593/// If not, this returns null.
594static Value *simplifyAddInst(Value *Op0, Value *Op1, bool IsNSW, bool IsNUW,
595 const SimplifyQuery &Q, unsigned MaxRecurse) {
596 if (Constant *C = foldOrCommuteConstant(Instruction::Add, Op0, Op1, Q))
597 return C;
598
599 // X + poison -> poison
600 if (isa<PoisonValue>(Op1))
601 return Op1;
602
603 // X + undef -> undef
604 if (Q.isUndefValue(Op1))
605 return Op1;
606
607 // X + 0 -> X
608 if (match(Op1, m_Zero()))
609 return Op0;
610
611 // If two operands are negative, return 0.
612 if (isKnownNegation(Op0, Op1))
613 return Constant::getNullValue(Op0->getType());
614
615 // X + (Y - X) -> Y
616 // (Y - X) + X -> Y
617 // Eg: X + -X -> 0
618 Value *Y = nullptr;
619 if (match(Op1, m_Sub(m_Value(Y), m_Specific(Op0))) ||
620 match(Op0, m_Sub(m_Value(Y), m_Specific(Op1))))
621 return Y;
622
623 // X + ~X -> -1 since ~X = -X-1
624 Type *Ty = Op0->getType();
625 if (match(Op0, m_Not(m_Specific(Op1))) || match(Op1, m_Not(m_Specific(Op0))))
626 return Constant::getAllOnesValue(Ty);
627
628 // add nsw/nuw (xor Y, signmask), signmask --> Y
629 // The no-wrapping add guarantees that the top bit will be set by the add.
630 // Therefore, the xor must be clearing the already set sign bit of Y.
631 if ((IsNSW || IsNUW) && match(Op1, m_SignMask()) &&
632 match(Op0, m_Xor(m_Value(Y), m_SignMask())))
633 return Y;
634
635 // add nuw %x, -1 -> -1, because %x can only be 0.
636 if (IsNUW && match(Op1, m_AllOnes()))
637 return Op1; // Which is -1.
638
639 /// i1 add -> xor.
640 if (MaxRecurse && Op0->getType()->isIntOrIntVectorTy(1))
641 if (Value *V = simplifyXorInst(Op0, Op1, Q, MaxRecurse - 1))
642 return V;
643
644 // Try some generic simplifications for associative operations.
645 if (Value *V =
646 simplifyAssociativeBinOp(Instruction::Add, Op0, Op1, Q, MaxRecurse))
647 return V;
648
649 // Threading Add over selects and phi nodes is pointless, so don't bother.
650 // Threading over the select in "A + select(cond, B, C)" means evaluating
651 // "A+B" and "A+C" and seeing if they are equal; but they are equal if and
652 // only if B and C are equal. If B and C are equal then (since we assume
653 // that operands have already been simplified) "select(cond, B, C)" should
654 // have been simplified to the common value of B and C already. Analysing
655 // "A+B" and "A+C" thus gains nothing, but costs compile time. Similarly
656 // for threading over phi nodes.
657
658 return nullptr;
659}
660
661Value *llvm::simplifyAddInst(Value *Op0, Value *Op1, bool IsNSW, bool IsNUW,
662 const SimplifyQuery &Query) {
663 return ::simplifyAddInst(Op0, Op1, IsNSW, IsNUW, Query, RecursionLimit);
664}
665
666/// Compute the base pointer and cumulative constant offsets for V.
667///
668/// This strips all constant offsets off of V, leaving it the base pointer, and
669/// accumulates the total constant offset applied in the returned constant.
670/// It returns zero if there are no constant offsets applied.
671///
672/// This is very similar to stripAndAccumulateConstantOffsets(), except it
673/// normalizes the offset bitwidth to the stripped pointer type, not the
674/// original pointer type.
676 assert(V->getType()->isPtrOrPtrVectorTy());
677
678 APInt Offset = APInt::getZero(DL.getIndexTypeSizeInBits(V->getType()));
679 V = V->stripAndAccumulateConstantOffsets(DL, Offset,
680 /*AllowNonInbounds=*/true);
681 // As that strip may trace through `addrspacecast`, need to sext or trunc
682 // the offset calculated.
683 return Offset.sextOrTrunc(DL.getIndexTypeSizeInBits(V->getType()));
684}
685
686/// Compute the constant difference between two pointer values.
687/// If the difference is not a constant, returns zero.
689 Value *RHS) {
692
693 // If LHS and RHS are not related via constant offsets to the same base
694 // value, there is nothing we can do here.
695 if (LHS != RHS)
696 return nullptr;
697
698 // Otherwise, the difference of LHS - RHS can be computed as:
699 // LHS - RHS
700 // = (LHSOffset + Base) - (RHSOffset + Base)
701 // = LHSOffset - RHSOffset
702 Constant *Res = ConstantInt::get(LHS->getContext(), LHSOffset - RHSOffset);
703 if (auto *VecTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(LHS->getType()))
704 Res = ConstantVector::getSplat(VecTy->getElementCount(), Res);
705 return Res;
706}
707
708/// Test if there is a dominating equivalence condition for the
709/// two operands. If there is, try to reduce the binary operation
710/// between the two operands.
711/// Example: Op0 - Op1 --> 0 when Op0 == Op1
712static Value *simplifyByDomEq(unsigned Opcode, Value *Op0, Value *Op1,
713 const SimplifyQuery &Q, unsigned MaxRecurse) {
714 // Recursive run it can not get any benefit
715 if (MaxRecurse != RecursionLimit)
716 return nullptr;
717
718 std::optional<bool> Imp =
720 if (Imp && *Imp) {
721 Type *Ty = Op0->getType();
722 switch (Opcode) {
723 case Instruction::Sub:
724 case Instruction::Xor:
725 case Instruction::URem:
726 case Instruction::SRem:
727 return Constant::getNullValue(Ty);
728
729 case Instruction::SDiv:
730 case Instruction::UDiv:
731 return ConstantInt::get(Ty, 1);
732
733 case Instruction::And:
734 case Instruction::Or:
735 // Could be either one - choose Op1 since that's more likely a constant.
736 return Op1;
737 default:
738 break;
739 }
740 }
741 return nullptr;
742}
743
744/// Given operands for a Sub, see if we can fold the result.
745/// If not, this returns null.
746static Value *simplifySubInst(Value *Op0, Value *Op1, bool IsNSW, bool IsNUW,
747 const SimplifyQuery &Q, unsigned MaxRecurse) {
748 if (Constant *C = foldOrCommuteConstant(Instruction::Sub, Op0, Op1, Q))
749 return C;
750
751 // X - poison -> poison
752 // poison - X -> poison
753 if (isa<PoisonValue>(Op0) || isa<PoisonValue>(Op1))
754 return PoisonValue::get(Op0->getType());
755
756 // X - undef -> undef
757 // undef - X -> undef
758 if (Q.isUndefValue(Op0) || Q.isUndefValue(Op1))
759 return UndefValue::get(Op0->getType());
760
761 // X - 0 -> X
762 if (match(Op1, m_Zero()))
763 return Op0;
764
765 // X - X -> 0
766 if (Op0 == Op1)
767 return Constant::getNullValue(Op0->getType());
768
769 // Is this a negation?
770 if (match(Op0, m_Zero())) {
771 // 0 - X -> 0 if the sub is NUW.
772 if (IsNUW)
773 return Constant::getNullValue(Op0->getType());
774
775 KnownBits Known = computeKnownBits(Op1, Q);
776 if (Known.Zero.isMaxSignedValue()) {
777 // Op1 is either 0 or the minimum signed value. If the sub is NSW, then
778 // Op1 must be 0 because negating the minimum signed value is undefined.
779 if (IsNSW)
780 return Constant::getNullValue(Op0->getType());
781
782 // 0 - X -> X if X is 0 or the minimum signed value.
783 return Op1;
784 }
785 }
786
787 // (X + Y) - Z -> X + (Y - Z) or Y + (X - Z) if everything simplifies.
788 // For example, (X + Y) - Y -> X; (Y + X) - Y -> X
789 Value *X = nullptr, *Y = nullptr, *Z = Op1;
790 if (MaxRecurse && match(Op0, m_Add(m_Value(X), m_Value(Y)))) { // (X + Y) - Z
791 // See if "V === Y - Z" simplifies.
792 if (Value *V = simplifyBinOp(Instruction::Sub, Y, Z, Q, MaxRecurse - 1))
793 // It does! Now see if "X + V" simplifies.
794 if (Value *W = simplifyBinOp(Instruction::Add, X, V, Q, MaxRecurse - 1)) {
795 // It does, we successfully reassociated!
796 ++NumReassoc;
797 return W;
798 }
799 // See if "V === X - Z" simplifies.
800 if (Value *V = simplifyBinOp(Instruction::Sub, X, Z, Q, MaxRecurse - 1))
801 // It does! Now see if "Y + V" simplifies.
802 if (Value *W = simplifyBinOp(Instruction::Add, Y, V, Q, MaxRecurse - 1)) {
803 // It does, we successfully reassociated!
804 ++NumReassoc;
805 return W;
806 }
807 }
808
809 // X - (Y + Z) -> (X - Y) - Z or (X - Z) - Y if everything simplifies.
810 // For example, X - (X + 1) -> -1
811 X = Op0;
812 if (MaxRecurse && match(Op1, m_Add(m_Value(Y), m_Value(Z)))) { // X - (Y + Z)
813 // See if "V === X - Y" simplifies.
814 if (Value *V = simplifyBinOp(Instruction::Sub, X, Y, Q, MaxRecurse - 1))
815 // It does! Now see if "V - Z" simplifies.
816 if (Value *W = simplifyBinOp(Instruction::Sub, V, Z, Q, MaxRecurse - 1)) {
817 // It does, we successfully reassociated!
818 ++NumReassoc;
819 return W;
820 }
821 // See if "V === X - Z" simplifies.
822 if (Value *V = simplifyBinOp(Instruction::Sub, X, Z, Q, MaxRecurse - 1))
823 // It does! Now see if "V - Y" simplifies.
824 if (Value *W = simplifyBinOp(Instruction::Sub, V, Y, Q, MaxRecurse - 1)) {
825 // It does, we successfully reassociated!
826 ++NumReassoc;
827 return W;
828 }
829 }
830
831 // Z - (X - Y) -> (Z - X) + Y if everything simplifies.
832 // For example, X - (X - Y) -> Y.
833 Z = Op0;
834 if (MaxRecurse && match(Op1, m_Sub(m_Value(X), m_Value(Y)))) // Z - (X - Y)
835 // See if "V === Z - X" simplifies.
836 if (Value *V = simplifyBinOp(Instruction::Sub, Z, X, Q, MaxRecurse - 1))
837 // It does! Now see if "V + Y" simplifies.
838 if (Value *W = simplifyBinOp(Instruction::Add, V, Y, Q, MaxRecurse - 1)) {
839 // It does, we successfully reassociated!
840 ++NumReassoc;
841 return W;
842 }
843
844 // trunc(X) - trunc(Y) -> trunc(X - Y) if everything simplifies.
845 if (MaxRecurse && match(Op0, m_Trunc(m_Value(X))) &&
846 match(Op1, m_Trunc(m_Value(Y))))
847 if (X->getType() == Y->getType())
848 // See if "V === X - Y" simplifies.
849 if (Value *V = simplifyBinOp(Instruction::Sub, X, Y, Q, MaxRecurse - 1))
850 // It does! Now see if "trunc V" simplifies.
851 if (Value *W = simplifyCastInst(Instruction::Trunc, V, Op0->getType(),
852 Q, MaxRecurse - 1))
853 // It does, return the simplified "trunc V".
854 return W;
855
856 // Variations on GEP(base, I, ...) - GEP(base, i, ...) -> GEP(null, I-i, ...).
857 if (match(Op0, m_PtrToIntOrAddr(m_Value(X))) &&
859 if (Constant *Result = computePointerDifference(Q.DL, X, Y))
860 return ConstantFoldIntegerCast(Result, Op0->getType(), /*IsSigned*/ true,
861 Q.DL);
862 }
863
864 // i1 sub -> xor.
865 if (MaxRecurse && Op0->getType()->isIntOrIntVectorTy(1))
866 if (Value *V = simplifyXorInst(Op0, Op1, Q, MaxRecurse - 1))
867 return V;
868
869 // Threading Sub over selects and phi nodes is pointless, so don't bother.
870 // Threading over the select in "A - select(cond, B, C)" means evaluating
871 // "A-B" and "A-C" and seeing if they are equal; but they are equal if and
872 // only if B and C are equal. If B and C are equal then (since we assume
873 // that operands have already been simplified) "select(cond, B, C)" should
874 // have been simplified to the common value of B and C already. Analysing
875 // "A-B" and "A-C" thus gains nothing, but costs compile time. Similarly
876 // for threading over phi nodes.
877
878 if (Value *V = simplifyByDomEq(Instruction::Sub, Op0, Op1, Q, MaxRecurse))
879 return V;
880
881 // (sub nuw C_Mask, (xor X, C_Mask)) -> X
882 if (IsNUW) {
883 Value *X;
884 if (match(Op1, m_Xor(m_Value(X), m_Specific(Op0))) &&
885 match(Op0, m_LowBitMask()))
886 return X;
887 }
888
889 return nullptr;
890}
891
892Value *llvm::simplifySubInst(Value *Op0, Value *Op1, bool IsNSW, bool IsNUW,
893 const SimplifyQuery &Q) {
894 return ::simplifySubInst(Op0, Op1, IsNSW, IsNUW, Q, RecursionLimit);
895}
896
897/// Given operands for a Mul, see if we can fold the result.
898/// If not, this returns null.
899static Value *simplifyMulInst(Value *Op0, Value *Op1, bool IsNSW, bool IsNUW,
900 const SimplifyQuery &Q, unsigned MaxRecurse) {
901 if (Constant *C = foldOrCommuteConstant(Instruction::Mul, Op0, Op1, Q))
902 return C;
903
904 // X * poison -> poison
905 if (isa<PoisonValue>(Op1))
906 return Op1;
907
908 // X * undef -> 0
909 // X * 0 -> 0
910 if (Q.isUndefValue(Op1) || match(Op1, m_Zero()))
911 return Constant::getNullValue(Op0->getType());
912
913 // X * 1 -> X
914 if (match(Op1, m_One()))
915 return Op0;
916
917 // (X / Y) * Y -> X if the division is exact.
918 Value *X = nullptr;
919 if (Q.IIQ.UseInstrInfo &&
920 (match(Op0,
921 m_Exact(m_IDiv(m_Value(X), m_Specific(Op1)))) || // (X / Y) * Y
922 match(Op1, m_Exact(m_IDiv(m_Value(X), m_Specific(Op0)))))) // Y * (X / Y)
923 return X;
924
925 if (Op0->getType()->isIntOrIntVectorTy(1)) {
926 // mul i1 nsw is a special-case because -1 * -1 is poison (+1 is not
927 // representable). All other cases reduce to 0, so just return 0.
928 if (IsNSW)
929 return ConstantInt::getNullValue(Op0->getType());
930
931 // Treat "mul i1" as "and i1".
932 if (MaxRecurse)
933 if (Value *V = simplifyAndInst(Op0, Op1, Q, MaxRecurse - 1))
934 return V;
935 }
936
937 // Try some generic simplifications for associative operations.
938 if (Value *V =
939 simplifyAssociativeBinOp(Instruction::Mul, Op0, Op1, Q, MaxRecurse))
940 return V;
941
942 // Mul distributes over Add. Try some generic simplifications based on this.
943 if (Value *V = expandCommutativeBinOp(Instruction::Mul, Op0, Op1,
944 Instruction::Add, Q, MaxRecurse))
945 return V;
946
947 // If the operation is with the result of a select instruction, check whether
948 // operating on either branch of the select always yields the same value.
949 if (isa<SelectInst>(Op0) || isa<SelectInst>(Op1))
950 if (Value *V =
951 threadBinOpOverSelect(Instruction::Mul, Op0, Op1, Q, MaxRecurse))
952 return V;
953
954 // If the operation is with the result of a phi instruction, check whether
955 // operating on all incoming values of the phi always yields the same value.
956 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0) || isa<PHINode>(Op1))
957 if (Value *V =
958 threadBinOpOverPHI(Instruction::Mul, Op0, Op1, Q, MaxRecurse))
959 return V;
960
961 return nullptr;
962}
963
964Value *llvm::simplifyMulInst(Value *Op0, Value *Op1, bool IsNSW, bool IsNUW,
965 const SimplifyQuery &Q) {
966 return ::simplifyMulInst(Op0, Op1, IsNSW, IsNUW, Q, RecursionLimit);
967}
968
969/// Given a predicate and two operands, return true if the comparison is true.
970/// This is a helper for div/rem simplification where we return some other value
971/// when we can prove a relationship between the operands.
973 const SimplifyQuery &Q, unsigned MaxRecurse) {
974 Value *V = simplifyICmpInst(Pred, LHS, RHS, Q, MaxRecurse);
976 return (C && C->isAllOnesValue());
977}
978
979/// Return true if we can simplify X / Y to 0. Remainder can adapt that answer
980/// to simplify X % Y to X.
981static bool isDivZero(Value *X, Value *Y, const SimplifyQuery &Q,
982 unsigned MaxRecurse, bool IsSigned) {
983 // Recursion is always used, so bail out at once if we already hit the limit.
984 if (!MaxRecurse--)
985 return false;
986
987 if (IsSigned) {
988 // (X srem Y) sdiv Y --> 0
989 if (match(X, m_SRem(m_Value(), m_Specific(Y))))
990 return true;
991
992 // |X| / |Y| --> 0
993 //
994 // We require that 1 operand is a simple constant. That could be extended to
995 // 2 variables if we computed the sign bit for each.
996 //
997 // Make sure that a constant is not the minimum signed value because taking
998 // the abs() of that is undefined.
999 Type *Ty = X->getType();
1000 const APInt *C;
1001 if (match(X, m_APInt(C)) && !C->isMinSignedValue()) {
1002 // Is the variable divisor magnitude always greater than the constant
1003 // dividend magnitude?
1004 // |Y| > |C| --> Y < -abs(C) or Y > abs(C)
1005 Constant *PosDividendC = ConstantInt::get(Ty, C->abs());
1006 Constant *NegDividendC = ConstantInt::get(Ty, -C->abs());
1007 if (isICmpTrue(CmpInst::ICMP_SLT, Y, NegDividendC, Q, MaxRecurse) ||
1008 isICmpTrue(CmpInst::ICMP_SGT, Y, PosDividendC, Q, MaxRecurse))
1009 return true;
1010 }
1011 if (match(Y, m_APInt(C))) {
1012 // Special-case: we can't take the abs() of a minimum signed value. If
1013 // that's the divisor, then all we have to do is prove that the dividend
1014 // is also not the minimum signed value.
1015 if (C->isMinSignedValue())
1016 return isICmpTrue(CmpInst::ICMP_NE, X, Y, Q, MaxRecurse);
1017
1018 // Is the variable dividend magnitude always less than the constant
1019 // divisor magnitude?
1020 // |X| < |C| --> X > -abs(C) and X < abs(C)
1021 Constant *PosDivisorC = ConstantInt::get(Ty, C->abs());
1022 Constant *NegDivisorC = ConstantInt::get(Ty, -C->abs());
1023 if (isICmpTrue(CmpInst::ICMP_SGT, X, NegDivisorC, Q, MaxRecurse) &&
1024 isICmpTrue(CmpInst::ICMP_SLT, X, PosDivisorC, Q, MaxRecurse))
1025 return true;
1026 }
1027 return false;
1028 }
1029
1030 // IsSigned == false.
1031
1032 // Is the unsigned dividend known to be less than a constant divisor?
1033 // TODO: Convert this (and above) to range analysis
1034 // ("computeConstantRangeIncludingKnownBits")?
1035 const APInt *C;
1036 if (match(Y, m_APInt(C)) && computeKnownBits(X, Q).getMaxValue().ult(*C))
1037 return true;
1038
1039 // Try again for any divisor:
1040 // Is the dividend unsigned less than the divisor?
1041 return isICmpTrue(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, X, Y, Q, MaxRecurse);
1042}
1043
1044/// Check for common or similar folds of integer division or integer remainder.
1045/// This applies to all 4 opcodes (sdiv/udiv/srem/urem).
1047 Value *Op1, const SimplifyQuery &Q,
1048 unsigned MaxRecurse) {
1049 bool IsDiv = (Opcode == Instruction::SDiv || Opcode == Instruction::UDiv);
1050 bool IsSigned = (Opcode == Instruction::SDiv || Opcode == Instruction::SRem);
1051
1052 Type *Ty = Op0->getType();
1053
1054 // X / undef -> poison
1055 // X % undef -> poison
1056 if (Q.isUndefValue(Op1) || isa<PoisonValue>(Op1))
1057 return PoisonValue::get(Ty);
1058
1059 // X / 0 -> poison
1060 // X % 0 -> poison
1061 // We don't need to preserve faults!
1062 if (match(Op1, m_Zero()))
1063 return PoisonValue::get(Ty);
1064
1065 // poison / X -> poison
1066 // poison % X -> poison
1067 if (isa<PoisonValue>(Op0))
1068 return Op0;
1069
1070 // undef / X -> 0
1071 // undef % X -> 0
1072 if (Q.isUndefValue(Op0))
1073 return Constant::getNullValue(Ty);
1074
1075 // 0 / X -> 0
1076 // 0 % X -> 0
1077 if (match(Op0, m_Zero()))
1078 return Constant::getNullValue(Op0->getType());
1079
1080 // X / X -> 1
1081 // X % X -> 0
1082 if (Op0 == Op1)
1083 return IsDiv ? ConstantInt::get(Ty, 1) : Constant::getNullValue(Ty);
1084
1085 KnownBits Known = computeKnownBits(Op1, Q);
1086 // X / 0 -> poison
1087 // X % 0 -> poison
1088 // If the divisor is known to be zero, just return poison. This can happen in
1089 // some cases where its provable indirectly the denominator is zero but it's
1090 // not trivially simplifiable (i.e known zero through a phi node).
1091 if (Known.isZero())
1092 return PoisonValue::get(Ty);
1093
1094 // X / 1 -> X
1095 // X % 1 -> 0
1096 // If the divisor can only be zero or one, we can't have division-by-zero
1097 // or remainder-by-zero, so assume the divisor is 1.
1098 // e.g. 1, zext (i8 X), sdiv X (Y and 1)
1099 if (Known.countMinLeadingZeros() == Known.getBitWidth() - 1)
1100 return IsDiv ? Op0 : Constant::getNullValue(Ty);
1101
1102 // If X * Y does not overflow, then:
1103 // X * Y / Y -> X
1104 // X * Y % Y -> 0
1105 Value *X;
1106 if (match(Op0, m_c_Mul(m_Value(X), m_Specific(Op1)))) {
1108 // The multiplication can't overflow if it is defined not to, or if
1109 // X == A / Y for some A.
1110 if ((IsSigned && Q.IIQ.hasNoSignedWrap(Mul)) ||
1111 (!IsSigned && Q.IIQ.hasNoUnsignedWrap(Mul)) ||
1112 (IsSigned && match(X, m_SDiv(m_Value(), m_Specific(Op1)))) ||
1113 (!IsSigned && match(X, m_UDiv(m_Value(), m_Specific(Op1))))) {
1114 return IsDiv ? X : Constant::getNullValue(Op0->getType());
1115 }
1116 }
1117
1118 if (isDivZero(Op0, Op1, Q, MaxRecurse, IsSigned))
1119 return IsDiv ? Constant::getNullValue(Op0->getType()) : Op0;
1120
1121 if (Value *V = simplifyByDomEq(Opcode, Op0, Op1, Q, MaxRecurse))
1122 return V;
1123
1124 // If the operation is with the result of a select instruction, check whether
1125 // operating on either branch of the select always yields the same value.
1126 if (isa<SelectInst>(Op0) || isa<SelectInst>(Op1))
1127 if (Value *V = threadBinOpOverSelect(Opcode, Op0, Op1, Q, MaxRecurse))
1128 return V;
1129
1130 // If the operation is with the result of a phi instruction, check whether
1131 // operating on all incoming values of the phi always yields the same value.
1132 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0) || isa<PHINode>(Op1))
1133 if (Value *V = threadBinOpOverPHI(Opcode, Op0, Op1, Q, MaxRecurse))
1134 return V;
1135
1136 return nullptr;
1137}
1138
1139/// These are simplifications common to SDiv and UDiv.
1141 bool IsExact, const SimplifyQuery &Q,
1142 unsigned MaxRecurse) {
1143 if (Constant *C = foldOrCommuteConstant(Opcode, Op0, Op1, Q))
1144 return C;
1145
1146 if (Value *V = simplifyDivRem(Opcode, Op0, Op1, Q, MaxRecurse))
1147 return V;
1148
1149 const APInt *DivC;
1150 if (IsExact && match(Op1, m_APInt(DivC))) {
1151 // If this is an exact divide by a constant, then the dividend (Op0) must
1152 // have at least as many trailing zeros as the divisor to divide evenly. If
1153 // it has less trailing zeros, then the result must be poison.
1154 if (DivC->countr_zero()) {
1155 KnownBits KnownOp0 = computeKnownBits(Op0, Q);
1156 if (KnownOp0.countMaxTrailingZeros() < DivC->countr_zero())
1157 return PoisonValue::get(Op0->getType());
1158 }
1159
1160 // udiv exact (mul nsw X, C), C --> X
1161 // sdiv exact (mul nuw X, C), C --> X
1162 // where C is not a power of 2.
1163 Value *X;
1164 if (!DivC->isPowerOf2() &&
1165 (Opcode == Instruction::UDiv
1166 ? match(Op0, m_NSWMul(m_Value(X), m_Specific(Op1)))
1167 : match(Op0, m_NUWMul(m_Value(X), m_Specific(Op1)))))
1168 return X;
1169 }
1170
1171 return nullptr;
1172}
1173
1174/// These are simplifications common to SRem and URem.
1176 const SimplifyQuery &Q, unsigned MaxRecurse) {
1177 if (Constant *C = foldOrCommuteConstant(Opcode, Op0, Op1, Q))
1178 return C;
1179
1180 if (Value *V = simplifyDivRem(Opcode, Op0, Op1, Q, MaxRecurse))
1181 return V;
1182
1183 // (X << Y) % X -> 0
1184 if (Q.IIQ.UseInstrInfo) {
1185 if ((Opcode == Instruction::SRem &&
1186 match(Op0, m_NSWShl(m_Specific(Op1), m_Value()))) ||
1187 (Opcode == Instruction::URem &&
1188 match(Op0, m_NUWShl(m_Specific(Op1), m_Value()))))
1189 return Constant::getNullValue(Op0->getType());
1190
1191 const APInt *C0;
1192 if (match(Op1, m_APInt(C0))) {
1193 // (srem (mul nsw X, C1), C0) -> 0 if C1 s% C0 == 0
1194 // (urem (mul nuw X, C1), C0) -> 0 if C1 u% C0 == 0
1195 if (Opcode == Instruction::SRem
1196 ? match(Op0,
1197 m_NSWMul(m_Value(), m_CheckedInt([C0](const APInt &C) {
1198 return C.srem(*C0).isZero();
1199 })))
1200 : match(Op0,
1201 m_NUWMul(m_Value(), m_CheckedInt([C0](const APInt &C) {
1202 return C.urem(*C0).isZero();
1203 }))))
1204 return Constant::getNullValue(Op0->getType());
1205 }
1206 }
1207 return nullptr;
1208}
1209
1210/// Given operands for an SDiv, see if we can fold the result.
1211/// If not, this returns null.
1212static Value *simplifySDivInst(Value *Op0, Value *Op1, bool IsExact,
1213 const SimplifyQuery &Q, unsigned MaxRecurse) {
1214 // If two operands are negated and no signed overflow, return -1.
1215 if (isKnownNegation(Op0, Op1, /*NeedNSW=*/true))
1216 return Constant::getAllOnesValue(Op0->getType());
1217
1218 return simplifyDiv(Instruction::SDiv, Op0, Op1, IsExact, Q, MaxRecurse);
1219}
1220
1221Value *llvm::simplifySDivInst(Value *Op0, Value *Op1, bool IsExact,
1222 const SimplifyQuery &Q) {
1223 return ::simplifySDivInst(Op0, Op1, IsExact, Q, RecursionLimit);
1224}
1225
1226/// Given operands for a UDiv, see if we can fold the result.
1227/// If not, this returns null.
1228static Value *simplifyUDivInst(Value *Op0, Value *Op1, bool IsExact,
1229 const SimplifyQuery &Q, unsigned MaxRecurse) {
1230 return simplifyDiv(Instruction::UDiv, Op0, Op1, IsExact, Q, MaxRecurse);
1231}
1232
1233Value *llvm::simplifyUDivInst(Value *Op0, Value *Op1, bool IsExact,
1234 const SimplifyQuery &Q) {
1235 return ::simplifyUDivInst(Op0, Op1, IsExact, Q, RecursionLimit);
1236}
1237
1238/// Given operands for an SRem, see if we can fold the result.
1239/// If not, this returns null.
1240static Value *simplifySRemInst(Value *Op0, Value *Op1, const SimplifyQuery &Q,
1241 unsigned MaxRecurse) {
1242 // If the divisor is 0, the result is undefined, so assume the divisor is -1.
1243 // srem Op0, (sext i1 X) --> srem Op0, -1 --> 0
1244 Value *X;
1245 if (match(Op1, m_SExt(m_Value(X))) && X->getType()->isIntOrIntVectorTy(1))
1246 return ConstantInt::getNullValue(Op0->getType());
1247
1248 // If the two operands are negated, return 0.
1249 if (isKnownNegation(Op0, Op1))
1250 return ConstantInt::getNullValue(Op0->getType());
1251
1252 return simplifyRem(Instruction::SRem, Op0, Op1, Q, MaxRecurse);
1253}
1254
1256 return ::simplifySRemInst(Op0, Op1, Q, RecursionLimit);
1257}
1258
1259/// Given operands for a URem, see if we can fold the result.
1260/// If not, this returns null.
1261static Value *simplifyURemInst(Value *Op0, Value *Op1, const SimplifyQuery &Q,
1262 unsigned MaxRecurse) {
1263 return simplifyRem(Instruction::URem, Op0, Op1, Q, MaxRecurse);
1264}
1265
1267 return ::simplifyURemInst(Op0, Op1, Q, RecursionLimit);
1268}
1269
1270/// Returns true if a shift by \c Amount always yields poison.
1271static bool isPoisonShift(Value *Amount, const SimplifyQuery &Q) {
1272 Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Amount);
1273 if (!C)
1274 return false;
1275
1276 // X shift by undef -> poison because it may shift by the bitwidth.
1277 if (Q.isUndefValue(C))
1278 return true;
1279
1280 // Shifting by the bitwidth or more is poison. This covers scalars and
1281 // fixed/scalable vectors with splat constants.
1282 const APInt *AmountC;
1283 if (match(C, m_APInt(AmountC)) && AmountC->uge(AmountC->getBitWidth()))
1284 return true;
1285
1286 // Try harder for fixed-length vectors:
1287 // If all lanes of a vector shift are poison, the whole shift is poison.
1289 for (unsigned I = 0,
1290 E = cast<FixedVectorType>(C->getType())->getNumElements();
1291 I != E; ++I)
1292 if (!isPoisonShift(C->getAggregateElement(I), Q))
1293 return false;
1294 return true;
1295 }
1296
1297 return false;
1298}
1299
1300/// Given operands for an Shl, LShr or AShr, see if we can fold the result.
1301/// If not, this returns null.
1303 Value *Op1, bool IsNSW, const SimplifyQuery &Q,
1304 unsigned MaxRecurse) {
1305 if (Constant *C = foldOrCommuteConstant(Opcode, Op0, Op1, Q))
1306 return C;
1307
1308 // poison shift by X -> poison
1309 if (isa<PoisonValue>(Op0))
1310 return Op0;
1311
1312 // 0 shift by X -> 0
1313 if (match(Op0, m_Zero()))
1314 return Constant::getNullValue(Op0->getType());
1315
1316 // X shift by 0 -> X
1317 // Shift-by-sign-extended bool must be shift-by-0 because shift-by-all-ones
1318 // would be poison.
1319 Value *X;
1320 if (match(Op1, m_Zero()) ||
1321 (match(Op1, m_SExt(m_Value(X))) && X->getType()->isIntOrIntVectorTy(1)))
1322 return Op0;
1323
1324 // Fold undefined shifts.
1325 if (isPoisonShift(Op1, Q))
1326 return PoisonValue::get(Op0->getType());
1327
1328 // If the operation is with the result of a select instruction, check whether
1329 // operating on either branch of the select always yields the same value.
1330 if (isa<SelectInst>(Op0) || isa<SelectInst>(Op1))
1331 if (Value *V = threadBinOpOverSelect(Opcode, Op0, Op1, Q, MaxRecurse))
1332 return V;
1333
1334 // If the operation is with the result of a phi instruction, check whether
1335 // operating on all incoming values of the phi always yields the same value.
1336 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0) || isa<PHINode>(Op1))
1337 if (Value *V = threadBinOpOverPHI(Opcode, Op0, Op1, Q, MaxRecurse))
1338 return V;
1339
1340 // If any bits in the shift amount make that value greater than or equal to
1341 // the number of bits in the type, the shift is undefined.
1342 KnownBits KnownAmt = computeKnownBits(Op1, Q);
1343 if (KnownAmt.getMinValue().uge(KnownAmt.getBitWidth()))
1344 return PoisonValue::get(Op0->getType());
1345
1346 // If all valid bits in the shift amount are known zero, the first operand is
1347 // unchanged.
1348 unsigned NumValidShiftBits = Log2_32_Ceil(KnownAmt.getBitWidth());
1349 if (KnownAmt.countMinTrailingZeros() >= NumValidShiftBits)
1350 return Op0;
1351
1352 // Check for nsw shl leading to a poison value.
1353 if (IsNSW) {
1354 assert(Opcode == Instruction::Shl && "Expected shl for nsw instruction");
1355 KnownBits KnownVal = computeKnownBits(Op0, Q);
1356 KnownBits KnownShl = KnownBits::shl(KnownVal, KnownAmt);
1357
1358 if (KnownVal.Zero.isSignBitSet())
1359 KnownShl.Zero.setSignBit();
1360 if (KnownVal.One.isSignBitSet())
1361 KnownShl.One.setSignBit();
1362
1363 if (KnownShl.hasConflict())
1364 return PoisonValue::get(Op0->getType());
1365 }
1366
1367 return nullptr;
1368}
1369
1370/// Given operands for an LShr or AShr, see if we can fold the result. If not,
1371/// this returns null.
1373 Value *Op1, bool IsExact,
1374 const SimplifyQuery &Q, unsigned MaxRecurse) {
1375 if (Value *V =
1376 simplifyShift(Opcode, Op0, Op1, /*IsNSW*/ false, Q, MaxRecurse))
1377 return V;
1378
1379 // X >> X -> 0
1380 if (Op0 == Op1)
1381 return Constant::getNullValue(Op0->getType());
1382
1383 // undef >> X -> 0
1384 // undef >> X -> undef (if it's exact)
1385 if (Q.isUndefValue(Op0))
1386 return IsExact ? Op0 : Constant::getNullValue(Op0->getType());
1387
1388 // The low bit cannot be shifted out of an exact shift if it is set.
1389 // TODO: Generalize by counting trailing zeros (see fold for exact division).
1390 if (IsExact) {
1391 KnownBits Op0Known = computeKnownBits(Op0, Q);
1392 if (Op0Known.One[0])
1393 return Op0;
1394 }
1395
1396 return nullptr;
1397}
1398
1399/// Given operands for an Shl, see if we can fold the result.
1400/// If not, this returns null.
1401static Value *simplifyShlInst(Value *Op0, Value *Op1, bool IsNSW, bool IsNUW,
1402 const SimplifyQuery &Q, unsigned MaxRecurse) {
1403 if (Value *V =
1404 simplifyShift(Instruction::Shl, Op0, Op1, IsNSW, Q, MaxRecurse))
1405 return V;
1406
1407 Type *Ty = Op0->getType();
1408 // undef << X -> 0
1409 // undef << X -> undef if (if it's NSW/NUW)
1410 if (Q.isUndefValue(Op0))
1411 return IsNSW || IsNUW ? Op0 : Constant::getNullValue(Ty);
1412
1413 // (X >> A) << A -> X
1414 Value *X;
1415 if (Q.IIQ.UseInstrInfo &&
1416 match(Op0, m_Exact(m_Shr(m_Value(X), m_Specific(Op1)))))
1417 return X;
1418
1419 // shl nuw i8 C, %x -> C iff C has sign bit set.
1420 if (IsNUW && match(Op0, m_Negative()))
1421 return Op0;
1422 // NOTE: could use computeKnownBits() / LazyValueInfo,
1423 // but the cost-benefit analysis suggests it isn't worth it.
1424
1425 // "nuw" guarantees that only zeros are shifted out, and "nsw" guarantees
1426 // that the sign-bit does not change, so the only input that does not
1427 // produce poison is 0, and "0 << (bitwidth-1) --> 0".
1428 if (IsNSW && IsNUW &&
1429 match(Op1, m_SpecificInt(Ty->getScalarSizeInBits() - 1)))
1430 return Constant::getNullValue(Ty);
1431
1432 return nullptr;
1433}
1434
1435Value *llvm::simplifyShlInst(Value *Op0, Value *Op1, bool IsNSW, bool IsNUW,
1436 const SimplifyQuery &Q) {
1437 return ::simplifyShlInst(Op0, Op1, IsNSW, IsNUW, Q, RecursionLimit);
1438}
1439
1440/// Given operands for an LShr, see if we can fold the result.
1441/// If not, this returns null.
1442static Value *simplifyLShrInst(Value *Op0, Value *Op1, bool IsExact,
1443 const SimplifyQuery &Q, unsigned MaxRecurse) {
1444 if (Value *V = simplifyRightShift(Instruction::LShr, Op0, Op1, IsExact, Q,
1445 MaxRecurse))
1446 return V;
1447
1448 // (X << A) >> A -> X
1449 Value *X;
1450 if (Q.IIQ.UseInstrInfo && match(Op0, m_NUWShl(m_Value(X), m_Specific(Op1))))
1451 return X;
1452
1453 // ((X << A) | Y) >> A -> X if effective width of Y is not larger than A.
1454 // We can return X as we do in the above case since OR alters no bits in X.
1455 // SimplifyDemandedBits in InstCombine can do more general optimization for
1456 // bit manipulation. This pattern aims to provide opportunities for other
1457 // optimizers by supporting a simple but common case in InstSimplify.
1458 Value *Y;
1459 const APInt *ShRAmt, *ShLAmt;
1460 if (Q.IIQ.UseInstrInfo && match(Op1, m_APInt(ShRAmt)) &&
1461 match(Op0, m_c_Or(m_NUWShl(m_Value(X), m_APInt(ShLAmt)), m_Value(Y))) &&
1462 *ShRAmt == *ShLAmt) {
1463 const KnownBits YKnown = computeKnownBits(Y, Q);
1464 const unsigned EffWidthY = YKnown.countMaxActiveBits();
1465 if (ShRAmt->uge(EffWidthY))
1466 return X;
1467 }
1468
1469 return nullptr;
1470}
1471
1472Value *llvm::simplifyLShrInst(Value *Op0, Value *Op1, bool IsExact,
1473 const SimplifyQuery &Q) {
1474 return ::simplifyLShrInst(Op0, Op1, IsExact, Q, RecursionLimit);
1475}
1476
1477/// Given operands for an AShr, see if we can fold the result.
1478/// If not, this returns null.
1479static Value *simplifyAShrInst(Value *Op0, Value *Op1, bool IsExact,
1480 const SimplifyQuery &Q, unsigned MaxRecurse) {
1481 if (Value *V = simplifyRightShift(Instruction::AShr, Op0, Op1, IsExact, Q,
1482 MaxRecurse))
1483 return V;
1484
1485 // -1 >>a X --> -1
1486 // (-1 << X) a>> X --> -1
1487 // We could return the original -1 constant to preserve poison elements.
1488 if (match(Op0, m_AllOnes()) ||
1489 match(Op0, m_Shl(m_AllOnes(), m_Specific(Op1))))
1490 return Constant::getAllOnesValue(Op0->getType());
1491
1492 // (X << A) >> A -> X
1493 Value *X;
1494 if (Q.IIQ.UseInstrInfo && match(Op0, m_NSWShl(m_Value(X), m_Specific(Op1))))
1495 return X;
1496
1497 // Arithmetic shifting an all-sign-bit value is a no-op.
1498 unsigned NumSignBits = ComputeNumSignBits(Op0, Q.DL, Q.AC, Q.CxtI, Q.DT);
1499 if (NumSignBits == Op0->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits())
1500 return Op0;
1501
1502 return nullptr;
1503}
1504
1505Value *llvm::simplifyAShrInst(Value *Op0, Value *Op1, bool IsExact,
1506 const SimplifyQuery &Q) {
1507 return ::simplifyAShrInst(Op0, Op1, IsExact, Q, RecursionLimit);
1508}
1509
1510/// Commuted variants are assumed to be handled by calling this function again
1511/// with the parameters swapped.
1513 ICmpInst *UnsignedICmp, bool IsAnd,
1514 const SimplifyQuery &Q) {
1515 Value *X, *Y;
1516
1517 CmpPredicate EqPred;
1518 if (!match(ZeroICmp, m_ICmp(EqPred, m_Value(Y), m_Zero())) ||
1519 !ICmpInst::isEquality(EqPred))
1520 return nullptr;
1521
1522 CmpPredicate UnsignedPred;
1523
1524 Value *A, *B;
1525 // Y = (A - B);
1526 if (match(Y, m_Sub(m_Value(A), m_Value(B)))) {
1527 if (match(UnsignedICmp,
1528 m_c_ICmp(UnsignedPred, m_Specific(A), m_Specific(B))) &&
1529 ICmpInst::isUnsigned(UnsignedPred)) {
1530 // A >=/<= B || (A - B) != 0 <--> true
1531 if ((UnsignedPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE ||
1532 UnsignedPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE) &&
1533 EqPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE && !IsAnd)
1534 return ConstantInt::getTrue(UnsignedICmp->getType());
1535 // A </> B && (A - B) == 0 <--> false
1536 if ((UnsignedPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT ||
1537 UnsignedPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT) &&
1538 EqPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ && IsAnd)
1539 return ConstantInt::getFalse(UnsignedICmp->getType());
1540
1541 // A </> B && (A - B) != 0 <--> A </> B
1542 // A </> B || (A - B) != 0 <--> (A - B) != 0
1543 if (EqPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE && (UnsignedPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT ||
1544 UnsignedPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT))
1545 return IsAnd ? UnsignedICmp : ZeroICmp;
1546
1547 // A <=/>= B && (A - B) == 0 <--> (A - B) == 0
1548 // A <=/>= B || (A - B) == 0 <--> A <=/>= B
1549 if (EqPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ && (UnsignedPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE ||
1550 UnsignedPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE))
1551 return IsAnd ? ZeroICmp : UnsignedICmp;
1552 }
1553
1554 // Given Y = (A - B)
1555 // Y >= A && Y != 0 --> Y >= A iff B != 0
1556 // Y < A || Y == 0 --> Y < A iff B != 0
1557 if (match(UnsignedICmp,
1558 m_c_ICmp(UnsignedPred, m_Specific(Y), m_Specific(A)))) {
1559 if (UnsignedPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE && IsAnd &&
1560 EqPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE && isKnownNonZero(B, Q))
1561 return UnsignedICmp;
1562 if (UnsignedPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT && !IsAnd &&
1563 EqPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ && isKnownNonZero(B, Q))
1564 return UnsignedICmp;
1565 }
1566 }
1567
1568 if (match(UnsignedICmp, m_ICmp(UnsignedPred, m_Value(X), m_Specific(Y))) &&
1569 ICmpInst::isUnsigned(UnsignedPred))
1570 ;
1571 else if (match(UnsignedICmp,
1572 m_ICmp(UnsignedPred, m_Specific(Y), m_Value(X))) &&
1573 ICmpInst::isUnsigned(UnsignedPred))
1574 UnsignedPred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(UnsignedPred);
1575 else
1576 return nullptr;
1577
1578 // X > Y && Y == 0 --> Y == 0 iff X != 0
1579 // X > Y || Y == 0 --> X > Y iff X != 0
1580 if (UnsignedPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT && EqPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ &&
1581 isKnownNonZero(X, Q))
1582 return IsAnd ? ZeroICmp : UnsignedICmp;
1583
1584 // X <= Y && Y != 0 --> X <= Y iff X != 0
1585 // X <= Y || Y != 0 --> Y != 0 iff X != 0
1586 if (UnsignedPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE && EqPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE &&
1587 isKnownNonZero(X, Q))
1588 return IsAnd ? UnsignedICmp : ZeroICmp;
1589
1590 // The transforms below here are expected to be handled more generally with
1591 // simplifyAndOrOfICmpsWithLimitConst() or in InstCombine's
1592 // foldAndOrOfICmpsWithConstEq(). If we are looking to trim optimizer overlap,
1593 // these are candidates for removal.
1594
1595 // X < Y && Y != 0 --> X < Y
1596 // X < Y || Y != 0 --> Y != 0
1597 if (UnsignedPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT && EqPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE)
1598 return IsAnd ? UnsignedICmp : ZeroICmp;
1599
1600 // X >= Y && Y == 0 --> Y == 0
1601 // X >= Y || Y == 0 --> X >= Y
1602 if (UnsignedPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE && EqPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ)
1603 return IsAnd ? ZeroICmp : UnsignedICmp;
1604
1605 // X < Y && Y == 0 --> false
1606 if (UnsignedPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT && EqPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ &&
1607 IsAnd)
1608 return getFalse(UnsignedICmp->getType());
1609
1610 // X >= Y || Y != 0 --> true
1611 if (UnsignedPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE && EqPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE &&
1612 !IsAnd)
1613 return getTrue(UnsignedICmp->getType());
1614
1615 return nullptr;
1616}
1617
1618/// Test if a pair of compares with a shared operand and 2 constants has an
1619/// empty set intersection, full set union, or if one compare is a superset of
1620/// the other.
1622 bool IsAnd) {
1623 // Look for this pattern: {and/or} (icmp X, C0), (icmp X, C1)).
1624 if (Cmp0->getOperand(0) != Cmp1->getOperand(0))
1625 return nullptr;
1626
1627 const APInt *C0, *C1;
1628 if (!match(Cmp0->getOperand(1), m_APInt(C0)) ||
1629 !match(Cmp1->getOperand(1), m_APInt(C1)))
1630 return nullptr;
1631
1632 auto Range0 = ConstantRange::makeExactICmpRegion(Cmp0->getPredicate(), *C0);
1633 auto Range1 = ConstantRange::makeExactICmpRegion(Cmp1->getPredicate(), *C1);
1634
1635 // For and-of-compares, check if the intersection is empty:
1636 // (icmp X, C0) && (icmp X, C1) --> empty set --> false
1637 if (IsAnd && Range0.intersectWith(Range1).isEmptySet())
1638 return getFalse(Cmp0->getType());
1639
1640 // For or-of-compares, check if the union is full:
1641 // (icmp X, C0) || (icmp X, C1) --> full set --> true
1642 if (!IsAnd && Range0.unionWith(Range1).isFullSet())
1643 return getTrue(Cmp0->getType());
1644
1645 // Is one range a superset of the other?
1646 // If this is and-of-compares, take the smaller set:
1647 // (icmp sgt X, 4) && (icmp sgt X, 42) --> icmp sgt X, 42
1648 // If this is or-of-compares, take the larger set:
1649 // (icmp sgt X, 4) || (icmp sgt X, 42) --> icmp sgt X, 4
1650 if (Range0.contains(Range1))
1651 return IsAnd ? Cmp1 : Cmp0;
1652 if (Range1.contains(Range0))
1653 return IsAnd ? Cmp0 : Cmp1;
1654
1655 return nullptr;
1656}
1657
1659 const InstrInfoQuery &IIQ) {
1660 // (icmp (add V, C0), C1) & (icmp V, C0)
1661 CmpPredicate Pred0, Pred1;
1662 const APInt *C0, *C1;
1663 Value *V;
1664 if (!match(Op0, m_ICmp(Pred0, m_Add(m_Value(V), m_APInt(C0)), m_APInt(C1))))
1665 return nullptr;
1666
1667 if (!match(Op1, m_ICmp(Pred1, m_Specific(V), m_Value())))
1668 return nullptr;
1669
1670 auto *AddInst = cast<OverflowingBinaryOperator>(Op0->getOperand(0));
1671 if (AddInst->getOperand(1) != Op1->getOperand(1))
1672 return nullptr;
1673
1674 Type *ITy = Op0->getType();
1675 bool IsNSW = IIQ.hasNoSignedWrap(AddInst);
1676 bool IsNUW = IIQ.hasNoUnsignedWrap(AddInst);
1677
1678 const APInt Delta = *C1 - *C0;
1679 if (C0->isStrictlyPositive()) {
1680 if (Delta == 2) {
1681 if (Pred0 == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT && Pred1 == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT)
1682 return getFalse(ITy);
1683 if (Pred0 == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT && Pred1 == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT && IsNSW)
1684 return getFalse(ITy);
1685 }
1686 if (Delta == 1) {
1687 if (Pred0 == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE && Pred1 == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT)
1688 return getFalse(ITy);
1689 if (Pred0 == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE && Pred1 == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT && IsNSW)
1690 return getFalse(ITy);
1691 }
1692 }
1693 if (C0->getBoolValue() && IsNUW) {
1694 if (Delta == 2)
1695 if (Pred0 == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT && Pred1 == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT)
1696 return getFalse(ITy);
1697 if (Delta == 1)
1698 if (Pred0 == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE && Pred1 == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT)
1699 return getFalse(ITy);
1700 }
1701
1702 return nullptr;
1703}
1704
1705/// Try to simplify and/or of icmp with ctpop intrinsic.
1707 bool IsAnd) {
1708 CmpPredicate Pred0, Pred1;
1709 Value *X;
1710 const APInt *C;
1712 m_APInt(C))) ||
1713 !match(Cmp1, m_ICmp(Pred1, m_Specific(X), m_ZeroInt())) || C->isZero())
1714 return nullptr;
1715
1716 // (ctpop(X) == C) || (X != 0) --> X != 0 where C > 0
1717 if (!IsAnd && Pred0 == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ && Pred1 == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE)
1718 return Cmp1;
1719 // (ctpop(X) != C) && (X == 0) --> X == 0 where C > 0
1720 if (IsAnd && Pred0 == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE && Pred1 == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ)
1721 return Cmp1;
1722
1723 return nullptr;
1724}
1725
1727 const SimplifyQuery &Q) {
1728 if (Value *X = simplifyUnsignedRangeCheck(Op0, Op1, /*IsAnd=*/true, Q))
1729 return X;
1730 if (Value *X = simplifyUnsignedRangeCheck(Op1, Op0, /*IsAnd=*/true, Q))
1731 return X;
1732
1733 if (Value *X = simplifyAndOrOfICmpsWithConstants(Op0, Op1, true))
1734 return X;
1735
1736 if (Value *X = simplifyAndOrOfICmpsWithCtpop(Op0, Op1, true))
1737 return X;
1738 if (Value *X = simplifyAndOrOfICmpsWithCtpop(Op1, Op0, true))
1739 return X;
1740
1741 if (Value *X = simplifyAndOfICmpsWithAdd(Op0, Op1, Q.IIQ))
1742 return X;
1743 if (Value *X = simplifyAndOfICmpsWithAdd(Op1, Op0, Q.IIQ))
1744 return X;
1745
1746 return nullptr;
1747}
1748
1750 const InstrInfoQuery &IIQ) {
1751 // (icmp (add V, C0), C1) | (icmp V, C0)
1752 CmpPredicate Pred0, Pred1;
1753 const APInt *C0, *C1;
1754 Value *V;
1755 if (!match(Op0, m_ICmp(Pred0, m_Add(m_Value(V), m_APInt(C0)), m_APInt(C1))))
1756 return nullptr;
1757
1758 if (!match(Op1, m_ICmp(Pred1, m_Specific(V), m_Value())))
1759 return nullptr;
1760
1761 auto *AddInst = cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0->getOperand(0));
1762 if (AddInst->getOperand(1) != Op1->getOperand(1))
1763 return nullptr;
1764
1765 Type *ITy = Op0->getType();
1766 bool IsNSW = IIQ.hasNoSignedWrap(AddInst);
1767 bool IsNUW = IIQ.hasNoUnsignedWrap(AddInst);
1768
1769 const APInt Delta = *C1 - *C0;
1770 if (C0->isStrictlyPositive()) {
1771 if (Delta == 2) {
1772 if (Pred0 == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE && Pred1 == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE)
1773 return getTrue(ITy);
1774 if (Pred0 == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE && Pred1 == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE && IsNSW)
1775 return getTrue(ITy);
1776 }
1777 if (Delta == 1) {
1778 if (Pred0 == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT && Pred1 == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE)
1779 return getTrue(ITy);
1780 if (Pred0 == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT && Pred1 == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE && IsNSW)
1781 return getTrue(ITy);
1782 }
1783 }
1784 if (C0->getBoolValue() && IsNUW) {
1785 if (Delta == 2)
1786 if (Pred0 == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE && Pred1 == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE)
1787 return getTrue(ITy);
1788 if (Delta == 1)
1789 if (Pred0 == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT && Pred1 == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE)
1790 return getTrue(ITy);
1791 }
1792
1793 return nullptr;
1794}
1795
1797 const SimplifyQuery &Q) {
1798 if (Value *X = simplifyUnsignedRangeCheck(Op0, Op1, /*IsAnd=*/false, Q))
1799 return X;
1800 if (Value *X = simplifyUnsignedRangeCheck(Op1, Op0, /*IsAnd=*/false, Q))
1801 return X;
1802
1803 if (Value *X = simplifyAndOrOfICmpsWithConstants(Op0, Op1, false))
1804 return X;
1805
1806 if (Value *X = simplifyAndOrOfICmpsWithCtpop(Op0, Op1, false))
1807 return X;
1808 if (Value *X = simplifyAndOrOfICmpsWithCtpop(Op1, Op0, false))
1809 return X;
1810
1811 if (Value *X = simplifyOrOfICmpsWithAdd(Op0, Op1, Q.IIQ))
1812 return X;
1813 if (Value *X = simplifyOrOfICmpsWithAdd(Op1, Op0, Q.IIQ))
1814 return X;
1815
1816 return nullptr;
1817}
1818
1819/// Test if a pair of compares with a shared operand and 2 constants has an
1820/// empty set intersection, full set union, or if one compare is a superset of
1821/// the other.
1823 bool IsAnd) {
1824 // Look for this pattern: {and/or} (fcmp X, C0), (fcmp X, C1)).
1825 if (Cmp0->getOperand(0) != Cmp1->getOperand(0))
1826 return nullptr;
1827
1828 const APFloat *C0, *C1;
1829 if (!match(Cmp0->getOperand(1), m_APFloat(C0)) ||
1830 !match(Cmp1->getOperand(1), m_APFloat(C1)))
1831 return nullptr;
1832
1834 IsAnd ? Cmp0->getPredicate() : Cmp0->getInversePredicate(), *C0);
1836 IsAnd ? Cmp1->getPredicate() : Cmp1->getInversePredicate(), *C1);
1837
1838 if (!Range0 || !Range1)
1839 return nullptr;
1840
1841 // For and-of-compares, check if the intersection is empty:
1842 // (fcmp X, C0) && (fcmp X, C1) --> empty set --> false
1843 if (Range0->intersectWith(*Range1).isEmptySet())
1844 return ConstantInt::getBool(Cmp0->getType(), !IsAnd);
1845
1846 // Is one range a superset of the other?
1847 // If this is and-of-compares, take the smaller set:
1848 // (fcmp ogt X, 4) && (fcmp ogt X, 42) --> fcmp ogt X, 42
1849 // If this is or-of-compares, take the larger set:
1850 // (fcmp ogt X, 4) || (fcmp ogt X, 42) --> fcmp ogt X, 4
1851 if (Range0->contains(*Range1))
1852 return Cmp1;
1853 if (Range1->contains(*Range0))
1854 return Cmp0;
1855
1856 return nullptr;
1857}
1858
1860 FCmpInst *RHS, bool IsAnd) {
1861 Value *LHS0 = LHS->getOperand(0), *LHS1 = LHS->getOperand(1);
1862 Value *RHS0 = RHS->getOperand(0), *RHS1 = RHS->getOperand(1);
1863 if (LHS0->getType() != RHS0->getType())
1864 return nullptr;
1865
1866 FCmpInst::Predicate PredL = LHS->getPredicate(), PredR = RHS->getPredicate();
1867 auto AbsOrSelfLHS0 = m_CombineOr(m_Specific(LHS0), m_FAbs(m_Specific(LHS0)));
1868 if ((PredL == FCmpInst::FCMP_ORD || PredL == FCmpInst::FCMP_UNO) &&
1869 ((FCmpInst::isOrdered(PredR) && IsAnd) ||
1870 (FCmpInst::isUnordered(PredR) && !IsAnd))) {
1871 // (fcmp ord X, 0) & (fcmp o** X/abs(X), Y) --> fcmp o** X/abs(X), Y
1872 // (fcmp uno X, 0) & (fcmp o** X/abs(X), Y) --> false
1873 // (fcmp uno X, 0) | (fcmp u** X/abs(X), Y) --> fcmp u** X/abs(X), Y
1874 // (fcmp ord X, 0) | (fcmp u** X/abs(X), Y) --> true
1875 if ((match(RHS0, AbsOrSelfLHS0) || match(RHS1, AbsOrSelfLHS0)) &&
1876 match(LHS1, m_PosZeroFP()))
1877 return FCmpInst::isOrdered(PredL) == FCmpInst::isOrdered(PredR)
1878 ? static_cast<Value *>(RHS)
1879 : ConstantInt::getBool(LHS->getType(), !IsAnd);
1880 }
1881
1882 auto AbsOrSelfRHS0 = m_CombineOr(m_Specific(RHS0), m_FAbs(m_Specific(RHS0)));
1883 if ((PredR == FCmpInst::FCMP_ORD || PredR == FCmpInst::FCMP_UNO) &&
1884 ((FCmpInst::isOrdered(PredL) && IsAnd) ||
1885 (FCmpInst::isUnordered(PredL) && !IsAnd))) {
1886 // (fcmp o** X/abs(X), Y) & (fcmp ord X, 0) --> fcmp o** X/abs(X), Y
1887 // (fcmp o** X/abs(X), Y) & (fcmp uno X, 0) --> false
1888 // (fcmp u** X/abs(X), Y) | (fcmp uno X, 0) --> fcmp u** X/abs(X), Y
1889 // (fcmp u** X/abs(X), Y) | (fcmp ord X, 0) --> true
1890 if ((match(LHS0, AbsOrSelfRHS0) || match(LHS1, AbsOrSelfRHS0)) &&
1891 match(RHS1, m_PosZeroFP()))
1892 return FCmpInst::isOrdered(PredL) == FCmpInst::isOrdered(PredR)
1893 ? static_cast<Value *>(LHS)
1894 : ConstantInt::getBool(LHS->getType(), !IsAnd);
1895 }
1896
1897 if (auto *V = simplifyAndOrOfFCmpsWithConstants(LHS, RHS, IsAnd))
1898 return V;
1899
1900 return nullptr;
1901}
1902
1904 Value *Op1, bool IsAnd) {
1905 // Look through casts of the 'and' operands to find compares.
1906 auto *Cast0 = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op0);
1907 auto *Cast1 = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op1);
1908 if (Cast0 && Cast1 && Cast0->getOpcode() == Cast1->getOpcode() &&
1909 Cast0->getSrcTy() == Cast1->getSrcTy()) {
1910 Op0 = Cast0->getOperand(0);
1911 Op1 = Cast1->getOperand(0);
1912 }
1913
1914 Value *V = nullptr;
1915 auto *ICmp0 = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(Op0);
1916 auto *ICmp1 = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(Op1);
1917 if (ICmp0 && ICmp1)
1918 V = IsAnd ? simplifyAndOfICmps(ICmp0, ICmp1, Q)
1919 : simplifyOrOfICmps(ICmp0, ICmp1, Q);
1920
1921 auto *FCmp0 = dyn_cast<FCmpInst>(Op0);
1922 auto *FCmp1 = dyn_cast<FCmpInst>(Op1);
1923 if (FCmp0 && FCmp1)
1924 V = simplifyAndOrOfFCmps(Q, FCmp0, FCmp1, IsAnd);
1925
1926 if (!V)
1927 return nullptr;
1928 if (!Cast0)
1929 return V;
1930
1931 // If we looked through casts, we can only handle a constant simplification
1932 // because we are not allowed to create a cast instruction here.
1933 if (auto *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V))
1934 return ConstantFoldCastOperand(Cast0->getOpcode(), C, Cast0->getType(),
1935 Q.DL);
1936
1937 return nullptr;
1938}
1939
1940static Value *simplifyWithOpReplaced(Value *V, Value *Op, Value *RepOp,
1941 const SimplifyQuery &Q,
1942 bool AllowRefinement,
1944 unsigned MaxRecurse);
1945
1946static Value *simplifyAndOrWithICmpEq(unsigned Opcode, Value *Op0, Value *Op1,
1947 const SimplifyQuery &Q,
1948 unsigned MaxRecurse) {
1949 assert((Opcode == Instruction::And || Opcode == Instruction::Or) &&
1950 "Must be and/or");
1951 CmpPredicate Pred;
1952 Value *A, *B;
1953 if (!match(Op0, m_ICmp(Pred, m_Value(A), m_Value(B))) ||
1954 !ICmpInst::isEquality(Pred))
1955 return nullptr;
1956
1957 auto Simplify = [&](Value *Res) -> Value * {
1958 Constant *Absorber = ConstantExpr::getBinOpAbsorber(Opcode, Res->getType());
1959
1960 // and (icmp eq a, b), x implies (a==b) inside x.
1961 // or (icmp ne a, b), x implies (a==b) inside x.
1962 // If x simplifies to true/false, we can simplify the and/or.
1963 if (Pred ==
1964 (Opcode == Instruction::And ? ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ : ICmpInst::ICMP_NE)) {
1965 if (Res == Absorber)
1966 return Absorber;
1967 if (Res == ConstantExpr::getBinOpIdentity(Opcode, Res->getType()))
1968 return Op0;
1969 return nullptr;
1970 }
1971
1972 // If we have and (icmp ne a, b), x and for a==b we can simplify x to false,
1973 // then we can drop the icmp, as x will already be false in the case where
1974 // the icmp is false. Similar for or and true.
1975 if (Res == Absorber)
1976 return Op1;
1977 return nullptr;
1978 };
1979
1980 // In the final case (Res == Absorber with inverted predicate), it is safe to
1981 // refine poison during simplification, but not undef. For simplicity always
1982 // disable undef-based folds here.
1983 if (Value *Res = simplifyWithOpReplaced(Op1, A, B, Q.getWithoutUndef(),
1984 /* AllowRefinement */ true,
1985 /* DropFlags */ nullptr, MaxRecurse))
1986 return Simplify(Res);
1987 if (Value *Res = simplifyWithOpReplaced(Op1, B, A, Q.getWithoutUndef(),
1988 /* AllowRefinement */ true,
1989 /* DropFlags */ nullptr, MaxRecurse))
1990 return Simplify(Res);
1991
1992 return nullptr;
1993}
1994
1995/// Given a bitwise logic op, check if the operands are add/sub with a common
1996/// source value and inverted constant (identity: C - X -> ~(X + ~C)).
1998 Instruction::BinaryOps Opcode) {
1999 assert(Op0->getType() == Op1->getType() && "Mismatched binop types");
2000 assert(BinaryOperator::isBitwiseLogicOp(Opcode) && "Expected logic op");
2001 Value *X;
2002 Constant *C1, *C2;
2003 if ((match(Op0, m_Add(m_Value(X), m_Constant(C1))) &&
2004 match(Op1, m_Sub(m_Constant(C2), m_Specific(X)))) ||
2005 (match(Op1, m_Add(m_Value(X), m_Constant(C1))) &&
2006 match(Op0, m_Sub(m_Constant(C2), m_Specific(X))))) {
2007 if (ConstantExpr::getNot(C1) == C2) {
2008 // (X + C) & (~C - X) --> (X + C) & ~(X + C) --> 0
2009 // (X + C) | (~C - X) --> (X + C) | ~(X + C) --> -1
2010 // (X + C) ^ (~C - X) --> (X + C) ^ ~(X + C) --> -1
2011 Type *Ty = Op0->getType();
2012 return Opcode == Instruction::And ? ConstantInt::getNullValue(Ty)
2014 }
2015 }
2016 return nullptr;
2017}
2018
2019// Commutative patterns for and that will be tried with both operand orders.
2021 const SimplifyQuery &Q,
2022 unsigned MaxRecurse) {
2023 // ~A & A = 0
2024 if (match(Op0, m_Not(m_Specific(Op1))))
2025 return Constant::getNullValue(Op0->getType());
2026
2027 // (A | ?) & A = A
2028 if (match(Op0, m_c_Or(m_Specific(Op1), m_Value())))
2029 return Op1;
2030
2031 // (X | ~Y) & (X | Y) --> X
2032 Value *X, *Y;
2033 if (match(Op0, m_c_Or(m_Value(X), m_Not(m_Value(Y)))) &&
2034 match(Op1, m_c_Or(m_Specific(X), m_Specific(Y))))
2035 return X;
2036
2037 // If we have a multiplication overflow check that is being 'and'ed with a
2038 // check that one of the multipliers is not zero, we can omit the 'and', and
2039 // only keep the overflow check.
2040 if (isCheckForZeroAndMulWithOverflow(Op0, Op1, true))
2041 return Op1;
2042
2043 // -A & A = A if A is a power of two or zero.
2044 if (match(Op0, m_Neg(m_Specific(Op1))) &&
2045 isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(Op1, Q.DL, /*OrZero*/ true, Q.AC, Q.CxtI, Q.DT))
2046 return Op1;
2047
2048 // This is a similar pattern used for checking if a value is a power-of-2:
2049 // (A - 1) & A --> 0 (if A is a power-of-2 or 0)
2050 if (match(Op0, m_Add(m_Specific(Op1), m_AllOnes())) &&
2051 isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(Op1, Q.DL, /*OrZero*/ true, Q.AC, Q.CxtI, Q.DT))
2052 return Constant::getNullValue(Op1->getType());
2053
2054 // (x << N) & ((x << M) - 1) --> 0, where x is known to be a power of 2 and
2055 // M <= N.
2056 const APInt *Shift1, *Shift2;
2057 if (match(Op0, m_Shl(m_Value(X), m_APInt(Shift1))) &&
2058 match(Op1, m_Add(m_Shl(m_Specific(X), m_APInt(Shift2)), m_AllOnes())) &&
2059 isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(X, Q.DL, /*OrZero*/ true, Q.AC, Q.CxtI) &&
2060 Shift1->uge(*Shift2))
2061 return Constant::getNullValue(Op0->getType());
2062
2063 if (Value *V =
2064 simplifyAndOrWithICmpEq(Instruction::And, Op0, Op1, Q, MaxRecurse))
2065 return V;
2066
2067 return nullptr;
2068}
2069
2070/// Given operands for an And, see if we can fold the result.
2071/// If not, this returns null.
2072static Value *simplifyAndInst(Value *Op0, Value *Op1, const SimplifyQuery &Q,
2073 unsigned MaxRecurse) {
2074 if (Constant *C = foldOrCommuteConstant(Instruction::And, Op0, Op1, Q))
2075 return C;
2076
2077 // X & poison -> poison
2078 if (isa<PoisonValue>(Op1))
2079 return Op1;
2080
2081 // X & undef -> 0
2082 if (Q.isUndefValue(Op1))
2083 return Constant::getNullValue(Op0->getType());
2084
2085 // X & X = X
2086 if (Op0 == Op1)
2087 return Op0;
2088
2089 // X & 0 = 0
2090 if (match(Op1, m_Zero()))
2091 return Constant::getNullValue(Op0->getType());
2092
2093 // X & -1 = X
2094 if (match(Op1, m_AllOnes()))
2095 return Op0;
2096
2097 if (Value *Res = simplifyAndCommutative(Op0, Op1, Q, MaxRecurse))
2098 return Res;
2099 if (Value *Res = simplifyAndCommutative(Op1, Op0, Q, MaxRecurse))
2100 return Res;
2101
2102 if (Value *V = simplifyLogicOfAddSub(Op0, Op1, Instruction::And))
2103 return V;
2104
2105 // A mask that only clears known zeros of a shifted value is a no-op.
2106 const APInt *Mask;
2107 const APInt *ShAmt;
2108 Value *X, *Y;
2109 if (match(Op1, m_APInt(Mask))) {
2110 // If all bits in the inverted and shifted mask are clear:
2111 // and (shl X, ShAmt), Mask --> shl X, ShAmt
2112 if (match(Op0, m_Shl(m_Value(X), m_APInt(ShAmt))) &&
2113 (~(*Mask)).lshr(*ShAmt).isZero())
2114 return Op0;
2115
2116 // If all bits in the inverted and shifted mask are clear:
2117 // and (lshr X, ShAmt), Mask --> lshr X, ShAmt
2118 if (match(Op0, m_LShr(m_Value(X), m_APInt(ShAmt))) &&
2119 (~(*Mask)).shl(*ShAmt).isZero())
2120 return Op0;
2121 }
2122
2123 // and 2^x-1, 2^C --> 0 where x <= C.
2124 const APInt *PowerC;
2125 Value *Shift;
2126 if (match(Op1, m_Power2(PowerC)) &&
2127 match(Op0, m_Add(m_Value(Shift), m_AllOnes())) &&
2128 isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(Shift, Q.DL, /*OrZero*/ false, Q.AC, Q.CxtI,
2129 Q.DT)) {
2130 KnownBits Known = computeKnownBits(Shift, Q);
2131 // Use getActiveBits() to make use of the additional power of two knowledge
2132 if (PowerC->getActiveBits() >= Known.getMaxValue().getActiveBits())
2133 return ConstantInt::getNullValue(Op1->getType());
2134 }
2135
2136 if (Value *V = simplifyAndOrOfCmps(Q, Op0, Op1, true))
2137 return V;
2138
2139 // Try some generic simplifications for associative operations.
2140 if (Value *V =
2141 simplifyAssociativeBinOp(Instruction::And, Op0, Op1, Q, MaxRecurse))
2142 return V;
2143
2144 // And distributes over Or. Try some generic simplifications based on this.
2145 if (Value *V = expandCommutativeBinOp(Instruction::And, Op0, Op1,
2146 Instruction::Or, Q, MaxRecurse))
2147 return V;
2148
2149 // And distributes over Xor. Try some generic simplifications based on this.
2150 if (Value *V = expandCommutativeBinOp(Instruction::And, Op0, Op1,
2151 Instruction::Xor, Q, MaxRecurse))
2152 return V;
2153
2154 if (isa<SelectInst>(Op0) || isa<SelectInst>(Op1)) {
2155 if (Op0->getType()->isIntOrIntVectorTy(1)) {
2156 // A & (A && B) -> A && B
2157 if (match(Op1, m_Select(m_Specific(Op0), m_Value(), m_Zero())))
2158 return Op1;
2159 else if (match(Op0, m_Select(m_Specific(Op1), m_Value(), m_Zero())))
2160 return Op0;
2161 }
2162 // If the operation is with the result of a select instruction, check
2163 // whether operating on either branch of the select always yields the same
2164 // value.
2165 if (Value *V =
2166 threadBinOpOverSelect(Instruction::And, Op0, Op1, Q, MaxRecurse))
2167 return V;
2168 }
2169
2170 // If the operation is with the result of a phi instruction, check whether
2171 // operating on all incoming values of the phi always yields the same value.
2172 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0) || isa<PHINode>(Op1))
2173 if (Value *V =
2174 threadBinOpOverPHI(Instruction::And, Op0, Op1, Q, MaxRecurse))
2175 return V;
2176
2177 // Assuming the effective width of Y is not larger than A, i.e. all bits
2178 // from X and Y are disjoint in (X << A) | Y,
2179 // if the mask of this AND op covers all bits of X or Y, while it covers
2180 // no bits from the other, we can bypass this AND op. E.g.,
2181 // ((X << A) | Y) & Mask -> Y,
2182 // if Mask = ((1 << effective_width_of(Y)) - 1)
2183 // ((X << A) | Y) & Mask -> X << A,
2184 // if Mask = ((1 << effective_width_of(X)) - 1) << A
2185 // SimplifyDemandedBits in InstCombine can optimize the general case.
2186 // This pattern aims to help other passes for a common case.
2187 Value *XShifted;
2188 if (Q.IIQ.UseInstrInfo && match(Op1, m_APInt(Mask)) &&
2190 m_Value(XShifted)),
2191 m_Value(Y)))) {
2192 const unsigned Width = Op0->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits();
2193 const unsigned ShftCnt = ShAmt->getLimitedValue(Width);
2194 const KnownBits YKnown = computeKnownBits(Y, Q);
2195 const unsigned EffWidthY = YKnown.countMaxActiveBits();
2196 if (EffWidthY <= ShftCnt) {
2197 const KnownBits XKnown = computeKnownBits(X, Q);
2198 const unsigned EffWidthX = XKnown.countMaxActiveBits();
2199 const APInt EffBitsY = APInt::getLowBitsSet(Width, EffWidthY);
2200 const APInt EffBitsX = APInt::getLowBitsSet(Width, EffWidthX) << ShftCnt;
2201 // If the mask is extracting all bits from X or Y as is, we can skip
2202 // this AND op.
2203 if (EffBitsY.isSubsetOf(*Mask) && !EffBitsX.intersects(*Mask))
2204 return Y;
2205 if (EffBitsX.isSubsetOf(*Mask) && !EffBitsY.intersects(*Mask))
2206 return XShifted;
2207 }
2208 }
2209
2210 // ((X | Y) ^ X ) & ((X | Y) ^ Y) --> 0
2211 // ((X | Y) ^ Y ) & ((X | Y) ^ X) --> 0
2213 if (match(Op0, m_c_Xor(m_Value(X),
2215 m_c_Or(m_Deferred(X), m_Value(Y))))) &&
2217 return Constant::getNullValue(Op0->getType());
2218
2219 const APInt *C1;
2220 Value *A;
2221 // (A ^ C) & (A ^ ~C) -> 0
2222 if (match(Op0, m_Xor(m_Value(A), m_APInt(C1))) &&
2223 match(Op1, m_Xor(m_Specific(A), m_SpecificInt(~*C1))))
2224 return Constant::getNullValue(Op0->getType());
2225
2226 if (Op0->getType()->isIntOrIntVectorTy(1)) {
2227 if (std::optional<bool> Implied = isImpliedCondition(Op0, Op1, Q.DL)) {
2228 // If Op0 is true implies Op1 is true, then Op0 is a subset of Op1.
2229 if (*Implied == true)
2230 return Op0;
2231 // If Op0 is true implies Op1 is false, then they are not true together.
2232 if (*Implied == false)
2233 return ConstantInt::getFalse(Op0->getType());
2234 }
2235 if (std::optional<bool> Implied = isImpliedCondition(Op1, Op0, Q.DL)) {
2236 // If Op1 is true implies Op0 is true, then Op1 is a subset of Op0.
2237 if (*Implied)
2238 return Op1;
2239 // If Op1 is true implies Op0 is false, then they are not true together.
2240 if (!*Implied)
2241 return ConstantInt::getFalse(Op1->getType());
2242 }
2243 }
2244
2245 if (Value *V = simplifyByDomEq(Instruction::And, Op0, Op1, Q, MaxRecurse))
2246 return V;
2247
2248 return nullptr;
2249}
2250
2252 return ::simplifyAndInst(Op0, Op1, Q, RecursionLimit);
2253}
2254
2255// TODO: Many of these folds could use LogicalAnd/LogicalOr.
2257 assert(X->getType() == Y->getType() && "Expected same type for 'or' ops");
2258 Type *Ty = X->getType();
2259
2260 // X | ~X --> -1
2261 if (match(Y, m_Not(m_Specific(X))))
2263
2264 // X | ~(X & ?) = -1
2265 if (match(Y, m_Not(m_c_And(m_Specific(X), m_Value()))))
2267
2268 // X | (X & ?) --> X
2269 if (match(Y, m_c_And(m_Specific(X), m_Value())))
2270 return X;
2271
2272 Value *A, *B;
2273
2274 // (A ^ B) | (A | B) --> A | B
2275 // (A ^ B) | (B | A) --> B | A
2276 if (match(X, m_Xor(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))) &&
2278 return Y;
2279
2280 // ~(A ^ B) | (A | B) --> -1
2281 // ~(A ^ B) | (B | A) --> -1
2282 if (match(X, m_Not(m_Xor(m_Value(A), m_Value(B)))) &&
2285
2286 // (A & ~B) | (A ^ B) --> A ^ B
2287 // (~B & A) | (A ^ B) --> A ^ B
2288 // (A & ~B) | (B ^ A) --> B ^ A
2289 // (~B & A) | (B ^ A) --> B ^ A
2290 if (match(X, m_c_And(m_Value(A), m_Not(m_Value(B)))) &&
2292 return Y;
2293
2294 // (~A ^ B) | (A & B) --> ~A ^ B
2295 // (B ^ ~A) | (A & B) --> B ^ ~A
2296 // (~A ^ B) | (B & A) --> ~A ^ B
2297 // (B ^ ~A) | (B & A) --> B ^ ~A
2298 if (match(X, m_c_Xor(m_Not(m_Value(A)), m_Value(B))) &&
2300 return X;
2301
2302 // (~A | B) | (A ^ B) --> -1
2303 // (~A | B) | (B ^ A) --> -1
2304 // (B | ~A) | (A ^ B) --> -1
2305 // (B | ~A) | (B ^ A) --> -1
2306 if (match(X, m_c_Or(m_Not(m_Value(A)), m_Value(B))) &&
2309
2310 // (~A & B) | ~(A | B) --> ~A
2311 // (~A & B) | ~(B | A) --> ~A
2312 // (B & ~A) | ~(A | B) --> ~A
2313 // (B & ~A) | ~(B | A) --> ~A
2314 Value *NotA;
2316 m_Value(B))) &&
2318 return NotA;
2319 // The same is true of Logical And
2320 // TODO: This could share the logic of the version above if there was a
2321 // version of LogicalAnd that allowed more than just i1 types.
2323 m_Value(B))) &&
2325 return NotA;
2326
2327 // ~(A ^ B) | (A & B) --> ~(A ^ B)
2328 // ~(A ^ B) | (B & A) --> ~(A ^ B)
2329 Value *NotAB;
2331 m_Value(NotAB))) &&
2333 return NotAB;
2334
2335 // ~(A & B) | (A ^ B) --> ~(A & B)
2336 // ~(A & B) | (B ^ A) --> ~(A & B)
2338 m_Value(NotAB))) &&
2340 return NotAB;
2341
2342 return nullptr;
2343}
2344
2345/// Given operands for an Or, see if we can fold the result.
2346/// If not, this returns null.
2347static Value *simplifyOrInst(Value *Op0, Value *Op1, const SimplifyQuery &Q,
2348 unsigned MaxRecurse) {
2349 if (Constant *C = foldOrCommuteConstant(Instruction::Or, Op0, Op1, Q))
2350 return C;
2351
2352 // X | poison -> poison
2353 if (isa<PoisonValue>(Op1))
2354 return Op1;
2355
2356 // X | undef -> -1
2357 // X | -1 = -1
2358 // Do not return Op1 because it may contain undef elements if it's a vector.
2359 if (Q.isUndefValue(Op1) || match(Op1, m_AllOnes()))
2360 return Constant::getAllOnesValue(Op0->getType());
2361
2362 // X | X = X
2363 // X | 0 = X
2364 if (Op0 == Op1 || match(Op1, m_Zero()))
2365 return Op0;
2366
2367 if (Value *R = simplifyOrLogic(Op0, Op1))
2368 return R;
2369 if (Value *R = simplifyOrLogic(Op1, Op0))
2370 return R;
2371
2372 if (Value *V = simplifyLogicOfAddSub(Op0, Op1, Instruction::Or))
2373 return V;
2374
2375 // Rotated -1 is still -1:
2376 // (-1 << X) | (-1 >> (C - X)) --> -1
2377 // (-1 >> X) | (-1 << (C - X)) --> -1
2378 // ...with C <= bitwidth (and commuted variants).
2379 Value *X, *Y;
2380 if ((match(Op0, m_Shl(m_AllOnes(), m_Value(X))) &&
2381 match(Op1, m_LShr(m_AllOnes(), m_Value(Y)))) ||
2382 (match(Op1, m_Shl(m_AllOnes(), m_Value(X))) &&
2383 match(Op0, m_LShr(m_AllOnes(), m_Value(Y))))) {
2384 const APInt *C;
2385 if ((match(X, m_Sub(m_APInt(C), m_Specific(Y))) ||
2386 match(Y, m_Sub(m_APInt(C), m_Specific(X)))) &&
2387 C->ule(X->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits())) {
2388 return ConstantInt::getAllOnesValue(X->getType());
2389 }
2390 }
2391
2392 // A funnel shift (rotate) can be decomposed into simpler shifts. See if we
2393 // are mixing in another shift that is redundant with the funnel shift.
2394
2395 // (fshl X, ?, Y) | (shl X, Y) --> fshl X, ?, Y
2396 // (shl X, Y) | (fshl X, ?, Y) --> fshl X, ?, Y
2397 if (match(Op0,
2399 match(Op1, m_Shl(m_Specific(X), m_Specific(Y))))
2400 return Op0;
2401 if (match(Op1,
2403 match(Op0, m_Shl(m_Specific(X), m_Specific(Y))))
2404 return Op1;
2405
2406 // (fshr ?, X, Y) | (lshr X, Y) --> fshr ?, X, Y
2407 // (lshr X, Y) | (fshr ?, X, Y) --> fshr ?, X, Y
2408 if (match(Op0,
2410 match(Op1, m_LShr(m_Specific(X), m_Specific(Y))))
2411 return Op0;
2412 if (match(Op1,
2414 match(Op0, m_LShr(m_Specific(X), m_Specific(Y))))
2415 return Op1;
2416
2417 if (Value *V =
2418 simplifyAndOrWithICmpEq(Instruction::Or, Op0, Op1, Q, MaxRecurse))
2419 return V;
2420 if (Value *V =
2421 simplifyAndOrWithICmpEq(Instruction::Or, Op1, Op0, Q, MaxRecurse))
2422 return V;
2423
2424 if (Value *V = simplifyAndOrOfCmps(Q, Op0, Op1, false))
2425 return V;
2426
2427 // If we have a multiplication overflow check that is being 'and'ed with a
2428 // check that one of the multipliers is not zero, we can omit the 'and', and
2429 // only keep the overflow check.
2430 if (isCheckForZeroAndMulWithOverflow(Op0, Op1, false))
2431 return Op1;
2432 if (isCheckForZeroAndMulWithOverflow(Op1, Op0, false))
2433 return Op0;
2434
2435 // Try some generic simplifications for associative operations.
2436 if (Value *V =
2437 simplifyAssociativeBinOp(Instruction::Or, Op0, Op1, Q, MaxRecurse))
2438 return V;
2439
2440 // Or distributes over And. Try some generic simplifications based on this.
2441 if (Value *V = expandCommutativeBinOp(Instruction::Or, Op0, Op1,
2442 Instruction::And, Q, MaxRecurse))
2443 return V;
2444
2445 if (isa<SelectInst>(Op0) || isa<SelectInst>(Op1)) {
2446 if (Op0->getType()->isIntOrIntVectorTy(1)) {
2447 // A | (A || B) -> A || B
2448 if (match(Op1, m_Select(m_Specific(Op0), m_One(), m_Value())))
2449 return Op1;
2450 else if (match(Op0, m_Select(m_Specific(Op1), m_One(), m_Value())))
2451 return Op0;
2452 }
2453 // If the operation is with the result of a select instruction, check
2454 // whether operating on either branch of the select always yields the same
2455 // value.
2456 if (Value *V =
2457 threadBinOpOverSelect(Instruction::Or, Op0, Op1, Q, MaxRecurse))
2458 return V;
2459 }
2460
2461 // (A & C1)|(B & C2)
2462 Value *A, *B;
2463 const APInt *C1, *C2;
2464 if (match(Op0, m_And(m_Value(A), m_APInt(C1))) &&
2465 match(Op1, m_And(m_Value(B), m_APInt(C2)))) {
2466 if (*C1 == ~*C2) {
2467 // (A & C1)|(B & C2)
2468 // If we have: ((V + N) & C1) | (V & C2)
2469 // .. and C2 = ~C1 and C2 is 0+1+ and (N & C2) == 0
2470 // replace with V+N.
2471 Value *N;
2472 if (C2->isMask() && // C2 == 0+1+
2474 // Add commutes, try both ways.
2475 if (MaskedValueIsZero(N, *C2, Q))
2476 return A;
2477 }
2478 // Or commutes, try both ways.
2479 if (C1->isMask() && match(B, m_c_Add(m_Specific(A), m_Value(N)))) {
2480 // Add commutes, try both ways.
2481 if (MaskedValueIsZero(N, *C1, Q))
2482 return B;
2483 }
2484 }
2485 }
2486
2487 // If the operation is with the result of a phi instruction, check whether
2488 // operating on all incoming values of the phi always yields the same value.
2489 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0) || isa<PHINode>(Op1))
2490 if (Value *V = threadBinOpOverPHI(Instruction::Or, Op0, Op1, Q, MaxRecurse))
2491 return V;
2492
2493 // (A ^ C) | (A ^ ~C) -> -1, i.e. all bits set to one.
2494 if (match(Op0, m_Xor(m_Value(A), m_APInt(C1))) &&
2495 match(Op1, m_Xor(m_Specific(A), m_SpecificInt(~*C1))))
2496 return Constant::getAllOnesValue(Op0->getType());
2497
2498 if (Op0->getType()->isIntOrIntVectorTy(1)) {
2499 if (std::optional<bool> Implied =
2500 isImpliedCondition(Op0, Op1, Q.DL, false)) {
2501 // If Op0 is false implies Op1 is false, then Op1 is a subset of Op0.
2502 if (*Implied == false)
2503 return Op0;
2504 // If Op0 is false implies Op1 is true, then at least one is always true.
2505 if (*Implied == true)
2506 return ConstantInt::getTrue(Op0->getType());
2507 }
2508 if (std::optional<bool> Implied =
2509 isImpliedCondition(Op1, Op0, Q.DL, false)) {
2510 // If Op1 is false implies Op0 is false, then Op0 is a subset of Op1.
2511 if (*Implied == false)
2512 return Op1;
2513 // If Op1 is false implies Op0 is true, then at least one is always true.
2514 if (*Implied == true)
2515 return ConstantInt::getTrue(Op1->getType());
2516 }
2517 }
2518
2519 if (Value *V = simplifyByDomEq(Instruction::Or, Op0, Op1, Q, MaxRecurse))
2520 return V;
2521
2522 return nullptr;
2523}
2524
2526 return ::simplifyOrInst(Op0, Op1, Q, RecursionLimit);
2527}
2528
2529/// Given operands for a Xor, see if we can fold the result.
2530/// If not, this returns null.
2531static Value *simplifyXorInst(Value *Op0, Value *Op1, const SimplifyQuery &Q,
2532 unsigned MaxRecurse) {
2533 if (Constant *C = foldOrCommuteConstant(Instruction::Xor, Op0, Op1, Q))
2534 return C;
2535
2536 // X ^ poison -> poison
2537 if (isa<PoisonValue>(Op1))
2538 return Op1;
2539
2540 // A ^ undef -> undef
2541 if (Q.isUndefValue(Op1))
2542 return Op1;
2543
2544 // A ^ 0 = A
2545 if (match(Op1, m_Zero()))
2546 return Op0;
2547
2548 // A ^ A = 0
2549 if (Op0 == Op1)
2550 return Constant::getNullValue(Op0->getType());
2551
2552 // A ^ ~A = ~A ^ A = -1
2553 if (match(Op0, m_Not(m_Specific(Op1))) || match(Op1, m_Not(m_Specific(Op0))))
2554 return Constant::getAllOnesValue(Op0->getType());
2555
2556 auto foldAndOrNot = [](Value *X, Value *Y) -> Value * {
2557 Value *A, *B;
2558 // (~A & B) ^ (A | B) --> A -- There are 8 commuted variants.
2559 if (match(X, m_c_And(m_Not(m_Value(A)), m_Value(B))) &&
2561 return A;
2562
2563 // (~A | B) ^ (A & B) --> ~A -- There are 8 commuted variants.
2564 // The 'not' op must contain a complete -1 operand (no undef elements for
2565 // vector) for the transform to be safe.
2566 Value *NotA;
2568 m_Value(B))) &&
2570 return NotA;
2571
2572 return nullptr;
2573 };
2574 if (Value *R = foldAndOrNot(Op0, Op1))
2575 return R;
2576 if (Value *R = foldAndOrNot(Op1, Op0))
2577 return R;
2578
2579 if (Value *V = simplifyLogicOfAddSub(Op0, Op1, Instruction::Xor))
2580 return V;
2581
2582 // Try some generic simplifications for associative operations.
2583 if (Value *V =
2584 simplifyAssociativeBinOp(Instruction::Xor, Op0, Op1, Q, MaxRecurse))
2585 return V;
2586
2587 // Threading Xor over selects and phi nodes is pointless, so don't bother.
2588 // Threading over the select in "A ^ select(cond, B, C)" means evaluating
2589 // "A^B" and "A^C" and seeing if they are equal; but they are equal if and
2590 // only if B and C are equal. If B and C are equal then (since we assume
2591 // that operands have already been simplified) "select(cond, B, C)" should
2592 // have been simplified to the common value of B and C already. Analysing
2593 // "A^B" and "A^C" thus gains nothing, but costs compile time. Similarly
2594 // for threading over phi nodes.
2595
2596 if (Value *V = simplifyByDomEq(Instruction::Xor, Op0, Op1, Q, MaxRecurse))
2597 return V;
2598
2599 // (xor (sub nuw C_Mask, X), C_Mask) -> X
2600 {
2601 Value *X;
2602 if (match(Op0, m_NUWSub(m_Specific(Op1), m_Value(X))) &&
2603 match(Op1, m_LowBitMask()))
2604 return X;
2605 }
2606
2607 return nullptr;
2608}
2609
2611 return ::simplifyXorInst(Op0, Op1, Q, RecursionLimit);
2612}
2613
2615 return CmpInst::makeCmpResultType(Op->getType());
2616}
2617
2618/// Rummage around inside V looking for something equivalent to the comparison
2619/// "LHS Pred RHS". Return such a value if found, otherwise return null.
2620/// Helper function for analyzing max/min idioms.
2622 Value *LHS, Value *RHS) {
2624 if (!SI)
2625 return nullptr;
2626 CmpInst *Cmp = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(SI->getCondition());
2627 if (!Cmp)
2628 return nullptr;
2629 Value *CmpLHS = Cmp->getOperand(0), *CmpRHS = Cmp->getOperand(1);
2630 if (Pred == Cmp->getPredicate() && LHS == CmpLHS && RHS == CmpRHS)
2631 return Cmp;
2632 if (Pred == CmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Cmp->getPredicate()) &&
2633 LHS == CmpRHS && RHS == CmpLHS)
2634 return Cmp;
2635 return nullptr;
2636}
2637
2638/// Return true if the underlying object (storage) must be disjoint from
2639/// storage returned by any noalias return call.
2640static bool isAllocDisjoint(const Value *V) {
2641 // For allocas, we consider only static ones (dynamic
2642 // allocas might be transformed into calls to malloc not simultaneously
2643 // live with the compared-to allocation). For globals, we exclude symbols
2644 // that might be resolve lazily to symbols in another dynamically-loaded
2645 // library (and, thus, could be malloc'ed by the implementation).
2646 if (const AllocaInst *AI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(V))
2647 return AI->isStaticAlloca();
2648 if (const GlobalValue *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalValue>(V))
2649 return (GV->hasLocalLinkage() || GV->hasHiddenVisibility() ||
2650 GV->hasProtectedVisibility() || GV->hasGlobalUnnamedAddr()) &&
2651 !GV->isThreadLocal();
2652 if (const Argument *A = dyn_cast<Argument>(V))
2653 return A->hasByValAttr();
2654 return false;
2655}
2656
2657/// Return true if V1 and V2 are each the base of some distict storage region
2658/// [V, object_size(V)] which do not overlap. Note that zero sized regions
2659/// *are* possible, and that zero sized regions do not overlap with any other.
2660static bool haveNonOverlappingStorage(const Value *V1, const Value *V2) {
2661 // Global variables always exist, so they always exist during the lifetime
2662 // of each other and all allocas. Global variables themselves usually have
2663 // non-overlapping storage, but since their addresses are constants, the
2664 // case involving two globals does not reach here and is instead handled in
2665 // constant folding.
2666 //
2667 // Two different allocas usually have different addresses...
2668 //
2669 // However, if there's an @llvm.stackrestore dynamically in between two
2670 // allocas, they may have the same address. It's tempting to reduce the
2671 // scope of the problem by only looking at *static* allocas here. That would
2672 // cover the majority of allocas while significantly reducing the likelihood
2673 // of having an @llvm.stackrestore pop up in the middle. However, it's not
2674 // actually impossible for an @llvm.stackrestore to pop up in the middle of
2675 // an entry block. Also, if we have a block that's not attached to a
2676 // function, we can't tell if it's "static" under the current definition.
2677 // Theoretically, this problem could be fixed by creating a new kind of
2678 // instruction kind specifically for static allocas. Such a new instruction
2679 // could be required to be at the top of the entry block, thus preventing it
2680 // from being subject to a @llvm.stackrestore. Instcombine could even
2681 // convert regular allocas into these special allocas. It'd be nifty.
2682 // However, until then, this problem remains open.
2683 //
2684 // So, we'll assume that two non-empty allocas have different addresses
2685 // for now.
2686 auto isByValArg = [](const Value *V) {
2687 const Argument *A = dyn_cast<Argument>(V);
2688 return A && A->hasByValAttr();
2689 };
2690
2691 // Byval args are backed by store which does not overlap with each other,
2692 // allocas, or globals.
2693 if (isByValArg(V1))
2694 return isa<AllocaInst>(V2) || isa<GlobalVariable>(V2) || isByValArg(V2);
2695 if (isByValArg(V2))
2696 return isa<AllocaInst>(V1) || isa<GlobalVariable>(V1) || isByValArg(V1);
2697
2698 return isa<AllocaInst>(V1) &&
2700}
2701
2702// A significant optimization not implemented here is assuming that alloca
2703// addresses are not equal to incoming argument values. They don't *alias*,
2704// as we say, but that doesn't mean they aren't equal, so we take a
2705// conservative approach.
2706//
2707// This is inspired in part by C++11 5.10p1:
2708// "Two pointers of the same type compare equal if and only if they are both
2709// null, both point to the same function, or both represent the same
2710// address."
2711//
2712// This is pretty permissive.
2713//
2714// It's also partly due to C11 6.5.9p6:
2715// "Two pointers compare equal if and only if both are null pointers, both are
2716// pointers to the same object (including a pointer to an object and a
2717// subobject at its beginning) or function, both are pointers to one past the
2718// last element of the same array object, or one is a pointer to one past the
2719// end of one array object and the other is a pointer to the start of a
2720// different array object that happens to immediately follow the first array
2721// object in the address space.)
2722//
2723// C11's version is more restrictive, however there's no reason why an argument
2724// couldn't be a one-past-the-end value for a stack object in the caller and be
2725// equal to the beginning of a stack object in the callee.
2726//
2727// If the C and C++ standards are ever made sufficiently restrictive in this
2728// area, it may be possible to update LLVM's semantics accordingly and reinstate
2729// this optimization.
2731 const SimplifyQuery &Q) {
2732 assert(LHS->getType() == RHS->getType() && "Must have same types");
2733 const DataLayout &DL = Q.DL;
2734 const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI = Q.TLI;
2735
2736 // We fold equality and unsigned predicates on pointer comparisons, but forbid
2737 // signed predicates since a GEP with inbounds could cross the sign boundary.
2738 if (CmpInst::isSigned(Pred))
2739 return nullptr;
2740
2741 // We have to switch to a signed predicate to handle negative indices from
2742 // the base pointer.
2743 Pred = ICmpInst::getSignedPredicate(Pred);
2744
2745 // Strip off any constant offsets so that we can reason about them.
2746 // It's tempting to use getUnderlyingObject or even just stripInBoundsOffsets
2747 // here and compare base addresses like AliasAnalysis does, however there are
2748 // numerous hazards. AliasAnalysis and its utilities rely on special rules
2749 // governing loads and stores which don't apply to icmps. Also, AliasAnalysis
2750 // doesn't need to guarantee pointer inequality when it says NoAlias.
2751
2752 // Even if an non-inbounds GEP occurs along the path we can still optimize
2753 // equality comparisons concerning the result.
2754 bool AllowNonInbounds = ICmpInst::isEquality(Pred);
2755 unsigned IndexSize = DL.getIndexTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType());
2756 APInt LHSOffset(IndexSize, 0), RHSOffset(IndexSize, 0);
2757 LHS = LHS->stripAndAccumulateConstantOffsets(DL, LHSOffset, AllowNonInbounds);
2758 RHS = RHS->stripAndAccumulateConstantOffsets(DL, RHSOffset, AllowNonInbounds);
2759
2760 // If LHS and RHS are related via constant offsets to the same base
2761 // value, we can replace it with an icmp which just compares the offsets.
2762 if (LHS == RHS)
2763 return ConstantInt::get(getCompareTy(LHS),
2764 ICmpInst::compare(LHSOffset, RHSOffset, Pred));
2765
2766 // Various optimizations for (in)equality comparisons.
2767 if (ICmpInst::isEquality(Pred)) {
2768 // Different non-empty allocations that exist at the same time have
2769 // different addresses (if the program can tell). If the offsets are
2770 // within the bounds of their allocations (and not one-past-the-end!
2771 // so we can't use inbounds!), and their allocations aren't the same,
2772 // the pointers are not equal.
2774 uint64_t LHSSize, RHSSize;
2775 ObjectSizeOpts Opts;
2777 auto *F = [](Value *V) -> Function * {
2778 if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V))
2779 return I->getFunction();
2780 if (auto *A = dyn_cast<Argument>(V))
2781 return A->getParent();
2782 return nullptr;
2783 }(LHS);
2784 Opts.NullIsUnknownSize = F ? NullPointerIsDefined(F) : true;
2785 if (getObjectSize(LHS, LHSSize, DL, TLI, Opts) && LHSSize != 0 &&
2786 getObjectSize(RHS, RHSSize, DL, TLI, Opts) && RHSSize != 0) {
2787 APInt Dist = LHSOffset - RHSOffset;
2788 if (Dist.isNonNegative() ? Dist.ult(LHSSize) : (-Dist).ult(RHSSize))
2789 return ConstantInt::get(getCompareTy(LHS),
2791 }
2792 }
2793
2794 // If one side of the equality comparison must come from a noalias call
2795 // (meaning a system memory allocation function), and the other side must
2796 // come from a pointer that cannot overlap with dynamically-allocated
2797 // memory within the lifetime of the current function (allocas, byval
2798 // arguments, globals), then determine the comparison result here.
2799 SmallVector<const Value *, 8> LHSUObjs, RHSUObjs;
2800 getUnderlyingObjects(LHS, LHSUObjs);
2801 getUnderlyingObjects(RHS, RHSUObjs);
2802
2803 // Is the set of underlying objects all noalias calls?
2804 auto IsNAC = [](ArrayRef<const Value *> Objects) {
2805 return all_of(Objects, isNoAliasCall);
2806 };
2807
2808 // Is the set of underlying objects all things which must be disjoint from
2809 // noalias calls. We assume that indexing from such disjoint storage
2810 // into the heap is undefined, and thus offsets can be safely ignored.
2811 auto IsAllocDisjoint = [](ArrayRef<const Value *> Objects) {
2812 return all_of(Objects, ::isAllocDisjoint);
2813 };
2814
2815 if ((IsNAC(LHSUObjs) && IsAllocDisjoint(RHSUObjs)) ||
2816 (IsNAC(RHSUObjs) && IsAllocDisjoint(LHSUObjs)))
2817 return ConstantInt::get(getCompareTy(LHS),
2819
2820 // Fold comparisons for non-escaping pointer even if the allocation call
2821 // cannot be elided. We cannot fold malloc comparison to null. Also, the
2822 // dynamic allocation call could be either of the operands. Note that
2823 // the other operand can not be based on the alloc - if it were, then
2824 // the cmp itself would be a capture.
2825 Value *MI = nullptr;
2826 if (isAllocLikeFn(LHS, TLI) && llvm::isKnownNonZero(RHS, Q))
2827 MI = LHS;
2828 else if (isAllocLikeFn(RHS, TLI) && llvm::isKnownNonZero(LHS, Q))
2829 MI = RHS;
2830 if (MI) {
2831 // FIXME: This is incorrect, see PR54002. While we can assume that the
2832 // allocation is at an address that makes the comparison false, this
2833 // requires that *all* comparisons to that address be false, which
2834 // InstSimplify cannot guarantee.
2835 struct CustomCaptureTracker : public CaptureTracker {
2836 bool Captured = false;
2837 void tooManyUses() override { Captured = true; }
2838 Action captured(const Use *U, UseCaptureInfo CI) override {
2839 // TODO(captures): Use UseCaptureInfo.
2840 if (auto *ICmp = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(U->getUser())) {
2841 // Comparison against value stored in global variable. Given the
2842 // pointer does not escape, its value cannot be guessed and stored
2843 // separately in a global variable.
2844 unsigned OtherIdx = 1 - U->getOperandNo();
2845 auto *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(ICmp->getOperand(OtherIdx));
2846 if (LI && isa<GlobalVariable>(LI->getPointerOperand()))
2847 return Continue;
2848 }
2849
2850 Captured = true;
2851 return Stop;
2852 }
2853 };
2854 CustomCaptureTracker Tracker;
2855 PointerMayBeCaptured(MI, &Tracker);
2856 if (!Tracker.Captured)
2857 return ConstantInt::get(getCompareTy(LHS),
2859 }
2860 }
2861
2862 // Otherwise, fail.
2863 return nullptr;
2864}
2865
2866/// Fold an icmp when its operands have i1 scalar type.
2868 const SimplifyQuery &Q) {
2869 Type *ITy = getCompareTy(LHS); // The return type.
2870 Type *OpTy = LHS->getType(); // The operand type.
2871 if (!OpTy->isIntOrIntVectorTy(1))
2872 return nullptr;
2873
2874 // A boolean compared to true/false can be reduced in 14 out of the 20
2875 // (10 predicates * 2 constants) possible combinations. The other
2876 // 6 cases require a 'not' of the LHS.
2877
2878 auto ExtractNotLHS = [](Value *V) -> Value * {
2879 Value *X;
2880 if (match(V, m_Not(m_Value(X))))
2881 return X;
2882 return nullptr;
2883 };
2884
2885 if (match(RHS, m_Zero())) {
2886 switch (Pred) {
2887 case CmpInst::ICMP_NE: // X != 0 -> X
2888 case CmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // X >u 0 -> X
2889 case CmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // X <s 0 -> X
2890 return LHS;
2891
2892 case CmpInst::ICMP_EQ: // not(X) == 0 -> X != 0 -> X
2893 case CmpInst::ICMP_ULE: // not(X) <=u 0 -> X >u 0 -> X
2894 case CmpInst::ICMP_SGE: // not(X) >=s 0 -> X <s 0 -> X
2895 if (Value *X = ExtractNotLHS(LHS))
2896 return X;
2897 break;
2898
2899 case CmpInst::ICMP_ULT: // X <u 0 -> false
2900 case CmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // X >s 0 -> false
2901 return getFalse(ITy);
2902
2903 case CmpInst::ICMP_UGE: // X >=u 0 -> true
2904 case CmpInst::ICMP_SLE: // X <=s 0 -> true
2905 return getTrue(ITy);
2906
2907 default:
2908 break;
2909 }
2910 } else if (match(RHS, m_One())) {
2911 switch (Pred) {
2912 case CmpInst::ICMP_EQ: // X == 1 -> X
2913 case CmpInst::ICMP_UGE: // X >=u 1 -> X
2914 case CmpInst::ICMP_SLE: // X <=s -1 -> X
2915 return LHS;
2916
2917 case CmpInst::ICMP_NE: // not(X) != 1 -> X == 1 -> X
2918 case CmpInst::ICMP_ULT: // not(X) <=u 1 -> X >=u 1 -> X
2919 case CmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // not(X) >s 1 -> X <=s -1 -> X
2920 if (Value *X = ExtractNotLHS(LHS))
2921 return X;
2922 break;
2923
2924 case CmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // X >u 1 -> false
2925 case CmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // X <s -1 -> false
2926 return getFalse(ITy);
2927
2928 case CmpInst::ICMP_ULE: // X <=u 1 -> true
2929 case CmpInst::ICMP_SGE: // X >=s -1 -> true
2930 return getTrue(ITy);
2931
2932 default:
2933 break;
2934 }
2935 }
2936
2937 switch (Pred) {
2938 default:
2939 break;
2940 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
2941 if (isImpliedCondition(RHS, LHS, Q.DL).value_or(false))
2942 return getTrue(ITy);
2943 break;
2944 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
2945 /// For signed comparison, the values for an i1 are 0 and -1
2946 /// respectively. This maps into a truth table of:
2947 /// LHS | RHS | LHS >=s RHS | LHS implies RHS
2948 /// 0 | 0 | 1 (0 >= 0) | 1
2949 /// 0 | 1 | 1 (0 >= -1) | 1
2950 /// 1 | 0 | 0 (-1 >= 0) | 0
2951 /// 1 | 1 | 1 (-1 >= -1) | 1
2952 if (isImpliedCondition(LHS, RHS, Q.DL).value_or(false))
2953 return getTrue(ITy);
2954 break;
2955 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
2956 if (isImpliedCondition(LHS, RHS, Q.DL).value_or(false))
2957 return getTrue(ITy);
2958 break;
2959 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
2960 /// SLE follows the same logic as SGE with the LHS and RHS swapped.
2961 if (isImpliedCondition(RHS, LHS, Q.DL).value_or(false))
2962 return getTrue(ITy);
2963 break;
2964 }
2965
2966 return nullptr;
2967}
2968
2969/// Try hard to fold icmp with zero RHS because this is a common case.
2971 const SimplifyQuery &Q) {
2972 if (!match(RHS, m_Zero()))
2973 return nullptr;
2974
2975 Type *ITy = getCompareTy(LHS); // The return type.
2976 switch (Pred) {
2977 default:
2978 llvm_unreachable("Unknown ICmp predicate!");
2979 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT:
2980 return getFalse(ITy);
2981 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
2982 return getTrue(ITy);
2983 case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ:
2984 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
2985 if (isKnownNonZero(LHS, Q))
2986 return getFalse(ITy);
2987 break;
2988 case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE:
2989 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
2990 if (isKnownNonZero(LHS, Q))
2991 return getTrue(ITy);
2992 break;
2993 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: {
2994 KnownBits LHSKnown = computeKnownBits(LHS, Q);
2995 if (LHSKnown.isNegative())
2996 return getTrue(ITy);
2997 if (LHSKnown.isNonNegative())
2998 return getFalse(ITy);
2999 break;
3000 }
3001 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE: {
3002 KnownBits LHSKnown = computeKnownBits(LHS, Q);
3003 if (LHSKnown.isNegative())
3004 return getTrue(ITy);
3005 if (LHSKnown.isNonNegative() && isKnownNonZero(LHS, Q))
3006 return getFalse(ITy);
3007 break;
3008 }
3009 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE: {
3010 KnownBits LHSKnown = computeKnownBits(LHS, Q);
3011 if (LHSKnown.isNegative())
3012 return getFalse(ITy);
3013 if (LHSKnown.isNonNegative())
3014 return getTrue(ITy);
3015 break;
3016 }
3017 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: {
3018 KnownBits LHSKnown = computeKnownBits(LHS, Q);
3019 if (LHSKnown.isNegative())
3020 return getFalse(ITy);
3021 if (LHSKnown.isNonNegative() && isKnownNonZero(LHS, Q))
3022 return getTrue(ITy);
3023 break;
3024 }
3025 }
3026
3027 return nullptr;
3028}
3029
3031 Value *RHS, const SimplifyQuery &Q) {
3032 Type *ITy = getCompareTy(RHS); // The return type.
3033
3034 Value *X;
3035 const APInt *C;
3036 if (!match(RHS, m_APIntAllowPoison(C)))
3037 return nullptr;
3038
3039 // Sign-bit checks can be optimized to true/false after unsigned
3040 // floating-point casts:
3041 // icmp slt (bitcast (uitofp X)), 0 --> false
3042 // icmp sgt (bitcast (uitofp X)), -1 --> true
3044 bool TrueIfSigned;
3045 if (isSignBitCheck(Pred, *C, TrueIfSigned))
3046 return ConstantInt::getBool(ITy, !TrueIfSigned);
3047 }
3048
3049 // Rule out tautological comparisons (eg., ult 0 or uge 0).
3051 if (RHS_CR.isEmptySet())
3052 return ConstantInt::getFalse(ITy);
3053 if (RHS_CR.isFullSet())
3054 return ConstantInt::getTrue(ITy);
3055
3056 ConstantRange LHS_CR =
3058 if (!LHS_CR.isFullSet()) {
3059 if (RHS_CR.contains(LHS_CR))
3060 return ConstantInt::getTrue(ITy);
3061 if (RHS_CR.inverse().contains(LHS_CR))
3062 return ConstantInt::getFalse(ITy);
3063 }
3064
3065 // (mul nuw/nsw X, MulC) != C --> true (if C is not a multiple of MulC)
3066 // (mul nuw/nsw X, MulC) == C --> false (if C is not a multiple of MulC)
3067 const APInt *MulC;
3068 if (Q.IIQ.UseInstrInfo && ICmpInst::isEquality(Pred) &&
3070 *MulC != 0 && C->urem(*MulC) != 0) ||
3072 *MulC != 0 && C->srem(*MulC) != 0)))
3073 return ConstantInt::get(ITy, Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE);
3074
3075 if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE && C->isOne() && isKnownNonZero(LHS, Q))
3076 return ConstantInt::getTrue(ITy);
3077
3078 return nullptr;
3079}
3080
3082
3083/// Get values V_i such that V uge V_i (GreaterEq) or V ule V_i (LowerEq).
3086 const SimplifyQuery &Q,
3087 unsigned Depth = 0) {
3088 if (!Res.insert(V).second)
3089 return;
3090
3091 // Can be increased if useful.
3092 if (++Depth > 1)
3093 return;
3094
3095 auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V);
3096 if (!I)
3097 return;
3098
3099 Value *X, *Y;
3101 if (match(I, m_Or(m_Value(X), m_Value(Y))) ||
3105 }
3106 // X * Y >= X --> true
3107 if (match(I, m_NUWMul(m_Value(X), m_Value(Y)))) {
3108 if (isKnownNonZero(X, Q))
3110 if (isKnownNonZero(Y, Q))
3112 }
3113 } else {
3115 switch (I->getOpcode()) {
3116 case Instruction::And:
3117 getUnsignedMonotonicValues(Res, I->getOperand(0), Type, Q, Depth);
3118 getUnsignedMonotonicValues(Res, I->getOperand(1), Type, Q, Depth);
3119 break;
3120 case Instruction::URem:
3121 case Instruction::UDiv:
3122 case Instruction::LShr:
3123 getUnsignedMonotonicValues(Res, I->getOperand(0), Type, Q, Depth);
3124 break;
3125 case Instruction::Call:
3128 break;
3129 default:
3130 break;
3131 }
3132 }
3133}
3134
3136 Value *RHS,
3137 const SimplifyQuery &Q) {
3138 if (Pred != ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE && Pred != ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT)
3139 return nullptr;
3140
3141 // We have LHS uge GreaterValues and LowerValues uge RHS. If any of the
3142 // GreaterValues and LowerValues are the same, it follows that LHS uge RHS.
3143 SmallPtrSet<Value *, 4> GreaterValues;
3144 SmallPtrSet<Value *, 4> LowerValues;
3147 for (Value *GV : GreaterValues)
3148 if (LowerValues.contains(GV))
3150 Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE);
3151 return nullptr;
3152}
3153
3155 Value *RHS, const SimplifyQuery &Q,
3156 unsigned MaxRecurse) {
3157 Type *ITy = getCompareTy(RHS); // The return type.
3158
3159 Value *Y = nullptr;
3160 // icmp pred (or X, Y), X
3161 if (match(LBO, m_c_Or(m_Value(Y), m_Specific(RHS)))) {
3162 if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT || Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE) {
3163 KnownBits RHSKnown = computeKnownBits(RHS, Q);
3164 KnownBits YKnown = computeKnownBits(Y, Q);
3165 if (RHSKnown.isNonNegative() && YKnown.isNegative())
3166 return Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT ? getTrue(ITy) : getFalse(ITy);
3167 if (RHSKnown.isNegative() || YKnown.isNonNegative())
3168 return Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT ? getFalse(ITy) : getTrue(ITy);
3169 }
3170 }
3171
3172 // icmp pred (urem X, Y), Y
3173 if (match(LBO, m_URem(m_Value(), m_Specific(RHS)))) {
3174 switch (Pred) {
3175 default:
3176 break;
3177 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
3178 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE: {
3179 KnownBits Known = computeKnownBits(RHS, Q);
3180 if (!Known.isNonNegative())
3181 break;
3182 [[fallthrough]];
3183 }
3184 case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ:
3185 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
3186 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
3187 return getFalse(ITy);
3188 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
3189 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE: {
3190 KnownBits Known = computeKnownBits(RHS, Q);
3191 if (!Known.isNonNegative())
3192 break;
3193 [[fallthrough]];
3194 }
3195 case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE:
3196 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT:
3197 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
3198 return getTrue(ITy);
3199 }
3200 }
3201
3202 // If x is nonzero:
3203 // x >>u C <u x --> true for C != 0.
3204 // x >>u C != x --> true for C != 0.
3205 // x >>u C >=u x --> false for C != 0.
3206 // x >>u C == x --> false for C != 0.
3207 // x udiv C <u x --> true for C != 1.
3208 // x udiv C != x --> true for C != 1.
3209 // x udiv C >=u x --> false for C != 1.
3210 // x udiv C == x --> false for C != 1.
3211 // TODO: allow non-constant shift amount/divisor
3212 const APInt *C;
3213 if ((match(LBO, m_LShr(m_Specific(RHS), m_APInt(C))) && *C != 0) ||
3214 (match(LBO, m_UDiv(m_Specific(RHS), m_APInt(C))) && *C != 1)) {
3215 if (isKnownNonZero(RHS, Q)) {
3216 switch (Pred) {
3217 default:
3218 break;
3219 case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ:
3220 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
3221 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
3222 return getFalse(ITy);
3223 case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE:
3224 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT:
3225 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
3226 return getTrue(ITy);
3227 }
3228 }
3229 }
3230
3231 // (x*C1)/C2 <= x for C1 <= C2.
3232 // This holds even if the multiplication overflows: Assume that x != 0 and
3233 // arithmetic is modulo M. For overflow to occur we must have C1 >= M/x and
3234 // thus C2 >= M/x. It follows that (x*C1)/C2 <= (M-1)/C2 <= ((M-1)*x)/M < x.
3235 //
3236 // Additionally, either the multiplication and division might be represented
3237 // as shifts:
3238 // (x*C1)>>C2 <= x for C1 < 2**C2.
3239 // (x<<C1)/C2 <= x for 2**C1 < C2.
3240 const APInt *C1, *C2;
3241 if ((match(LBO, m_UDiv(m_Mul(m_Specific(RHS), m_APInt(C1)), m_APInt(C2))) &&
3242 C1->ule(*C2)) ||
3243 (match(LBO, m_LShr(m_Mul(m_Specific(RHS), m_APInt(C1)), m_APInt(C2))) &&
3244 C1->ule(APInt(C2->getBitWidth(), 1) << *C2)) ||
3245 (match(LBO, m_UDiv(m_Shl(m_Specific(RHS), m_APInt(C1)), m_APInt(C2))) &&
3246 (APInt(C1->getBitWidth(), 1) << *C1).ule(*C2))) {
3247 if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT)
3248 return getFalse(ITy);
3249 if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE)
3250 return getTrue(ITy);
3251 }
3252
3253 // (sub C, X) == X, C is odd --> false
3254 // (sub C, X) != X, C is odd --> true
3255 if (match(LBO, m_Sub(m_APIntAllowPoison(C), m_Specific(RHS))) &&
3256 (*C & 1) == 1 && ICmpInst::isEquality(Pred))
3257 return (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ) ? getFalse(ITy) : getTrue(ITy);
3258
3259 return nullptr;
3260}
3261
3262// If only one of the icmp's operands has NSW flags, try to prove that:
3263//
3264// icmp slt/sgt/sle/sge (x + C1), (x +nsw C2)
3265//
3266// is equivalent to:
3267//
3268// icmp slt/sgt/sle/sge C1, C2
3269//
3270// which is true if x + C2 has the NSW flags set and:
3271// *) C1 <= C2 && C1 >= 0, or
3272// *) C2 <= C1 && C1 <= 0.
3273//
3275 const InstrInfoQuery &IIQ) {
3276 // TODO: support other predicates.
3277 if (!ICmpInst::isSigned(Pred) || !IIQ.UseInstrInfo)
3278 return false;
3279
3280 // Canonicalize nsw add as RHS.
3281 if (!match(RHS, m_NSWAdd(m_Value(), m_Value())))
3282 std::swap(LHS, RHS);
3283 if (!match(RHS, m_NSWAdd(m_Value(), m_Value())))
3284 return false;
3285
3286 Value *X;
3287 const APInt *C1, *C2;
3288 if (!match(LHS, m_Add(m_Value(X), m_APInt(C1))) ||
3289 !match(RHS, m_Add(m_Specific(X), m_APInt(C2))))
3290 return false;
3291
3292 return (C1->sle(*C2) && C1->isNonNegative()) ||
3293 (C2->sle(*C1) && C1->isNonPositive());
3294}
3295
3296/// TODO: A large part of this logic is duplicated in InstCombine's
3297/// foldICmpBinOp(). We should be able to share that and avoid the code
3298/// duplication.
3300 const SimplifyQuery &Q,
3301 unsigned MaxRecurse) {
3304 if (MaxRecurse && (LBO || RBO)) {
3305 // Analyze the case when either LHS or RHS is an add instruction.
3306 Value *A = nullptr, *B = nullptr, *C = nullptr, *D = nullptr;
3307 // LHS = A + B (or A and B are null); RHS = C + D (or C and D are null).
3308 bool NoLHSWrapProblem = false, NoRHSWrapProblem = false;
3309 if (LBO && LBO->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add) {
3310 A = LBO->getOperand(0);
3311 B = LBO->getOperand(1);
3312 NoLHSWrapProblem =
3313 ICmpInst::isEquality(Pred) ||
3314 (CmpInst::isUnsigned(Pred) &&
3316 (CmpInst::isSigned(Pred) &&
3318 }
3319 if (RBO && RBO->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add) {
3320 C = RBO->getOperand(0);
3321 D = RBO->getOperand(1);
3322 NoRHSWrapProblem =
3323 ICmpInst::isEquality(Pred) ||
3324 (CmpInst::isUnsigned(Pred) &&
3326 (CmpInst::isSigned(Pred) &&
3328 }
3329
3330 // icmp (X+Y), X -> icmp Y, 0 for equalities or if there is no overflow.
3331 if ((A == RHS || B == RHS) && NoLHSWrapProblem)
3332 if (Value *V = simplifyICmpInst(Pred, A == RHS ? B : A,
3333 Constant::getNullValue(RHS->getType()), Q,
3334 MaxRecurse - 1))
3335 return V;
3336
3337 // icmp X, (X+Y) -> icmp 0, Y for equalities or if there is no overflow.
3338 if ((C == LHS || D == LHS) && NoRHSWrapProblem)
3339 if (Value *V =
3341 C == LHS ? D : C, Q, MaxRecurse - 1))
3342 return V;
3343
3344 // icmp (X+Y), (X+Z) -> icmp Y,Z for equalities or if there is no overflow.
3345 bool CanSimplify = (NoLHSWrapProblem && NoRHSWrapProblem) ||
3347 if (A && C && (A == C || A == D || B == C || B == D) && CanSimplify) {
3348 // Determine Y and Z in the form icmp (X+Y), (X+Z).
3349 Value *Y, *Z;
3350 if (A == C) {
3351 // C + B == C + D -> B == D
3352 Y = B;
3353 Z = D;
3354 } else if (A == D) {
3355 // D + B == C + D -> B == C
3356 Y = B;
3357 Z = C;
3358 } else if (B == C) {
3359 // A + C == C + D -> A == D
3360 Y = A;
3361 Z = D;
3362 } else {
3363 assert(B == D);
3364 // A + D == C + D -> A == C
3365 Y = A;
3366 Z = C;
3367 }
3368 if (Value *V = simplifyICmpInst(Pred, Y, Z, Q, MaxRecurse - 1))
3369 return V;
3370 }
3371 }
3372
3373 if (LBO)
3374 if (Value *V = simplifyICmpWithBinOpOnLHS(Pred, LBO, RHS, Q, MaxRecurse))
3375 return V;
3376
3377 if (RBO)
3379 ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred), RBO, LHS, Q, MaxRecurse))
3380 return V;
3381
3382 // 0 - (zext X) pred C
3383 if (!CmpInst::isUnsigned(Pred) && match(LHS, m_Neg(m_ZExt(m_Value())))) {
3384 const APInt *C;
3385 if (match(RHS, m_APInt(C))) {
3386 if (C->isStrictlyPositive()) {
3387 if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT || Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE)
3389 if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE || Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ)
3391 }
3392 if (C->isNonNegative()) {
3393 if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE)
3395 if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT)
3397 }
3398 }
3399 }
3400
3401 // If C2 is a power-of-2 and C is not:
3402 // (C2 << X) == C --> false
3403 // (C2 << X) != C --> true
3404 const APInt *C;
3405 if (match(LHS, m_Shl(m_Power2(), m_Value())) &&
3406 match(RHS, m_APIntAllowPoison(C)) && !C->isPowerOf2()) {
3407 // C2 << X can equal zero in some circumstances.
3408 // This simplification might be unsafe if C is zero.
3409 //
3410 // We know it is safe if:
3411 // - The shift is nsw. We can't shift out the one bit.
3412 // - The shift is nuw. We can't shift out the one bit.
3413 // - C2 is one.
3414 // - C isn't zero.
3417 match(LHS, m_Shl(m_One(), m_Value())) || !C->isZero()) {
3418 if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ)
3420 if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE)
3422 }
3423 }
3424
3425 // If C is a power-of-2:
3426 // (C << X) >u 0x8000 --> false
3427 // (C << X) <=u 0x8000 --> true
3428 if (match(LHS, m_Shl(m_Power2(), m_Value())) && match(RHS, m_SignMask())) {
3429 if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT)
3431 if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE)
3433 }
3434
3435 if (!MaxRecurse || !LBO || !RBO || LBO->getOpcode() != RBO->getOpcode())
3436 return nullptr;
3437
3438 if (LBO->getOperand(0) == RBO->getOperand(0)) {
3439 switch (LBO->getOpcode()) {
3440 default:
3441 break;
3442 case Instruction::Shl: {
3443 bool NUW = Q.IIQ.hasNoUnsignedWrap(LBO) && Q.IIQ.hasNoUnsignedWrap(RBO);
3444 bool NSW = Q.IIQ.hasNoSignedWrap(LBO) && Q.IIQ.hasNoSignedWrap(RBO);
3445 if (!NUW || (ICmpInst::isSigned(Pred) && !NSW) ||
3446 !isKnownNonZero(LBO->getOperand(0), Q))
3447 break;
3448 if (Value *V = simplifyICmpInst(Pred, LBO->getOperand(1),
3449 RBO->getOperand(1), Q, MaxRecurse - 1))
3450 return V;
3451 break;
3452 }
3453 // If C1 & C2 == C1, A = X and/or C1, B = X and/or C2:
3454 // icmp ule A, B -> true
3455 // icmp ugt A, B -> false
3456 // icmp sle A, B -> true (C1 and C2 are the same sign)
3457 // icmp sgt A, B -> false (C1 and C2 are the same sign)
3458 case Instruction::And:
3459 case Instruction::Or: {
3460 const APInt *C1, *C2;
3461 if (ICmpInst::isRelational(Pred) &&
3462 match(LBO->getOperand(1), m_APInt(C1)) &&
3463 match(RBO->getOperand(1), m_APInt(C2))) {
3464 if (!C1->isSubsetOf(*C2)) {
3465 std::swap(C1, C2);
3466 Pred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred);
3467 }
3468 if (C1->isSubsetOf(*C2)) {
3469 if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE)
3471 if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT)
3473 if (C1->isNonNegative() == C2->isNonNegative()) {
3474 if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE)
3476 if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT)
3478 }
3479 }
3480 }
3481 break;
3482 }
3483 }
3484 }
3485
3486 if (LBO->getOperand(1) == RBO->getOperand(1)) {
3487 switch (LBO->getOpcode()) {
3488 default:
3489 break;
3490 case Instruction::UDiv:
3491 case Instruction::LShr:
3492 if (ICmpInst::isSigned(Pred) || !Q.IIQ.isExact(LBO) ||
3493 !Q.IIQ.isExact(RBO))
3494 break;
3495 if (Value *V = simplifyICmpInst(Pred, LBO->getOperand(0),
3496 RBO->getOperand(0), Q, MaxRecurse - 1))
3497 return V;
3498 break;
3499 case Instruction::SDiv:
3500 if (!ICmpInst::isEquality(Pred) || !Q.IIQ.isExact(LBO) ||
3501 !Q.IIQ.isExact(RBO))
3502 break;
3503 if (Value *V = simplifyICmpInst(Pred, LBO->getOperand(0),
3504 RBO->getOperand(0), Q, MaxRecurse - 1))
3505 return V;
3506 break;
3507 case Instruction::AShr:
3508 if (!Q.IIQ.isExact(LBO) || !Q.IIQ.isExact(RBO))
3509 break;
3510 if (Value *V = simplifyICmpInst(Pred, LBO->getOperand(0),
3511 RBO->getOperand(0), Q, MaxRecurse - 1))
3512 return V;
3513 break;
3514 case Instruction::Shl: {
3515 bool NUW = Q.IIQ.hasNoUnsignedWrap(LBO) && Q.IIQ.hasNoUnsignedWrap(RBO);
3516 bool NSW = Q.IIQ.hasNoSignedWrap(LBO) && Q.IIQ.hasNoSignedWrap(RBO);
3517 if (!NUW && !NSW)
3518 break;
3519 if (!NSW && ICmpInst::isSigned(Pred))
3520 break;
3521 if (Value *V = simplifyICmpInst(Pred, LBO->getOperand(0),
3522 RBO->getOperand(0), Q, MaxRecurse - 1))
3523 return V;
3524 break;
3525 }
3526 }
3527 }
3528 return nullptr;
3529}
3530
3531/// simplify integer comparisons where at least one operand of the compare
3532/// matches an integer min/max idiom.
3534 const SimplifyQuery &Q,
3535 unsigned MaxRecurse) {
3536 Type *ITy = getCompareTy(LHS); // The return type.
3537 Value *A, *B;
3539 CmpInst::Predicate EqP; // Chosen so that "A == max/min(A,B)" iff "A EqP B".
3540
3541 // Signed variants on "max(a,b)>=a -> true".
3542 if (match(LHS, m_SMax(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))) && (A == RHS || B == RHS)) {
3543 if (A != RHS)
3544 std::swap(A, B); // smax(A, B) pred A.
3545 EqP = CmpInst::ICMP_SGE; // "A == smax(A, B)" iff "A sge B".
3546 // We analyze this as smax(A, B) pred A.
3547 P = Pred;
3548 } else if (match(RHS, m_SMax(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))) &&
3549 (A == LHS || B == LHS)) {
3550 if (A != LHS)
3551 std::swap(A, B); // A pred smax(A, B).
3552 EqP = CmpInst::ICMP_SGE; // "A == smax(A, B)" iff "A sge B".
3553 // We analyze this as smax(A, B) swapped-pred A.
3555 } else if (match(LHS, m_SMin(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))) &&
3556 (A == RHS || B == RHS)) {
3557 if (A != RHS)
3558 std::swap(A, B); // smin(A, B) pred A.
3559 EqP = CmpInst::ICMP_SLE; // "A == smin(A, B)" iff "A sle B".
3560 // We analyze this as smax(-A, -B) swapped-pred -A.
3561 // Note that we do not need to actually form -A or -B thanks to EqP.
3563 } else if (match(RHS, m_SMin(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))) &&
3564 (A == LHS || B == LHS)) {
3565 if (A != LHS)
3566 std::swap(A, B); // A pred smin(A, B).
3567 EqP = CmpInst::ICMP_SLE; // "A == smin(A, B)" iff "A sle B".
3568 // We analyze this as smax(-A, -B) pred -A.
3569 // Note that we do not need to actually form -A or -B thanks to EqP.
3570 P = Pred;
3571 }
3573 // Cases correspond to "max(A, B) p A".
3574 switch (P) {
3575 default:
3576 break;
3577 case CmpInst::ICMP_EQ:
3578 case CmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
3579 // Equivalent to "A EqP B". This may be the same as the condition tested
3580 // in the max/min; if so, we can just return that.
3581 if (Value *V = extractEquivalentCondition(LHS, EqP, A, B))
3582 return V;
3583 if (Value *V = extractEquivalentCondition(RHS, EqP, A, B))
3584 return V;
3585 // Otherwise, see if "A EqP B" simplifies.
3586 if (MaxRecurse)
3587 if (Value *V = simplifyICmpInst(EqP, A, B, Q, MaxRecurse - 1))
3588 return V;
3589 break;
3590 case CmpInst::ICMP_NE:
3591 case CmpInst::ICMP_SGT: {
3593 // Equivalent to "A InvEqP B". This may be the same as the condition
3594 // tested in the max/min; if so, we can just return that.
3595 if (Value *V = extractEquivalentCondition(LHS, InvEqP, A, B))
3596 return V;
3597 if (Value *V = extractEquivalentCondition(RHS, InvEqP, A, B))
3598 return V;
3599 // Otherwise, see if "A InvEqP B" simplifies.
3600 if (MaxRecurse)
3601 if (Value *V = simplifyICmpInst(InvEqP, A, B, Q, MaxRecurse - 1))
3602 return V;
3603 break;
3604 }
3605 case CmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
3606 // Always true.
3607 return getTrue(ITy);
3608 case CmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
3609 // Always false.
3610 return getFalse(ITy);
3611 }
3612 }
3613
3614 // Unsigned variants on "max(a,b)>=a -> true".
3616 if (match(LHS, m_UMax(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))) && (A == RHS || B == RHS)) {
3617 if (A != RHS)
3618 std::swap(A, B); // umax(A, B) pred A.
3619 EqP = CmpInst::ICMP_UGE; // "A == umax(A, B)" iff "A uge B".
3620 // We analyze this as umax(A, B) pred A.
3621 P = Pred;
3622 } else if (match(RHS, m_UMax(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))) &&
3623 (A == LHS || B == LHS)) {
3624 if (A != LHS)
3625 std::swap(A, B); // A pred umax(A, B).
3626 EqP = CmpInst::ICMP_UGE; // "A == umax(A, B)" iff "A uge B".
3627 // We analyze this as umax(A, B) swapped-pred A.
3629 } else if (match(LHS, m_UMin(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))) &&
3630 (A == RHS || B == RHS)) {
3631 if (A != RHS)
3632 std::swap(A, B); // umin(A, B) pred A.
3633 EqP = CmpInst::ICMP_ULE; // "A == umin(A, B)" iff "A ule B".
3634 // We analyze this as umax(-A, -B) swapped-pred -A.
3635 // Note that we do not need to actually form -A or -B thanks to EqP.
3637 } else if (match(RHS, m_UMin(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))) &&
3638 (A == LHS || B == LHS)) {
3639 if (A != LHS)
3640 std::swap(A, B); // A pred umin(A, B).
3641 EqP = CmpInst::ICMP_ULE; // "A == umin(A, B)" iff "A ule B".
3642 // We analyze this as umax(-A, -B) pred -A.
3643 // Note that we do not need to actually form -A or -B thanks to EqP.
3644 P = Pred;
3645 }
3647 // Cases correspond to "max(A, B) p A".
3648 switch (P) {
3649 default:
3650 break;
3651 case CmpInst::ICMP_EQ:
3652 case CmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
3653 // Equivalent to "A EqP B". This may be the same as the condition tested
3654 // in the max/min; if so, we can just return that.
3655 if (Value *V = extractEquivalentCondition(LHS, EqP, A, B))
3656 return V;
3657 if (Value *V = extractEquivalentCondition(RHS, EqP, A, B))
3658 return V;
3659 // Otherwise, see if "A EqP B" simplifies.
3660 if (MaxRecurse)
3661 if (Value *V = simplifyICmpInst(EqP, A, B, Q, MaxRecurse - 1))
3662 return V;
3663 break;
3664 case CmpInst::ICMP_NE:
3665 case CmpInst::ICMP_UGT: {
3667 // Equivalent to "A InvEqP B". This may be the same as the condition
3668 // tested in the max/min; if so, we can just return that.
3669 if (Value *V = extractEquivalentCondition(LHS, InvEqP, A, B))
3670 return V;
3671 if (Value *V = extractEquivalentCondition(RHS, InvEqP, A, B))
3672 return V;
3673 // Otherwise, see if "A InvEqP B" simplifies.
3674 if (MaxRecurse)
3675 if (Value *V = simplifyICmpInst(InvEqP, A, B, Q, MaxRecurse - 1))
3676 return V;
3677 break;
3678 }
3679 case CmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
3680 return getTrue(ITy);
3681 case CmpInst::ICMP_ULT:
3682 return getFalse(ITy);
3683 }
3684 }
3685
3686 // Comparing 1 each of min/max with a common operand?
3687 // Canonicalize min operand to RHS.
3688 if (match(LHS, m_UMin(m_Value(), m_Value())) ||
3689 match(LHS, m_SMin(m_Value(), m_Value()))) {
3690 std::swap(LHS, RHS);
3691 Pred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred);
3692 }
3693
3694 Value *C, *D;
3695 if (match(LHS, m_SMax(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))) &&
3696 match(RHS, m_SMin(m_Value(C), m_Value(D))) &&
3697 (A == C || A == D || B == C || B == D)) {
3698 // smax(A, B) >=s smin(A, D) --> true
3699 if (Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_SGE)
3700 return getTrue(ITy);
3701 // smax(A, B) <s smin(A, D) --> false
3702 if (Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_SLT)
3703 return getFalse(ITy);
3704 } else if (match(LHS, m_UMax(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))) &&
3705 match(RHS, m_UMin(m_Value(C), m_Value(D))) &&
3706 (A == C || A == D || B == C || B == D)) {
3707 // umax(A, B) >=u umin(A, D) --> true
3708 if (Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_UGE)
3709 return getTrue(ITy);
3710 // umax(A, B) <u umin(A, D) --> false
3711 if (Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_ULT)
3712 return getFalse(ITy);
3713 }
3714
3715 return nullptr;
3716}
3717
3719 Value *LHS, Value *RHS,
3720 const SimplifyQuery &Q) {
3721 // Gracefully handle instructions that have not been inserted yet.
3722 if (!Q.AC || !Q.CxtI)
3723 return nullptr;
3724
3725 for (Value *AssumeBaseOp : {LHS, RHS}) {
3726 for (auto &AssumeVH : Q.AC->assumptionsFor(AssumeBaseOp)) {
3727 if (!AssumeVH)
3728 continue;
3729
3730 CallInst *Assume = cast<CallInst>(AssumeVH);
3731 if (std::optional<bool> Imp = isImpliedCondition(
3732 Assume->getArgOperand(0), Predicate, LHS, RHS, Q.DL))
3733 if (isValidAssumeForContext(Assume, Q.CxtI, Q.DT))
3734 return ConstantInt::get(getCompareTy(LHS), *Imp);
3735 }
3736 }
3737
3738 return nullptr;
3739}
3740
3742 Value *RHS) {
3744 if (!II)
3745 return nullptr;
3746
3747 switch (II->getIntrinsicID()) {
3748 case Intrinsic::uadd_sat:
3749 // uadd.sat(X, Y) uge X + Y
3750 if (match(RHS, m_c_Add(m_Specific(II->getArgOperand(0)),
3751 m_Specific(II->getArgOperand(1))))) {
3752 if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE)
3754 if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT)
3756 }
3757 return nullptr;
3758 case Intrinsic::usub_sat:
3759 // usub.sat(X, Y) ule X - Y
3760 if (match(RHS, m_Sub(m_Specific(II->getArgOperand(0)),
3761 m_Specific(II->getArgOperand(1))))) {
3762 if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE)
3764 if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT)
3766 }
3767 return nullptr;
3768 default:
3769 return nullptr;
3770 }
3771}
3772
3773/// Helper method to get range from metadata or attribute.
3774static std::optional<ConstantRange> getRange(Value *V,
3775 const InstrInfoQuery &IIQ) {
3777 if (MDNode *MD = IIQ.getMetadata(I, LLVMContext::MD_range))
3778 return getConstantRangeFromMetadata(*MD);
3779
3780 if (const Argument *A = dyn_cast<Argument>(V))
3781 return A->getRange();
3782 else if (const CallBase *CB = dyn_cast<CallBase>(V))
3783 return CB->getRange();
3784
3785 return std::nullopt;
3786}
3787
3788/// Given operands for an ICmpInst, see if we can fold the result.
3789/// If not, this returns null.
3791 const SimplifyQuery &Q, unsigned MaxRecurse) {
3792 assert(CmpInst::isIntPredicate(Pred) && "Not an integer compare!");
3793
3794 if (Constant *CLHS = dyn_cast<Constant>(LHS)) {
3795 if (Constant *CRHS = dyn_cast<Constant>(RHS))
3796 return ConstantFoldCompareInstOperands(Pred, CLHS, CRHS, Q.DL, Q.TLI);
3797
3798 // If we have a constant, make sure it is on the RHS.
3799 std::swap(LHS, RHS);
3800 Pred = CmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred);
3801 }
3802 assert(!isa<UndefValue>(LHS) && "Unexpected icmp undef,%X");
3803
3804 Type *ITy = getCompareTy(LHS); // The return type.
3805
3806 // icmp poison, X -> poison
3807 if (isa<PoisonValue>(RHS))
3808 return PoisonValue::get(ITy);
3809
3810 // For EQ and NE, we can always pick a value for the undef to make the
3811 // predicate pass or fail, so we can return undef.
3812 // Matches behavior in llvm::ConstantFoldCompareInstruction.
3813 if (Q.isUndefValue(RHS) && ICmpInst::isEquality(Pred))
3814 return UndefValue::get(ITy);
3815
3816 // icmp X, X -> true/false
3817 // icmp X, undef -> true/false because undef could be X.
3818 if (LHS == RHS || Q.isUndefValue(RHS))
3819 return ConstantInt::get(ITy, CmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Pred));
3820
3821 if (Value *V = simplifyICmpOfBools(Pred, LHS, RHS, Q))
3822 return V;
3823
3824 // TODO: Sink/common this with other potentially expensive calls that use
3825 // ValueTracking? See comment below for isKnownNonEqual().
3826 if (Value *V = simplifyICmpWithZero(Pred, LHS, RHS, Q))
3827 return V;
3828
3829 if (Value *V = simplifyICmpWithConstant(Pred, LHS, RHS, Q))
3830 return V;
3831
3832 // If both operands have range metadata, use the metadata
3833 // to simplify the comparison.
3834 if (std::optional<ConstantRange> RhsCr = getRange(RHS, Q.IIQ))
3835 if (std::optional<ConstantRange> LhsCr = getRange(LHS, Q.IIQ)) {
3836 if (LhsCr->icmp(Pred, *RhsCr))
3837 return ConstantInt::getTrue(ITy);
3838
3839 if (LhsCr->icmp(CmpInst::getInversePredicate(Pred), *RhsCr))
3840 return ConstantInt::getFalse(ITy);
3841 }
3842
3843 // Compare of cast, for example (zext X) != 0 -> X != 0
3846 Value *SrcOp = LI->getOperand(0);
3847 Type *SrcTy = SrcOp->getType();
3848 Type *DstTy = LI->getType();
3849
3850 // Turn icmp (ptrtoint/ptrtoaddr x), (ptrtoint/ptrtoaddr/constant) into a
3851 // compare of the input if the integer type is the same size as the
3852 // pointer address type (icmp only compares the address of the pointer).
3853 if (MaxRecurse && (isa<PtrToIntInst, PtrToAddrInst>(LI)) &&
3854 Q.DL.getAddressType(SrcTy) == DstTy) {
3855 if (Constant *RHSC = dyn_cast<Constant>(RHS)) {
3856 // Transfer the cast to the constant.
3857 if (Value *V = simplifyICmpInst(Pred, SrcOp,
3858 ConstantExpr::getIntToPtr(RHSC, SrcTy),
3859 Q, MaxRecurse - 1))
3860 return V;
3862 auto *RI = cast<CastInst>(RHS);
3863 if (RI->getOperand(0)->getType() == SrcTy)
3864 // Compare without the cast.
3865 if (Value *V = simplifyICmpInst(Pred, SrcOp, RI->getOperand(0), Q,
3866 MaxRecurse - 1))
3867 return V;
3868 }
3869 }
3870
3871 if (isa<ZExtInst>(LHS)) {
3872 // Turn icmp (zext X), (zext Y) into a compare of X and Y if they have the
3873 // same type.
3874 if (ZExtInst *RI = dyn_cast<ZExtInst>(RHS)) {
3875 if (MaxRecurse && SrcTy == RI->getOperand(0)->getType())
3876 // Compare X and Y. Note that signed predicates become unsigned.
3877 if (Value *V =
3879 RI->getOperand(0), Q, MaxRecurse - 1))
3880 return V;
3881 }
3882 // Fold (zext X) ule (sext X), (zext X) sge (sext X) to true.
3883 else if (SExtInst *RI = dyn_cast<SExtInst>(RHS)) {
3884 if (SrcOp == RI->getOperand(0)) {
3885 if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE || Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE)
3886 return ConstantInt::getTrue(ITy);
3887 if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT || Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT)
3888 return ConstantInt::getFalse(ITy);
3889 }
3890 }
3891 // Turn icmp (zext X), Cst into a compare of X and Cst if Cst is extended
3892 // too. If not, then try to deduce the result of the comparison.
3893 else if (match(RHS, m_ImmConstant())) {
3895 assert(C != nullptr);
3896
3897 // Compute the constant that would happen if we truncated to SrcTy then
3898 // reextended to DstTy.
3899 Constant *Trunc =
3900 ConstantFoldCastOperand(Instruction::Trunc, C, SrcTy, Q.DL);
3901 assert(Trunc && "Constant-fold of ImmConstant should not fail");
3902 Constant *RExt =
3903 ConstantFoldCastOperand(CastInst::ZExt, Trunc, DstTy, Q.DL);
3904 assert(RExt && "Constant-fold of ImmConstant should not fail");
3905 Constant *AnyEq =
3907 assert(AnyEq && "Constant-fold of ImmConstant should not fail");
3908
3909 // If the re-extended constant didn't change any of the elements then
3910 // this is effectively also a case of comparing two zero-extended
3911 // values.
3912 if (AnyEq->isAllOnesValue() && MaxRecurse)
3914 SrcOp, Trunc, Q, MaxRecurse - 1))
3915 return V;
3916
3917 // Otherwise the upper bits of LHS are zero while RHS has a non-zero bit
3918 // there. Use this to work out the result of the comparison.
3919 if (AnyEq->isNullValue()) {
3920 switch (Pred) {
3921 default:
3922 llvm_unreachable("Unknown ICmp predicate!");
3923 // LHS <u RHS.
3924 case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ:
3925 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
3926 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
3927 return Constant::getNullValue(ITy);
3928
3929 case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE:
3930 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT:
3931 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
3932 return Constant::getAllOnesValue(ITy);
3933
3934 // LHS is non-negative. If RHS is negative then LHS >s LHS. If RHS
3935 // is non-negative then LHS <s RHS.
3936 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
3937 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
3940 Q.DL);
3941 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
3942 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
3945 Q.DL);
3946 }
3947 }
3948 }
3949 }
3950
3951 if (isa<SExtInst>(LHS)) {
3952 // Turn icmp (sext X), (sext Y) into a compare of X and Y if they have the
3953 // same type.
3954 if (SExtInst *RI = dyn_cast<SExtInst>(RHS)) {
3955 if (MaxRecurse && SrcTy == RI->getOperand(0)->getType())
3956 // Compare X and Y. Note that the predicate does not change.
3957 if (Value *V = simplifyICmpInst(Pred, SrcOp, RI->getOperand(0), Q,
3958 MaxRecurse - 1))
3959 return V;
3960 }
3961 // Fold (sext X) uge (zext X), (sext X) sle (zext X) to true.
3962 else if (ZExtInst *RI = dyn_cast<ZExtInst>(RHS)) {
3963 if (SrcOp == RI->getOperand(0)) {
3964 if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE || Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE)
3965 return ConstantInt::getTrue(ITy);
3966 if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT || Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT)
3967 return ConstantInt::getFalse(ITy);
3968 }
3969 }
3970 // Turn icmp (sext X), Cst into a compare of X and Cst if Cst is extended
3971 // too. If not, then try to deduce the result of the comparison.
3972 else if (match(RHS, m_ImmConstant())) {
3974
3975 // Compute the constant that would happen if we truncated to SrcTy then
3976 // reextended to DstTy.
3977 Constant *Trunc =
3978 ConstantFoldCastOperand(Instruction::Trunc, C, SrcTy, Q.DL);
3979 assert(Trunc && "Constant-fold of ImmConstant should not fail");
3980 Constant *RExt =
3981 ConstantFoldCastOperand(CastInst::SExt, Trunc, DstTy, Q.DL);
3982 assert(RExt && "Constant-fold of ImmConstant should not fail");
3983 Constant *AnyEq =
3985 assert(AnyEq && "Constant-fold of ImmConstant should not fail");
3986
3987 // If the re-extended constant didn't change then this is effectively
3988 // also a case of comparing two sign-extended values.
3989 if (AnyEq->isAllOnesValue() && MaxRecurse)
3990 if (Value *V =
3991 simplifyICmpInst(Pred, SrcOp, Trunc, Q, MaxRecurse - 1))
3992 return V;
3993
3994 // Otherwise the upper bits of LHS are all equal, while RHS has varying
3995 // bits there. Use this to work out the result of the comparison.
3996 if (AnyEq->isNullValue()) {
3997 switch (Pred) {
3998 default:
3999 llvm_unreachable("Unknown ICmp predicate!");
4000 case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ:
4001 return Constant::getNullValue(ITy);
4002 case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE:
4003 return Constant::getAllOnesValue(ITy);
4004
4005 // If RHS is non-negative then LHS <s RHS. If RHS is negative then
4006 // LHS >s RHS.
4007 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
4008 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
4011 Q.DL);
4012 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
4013 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
4016 Q.DL);
4017
4018 // If LHS is non-negative then LHS <u RHS. If LHS is negative then
4019 // LHS >u RHS.
4020 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
4021 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
4022 // Comparison is true iff the LHS <s 0.
4023 if (MaxRecurse)
4025 Constant::getNullValue(SrcTy), Q,
4026 MaxRecurse - 1))
4027 return V;
4028 break;
4029 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT:
4030 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
4031 // Comparison is true iff the LHS >=s 0.
4032 if (MaxRecurse)
4034 Constant::getNullValue(SrcTy), Q,
4035 MaxRecurse - 1))
4036 return V;
4037 break;
4038 }
4039 }
4040 }
4041 }
4042 }
4043
4044 // icmp eq|ne X, Y -> false|true if X != Y
4045 // This is potentially expensive, and we have already computedKnownBits for
4046 // compares with 0 above here, so only try this for a non-zero compare.
4047 if (ICmpInst::isEquality(Pred) && !match(RHS, m_Zero()) &&
4048 isKnownNonEqual(LHS, RHS, Q)) {
4049 return Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE ? getTrue(ITy) : getFalse(ITy);
4050 }
4051
4052 if (Value *V = simplifyICmpWithBinOp(Pred, LHS, RHS, Q, MaxRecurse))
4053 return V;
4054
4055 if (Value *V = simplifyICmpWithMinMax(Pred, LHS, RHS, Q, MaxRecurse))
4056 return V;
4057
4059 return V;
4062 return V;
4063
4064 if (Value *V = simplifyICmpUsingMonotonicValues(Pred, LHS, RHS, Q))
4065 return V;
4068 return V;
4069
4070 if (Value *V = simplifyICmpWithDominatingAssume(Pred, LHS, RHS, Q))
4071 return V;
4072
4073 if (std::optional<bool> Res =
4074 isImpliedByDomCondition(Pred, LHS, RHS, Q.CxtI, Q.DL))
4075 return ConstantInt::getBool(ITy, *Res);
4076
4077 // Simplify comparisons of related pointers using a powerful, recursive
4078 // GEP-walk when we have target data available..
4079 if (LHS->getType()->isPointerTy())
4080 if (auto *C = computePointerICmp(Pred, LHS, RHS, Q))
4081 return C;
4082
4083 // If the comparison is with the result of a select instruction, check whether
4084 // comparing with either branch of the select always yields the same value.
4086 if (Value *V = threadCmpOverSelect(Pred, LHS, RHS, Q, MaxRecurse))
4087 return V;
4088
4089 // If the comparison is with the result of a phi instruction, check whether
4090 // doing the compare with each incoming phi value yields a common result.
4092 if (Value *V = threadCmpOverPHI(Pred, LHS, RHS, Q, MaxRecurse))
4093 return V;
4094
4095 return nullptr;
4096}
4097
4099 const SimplifyQuery &Q) {
4100 return ::simplifyICmpInst(Predicate, LHS, RHS, Q, RecursionLimit);
4101}
4102
4103/// Given operands for an FCmpInst, see if we can fold the result.
4104/// If not, this returns null.
4106 FastMathFlags FMF, const SimplifyQuery &Q,
4107 unsigned MaxRecurse) {
4108 assert(CmpInst::isFPPredicate(Pred) && "Not an FP compare!");
4109
4110 if (Constant *CLHS = dyn_cast<Constant>(LHS)) {
4111 if (Constant *CRHS = dyn_cast<Constant>(RHS)) {
4112 // if the folding isn't successfull, fall back to the rest of the logic
4113 if (auto *Result = ConstantFoldCompareInstOperands(Pred, CLHS, CRHS, Q.DL,
4114 Q.TLI, Q.CxtI))
4115 return Result;
4116 } else {
4117 // If we have a constant, make sure it is on the RHS.
4118 std::swap(LHS, RHS);
4119 Pred = CmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred);
4120 }
4121 }
4122
4123 // Fold trivial predicates.
4124 Type *RetTy = getCompareTy(LHS);
4125 if (Pred == FCmpInst::FCMP_FALSE)
4126 return getFalse(RetTy);
4127 if (Pred == FCmpInst::FCMP_TRUE)
4128 return getTrue(RetTy);
4129
4130 // fcmp pred x, poison and fcmp pred poison, x
4131 // fold to poison
4133 return PoisonValue::get(RetTy);
4134
4135 // fcmp pred x, undef and fcmp pred undef, x
4136 // fold to true if unordered, false if ordered
4137 if (Q.isUndefValue(LHS) || Q.isUndefValue(RHS)) {
4138 // Choosing NaN for the undef will always make unordered comparison succeed
4139 // and ordered comparison fail.
4140 return ConstantInt::get(RetTy, CmpInst::isUnordered(Pred));
4141 }
4142
4143 // fcmp x,x -> true/false. Not all compares are foldable.
4144 if (LHS == RHS) {
4145 if (CmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Pred))
4146 return getTrue(RetTy);
4147 if (CmpInst::isFalseWhenEqual(Pred))
4148 return getFalse(RetTy);
4149 }
4150
4151 // Fold (un)ordered comparison if we can determine there are no NaNs.
4152 //
4153 // This catches the 2 variable input case, constants are handled below as a
4154 // class-like compare.
4155 if (Pred == FCmpInst::FCMP_ORD || Pred == FCmpInst::FCMP_UNO) {
4158
4159 if (FMF.noNaNs() ||
4160 (RHSClass.isKnownNeverNaN() && LHSClass.isKnownNeverNaN()))
4161 return ConstantInt::get(RetTy, Pred == FCmpInst::FCMP_ORD);
4162
4163 if (RHSClass.isKnownAlwaysNaN() || LHSClass.isKnownAlwaysNaN())
4164 return ConstantInt::get(RetTy, Pred == CmpInst::FCMP_UNO);
4165 }
4166
4167 if (std::optional<bool> Res =
4168 isImpliedByDomCondition(Pred, LHS, RHS, Q.CxtI, Q.DL))
4169 return ConstantInt::getBool(RetTy, *Res);
4170
4171 const APFloat *C = nullptr;
4173 std::optional<KnownFPClass> FullKnownClassLHS;
4174
4175 // Lazily compute the possible classes for LHS. Avoid computing it twice if
4176 // RHS is a 0.
4177 auto computeLHSClass = [=, &FullKnownClassLHS](FPClassTest InterestedFlags =
4178 fcAllFlags) {
4179 if (FullKnownClassLHS)
4180 return *FullKnownClassLHS;
4181 return computeKnownFPClass(LHS, FMF, InterestedFlags, Q);
4182 };
4183
4184 if (C && Q.CxtI) {
4185 // Fold out compares that express a class test.
4186 //
4187 // FIXME: Should be able to perform folds without context
4188 // instruction. Always pass in the context function?
4189
4190 const Function *ParentF = Q.CxtI->getFunction();
4191 auto [ClassVal, ClassTest] = fcmpToClassTest(Pred, *ParentF, LHS, C);
4192 if (ClassVal) {
4193 FullKnownClassLHS = computeLHSClass();
4194 if ((FullKnownClassLHS->KnownFPClasses & ClassTest) == fcNone)
4195 return getFalse(RetTy);
4196 if ((FullKnownClassLHS->KnownFPClasses & ~ClassTest) == fcNone)
4197 return getTrue(RetTy);
4198 }
4199 }
4200
4201 // Handle fcmp with constant RHS.
4202 if (C) {
4203 // TODO: If we always required a context function, we wouldn't need to
4204 // special case nans.
4205 if (C->isNaN())
4206 return ConstantInt::get(RetTy, CmpInst::isUnordered(Pred));
4207
4208 // TODO: Need version fcmpToClassTest which returns implied class when the
4209 // compare isn't a complete class test. e.g. > 1.0 implies fcPositive, but
4210 // isn't implementable as a class call.
4211 if (C->isNegative() && !C->isNegZero()) {
4213
4214 // TODO: We can catch more cases by using a range check rather than
4215 // relying on CannotBeOrderedLessThanZero.
4216 switch (Pred) {
4217 case FCmpInst::FCMP_UGE:
4218 case FCmpInst::FCMP_UGT:
4219 case FCmpInst::FCMP_UNE: {
4220 KnownFPClass KnownClass = computeLHSClass(Interested);
4221
4222 // (X >= 0) implies (X > C) when (C < 0)
4223 if (KnownClass.cannotBeOrderedLessThanZero())
4224 return getTrue(RetTy);
4225 break;
4226 }
4227 case FCmpInst::FCMP_OEQ:
4228 case FCmpInst::FCMP_OLE:
4229 case FCmpInst::FCMP_OLT: {
4230 KnownFPClass KnownClass = computeLHSClass(Interested);
4231
4232 // (X >= 0) implies !(X < C) when (C < 0)
4233 if (KnownClass.cannotBeOrderedLessThanZero())
4234 return getFalse(RetTy);
4235 break;
4236 }
4237 default:
4238 break;
4239 }
4240 }
4241 // Check comparison of [minnum/maxnum with constant] with other constant.
4242 const APFloat *C2;
4244 *C2 < *C) ||
4246 *C2 > *C)) {
4247 bool IsMaxNum =
4248 cast<IntrinsicInst>(LHS)->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::maxnum;
4249 // The ordered relationship and minnum/maxnum guarantee that we do not
4250 // have NaN constants, so ordered/unordered preds are handled the same.
4251 switch (Pred) {
4252 case FCmpInst::FCMP_OEQ:
4253 case FCmpInst::FCMP_UEQ:
4254 // minnum(X, LesserC) == C --> false
4255 // maxnum(X, GreaterC) == C --> false
4256 return getFalse(RetTy);
4257 case FCmpInst::FCMP_ONE:
4258 case FCmpInst::FCMP_UNE:
4259 // minnum(X, LesserC) != C --> true
4260 // maxnum(X, GreaterC) != C --> true
4261 return getTrue(RetTy);
4262 case FCmpInst::FCMP_OGE:
4263 case FCmpInst::FCMP_UGE:
4264 case FCmpInst::FCMP_OGT:
4265 case FCmpInst::FCMP_UGT:
4266 // minnum(X, LesserC) >= C --> false
4267 // minnum(X, LesserC) > C --> false
4268 // maxnum(X, GreaterC) >= C --> true
4269 // maxnum(X, GreaterC) > C --> true
4270 return ConstantInt::get(RetTy, IsMaxNum);
4271 case FCmpInst::FCMP_OLE:
4272 case FCmpInst::FCMP_ULE:
4273 case FCmpInst::FCMP_OLT:
4274 case FCmpInst::FCMP_ULT:
4275 // minnum(X, LesserC) <= C --> true
4276 // minnum(X, LesserC) < C --> true
4277 // maxnum(X, GreaterC) <= C --> false
4278 // maxnum(X, GreaterC) < C --> false
4279 return ConstantInt::get(RetTy, !IsMaxNum);
4280 default:
4281 // TRUE/FALSE/ORD/UNO should be handled before this.
4282 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected fcmp predicate");
4283 }
4284 }
4285 }
4286
4287 // TODO: Could fold this with above if there were a matcher which returned all
4288 // classes in a non-splat vector.
4289 if (match(RHS, m_AnyZeroFP())) {
4290 switch (Pred) {
4291 case FCmpInst::FCMP_OGE:
4292 case FCmpInst::FCMP_ULT: {
4294 if (!FMF.noNaNs())
4295 Interested |= fcNan;
4296
4297 KnownFPClass Known = computeLHSClass(Interested);
4298
4299 // Positive or zero X >= 0.0 --> true
4300 // Positive or zero X < 0.0 --> false
4301 if ((FMF.noNaNs() || Known.isKnownNeverNaN()) &&
4303 return Pred == FCmpInst::FCMP_OGE ? getTrue(RetTy) : getFalse(RetTy);
4304 break;
4305 }
4306 case FCmpInst::FCMP_UGE:
4307 case FCmpInst::FCMP_OLT: {
4309 KnownFPClass Known = computeLHSClass(Interested);
4310
4311 // Positive or zero or nan X >= 0.0 --> true
4312 // Positive or zero or nan X < 0.0 --> false
4313 if (Known.cannotBeOrderedLessThanZero())
4314 return Pred == FCmpInst::FCMP_UGE ? getTrue(RetTy) : getFalse(RetTy);
4315 break;
4316 }
4317 default:
4318 break;
4319 }
4320 }
4321
4322 // If the comparison is with the result of a select instruction, check whether
4323 // comparing with either branch of the select always yields the same value.
4325 if (Value *V = threadCmpOverSelect(Pred, LHS, RHS, Q, MaxRecurse))
4326 return V;
4327
4328 // If the comparison is with the result of a phi instruction, check whether
4329 // doing the compare with each incoming phi value yields a common result.
4331 if (Value *V = threadCmpOverPHI(Pred, LHS, RHS, Q, MaxRecurse))
4332 return V;
4333
4334 return nullptr;
4335}
4336
4338 FastMathFlags FMF, const SimplifyQuery &Q) {
4339 return ::simplifyFCmpInst(Predicate, LHS, RHS, FMF, Q, RecursionLimit);
4340}
4341
4343 ArrayRef<std::pair<Value *, Value *>> Ops,
4344 const SimplifyQuery &Q,
4345 bool AllowRefinement,
4347 unsigned MaxRecurse) {
4348 assert((AllowRefinement || !Q.CanUseUndef) &&
4349 "If AllowRefinement=false then CanUseUndef=false");
4350 for (const auto &OpAndRepOp : Ops) {
4351 // We cannot replace a constant, and shouldn't even try.
4352 if (isa<Constant>(OpAndRepOp.first))
4353 return nullptr;
4354
4355 // Trivial replacement.
4356 if (V == OpAndRepOp.first)
4357 return OpAndRepOp.second;
4358 }
4359
4360 if (!MaxRecurse--)
4361 return nullptr;
4362
4363 auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V);
4364 if (!I)
4365 return nullptr;
4366
4367 // The arguments of a phi node might refer to a value from a previous
4368 // cycle iteration.
4369 if (isa<PHINode>(I))
4370 return nullptr;
4371
4372 // Don't fold away llvm.is.constant checks based on assumptions.
4374 return nullptr;
4375
4376 // Don't simplify freeze.
4377 if (isa<FreezeInst>(I))
4378 return nullptr;
4379
4380 for (const auto &OpAndRepOp : Ops) {
4381 // For vector types, the simplification must hold per-lane, so forbid
4382 // potentially cross-lane operations like shufflevector.
4383 if (OpAndRepOp.first->getType()->isVectorTy() &&
4385 return nullptr;
4386 }
4387
4388 // Replace Op with RepOp in instruction operands.
4390 bool AnyReplaced = false;
4391 for (Value *InstOp : I->operands()) {
4392 if (Value *NewInstOp = simplifyWithOpsReplaced(
4393 InstOp, Ops, Q, AllowRefinement, DropFlags, MaxRecurse)) {
4394 NewOps.push_back(NewInstOp);
4395 AnyReplaced = InstOp != NewInstOp;
4396 } else {
4397 NewOps.push_back(InstOp);
4398 }
4399
4400 // Bail out if any operand is undef and SimplifyQuery disables undef
4401 // simplification. Constant folding currently doesn't respect this option.
4402 if (isa<UndefValue>(NewOps.back()) && !Q.CanUseUndef)
4403 return nullptr;
4404 }
4405
4406 if (!AnyReplaced)
4407 return nullptr;
4408
4409 if (!AllowRefinement) {
4410 // General InstSimplify functions may refine the result, e.g. by returning
4411 // a constant for a potentially poison value. To avoid this, implement only
4412 // a few non-refining but profitable transforms here.
4413
4414 if (auto *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(I)) {
4415 unsigned Opcode = BO->getOpcode();
4416 // id op x -> x, x op id -> x
4417 // Exclude floats, because x op id may produce a different NaN value.
4418 if (!BO->getType()->isFPOrFPVectorTy()) {
4419 if (NewOps[0] == ConstantExpr::getBinOpIdentity(Opcode, I->getType()))
4420 return NewOps[1];
4421 if (NewOps[1] == ConstantExpr::getBinOpIdentity(Opcode, I->getType(),
4422 /* RHS */ true))
4423 return NewOps[0];
4424 }
4425
4426 // x & x -> x, x | x -> x
4427 if ((Opcode == Instruction::And || Opcode == Instruction::Or) &&
4428 NewOps[0] == NewOps[1]) {
4429 // or disjoint x, x results in poison.
4430 if (auto *PDI = dyn_cast<PossiblyDisjointInst>(BO)) {
4431 if (PDI->isDisjoint()) {
4432 if (!DropFlags)
4433 return nullptr;
4434 DropFlags->push_back(BO);
4435 }
4436 }
4437 return NewOps[0];
4438 }
4439
4440 // x - x -> 0, x ^ x -> 0. This is non-refining, because x is non-poison
4441 // by assumption and this case never wraps, so nowrap flags can be
4442 // ignored.
4443 if ((Opcode == Instruction::Sub || Opcode == Instruction::Xor) &&
4444 NewOps[0] == NewOps[1] &&
4445 any_of(Ops, [=](const auto &Rep) { return NewOps[0] == Rep.second; }))
4446 return Constant::getNullValue(I->getType());
4447
4448 // If we are substituting an absorber constant into a binop and extra
4449 // poison can't leak if we remove the select -- because both operands of
4450 // the binop are based on the same value -- then it may be safe to replace
4451 // the value with the absorber constant. Examples:
4452 // (Op == 0) ? 0 : (Op & -Op) --> Op & -Op
4453 // (Op == 0) ? 0 : (Op * (binop Op, C)) --> Op * (binop Op, C)
4454 // (Op == -1) ? -1 : (Op | (binop C, Op) --> Op | (binop C, Op)
4455 Constant *Absorber = ConstantExpr::getBinOpAbsorber(Opcode, I->getType());
4456 if ((NewOps[0] == Absorber || NewOps[1] == Absorber) &&
4457 any_of(Ops,
4458 [=](const auto &Rep) { return impliesPoison(BO, Rep.first); }))
4459 return Absorber;
4460 }
4461
4462 if (auto *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(I)) {
4463 // `x == y ? 0 : ucmp(x, y)` where under the replacement y -> x,
4464 // `ucmp(x, x)` becomes `0`.
4465 if ((II->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::scmp ||
4466 II->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::ucmp) &&
4467 NewOps[0] == NewOps[1]) {
4468 if (II->hasPoisonGeneratingAnnotations()) {
4469 if (!DropFlags)
4470 return nullptr;
4471
4472 DropFlags->push_back(II);
4473 }
4474
4475 return ConstantInt::get(I->getType(), 0);
4476 }
4477 }
4478
4480 // getelementptr x, 0 -> x.
4481 // This never returns poison, even if inbounds is set.
4482 if (NewOps.size() == 2 && match(NewOps[1], m_Zero()))
4483 return NewOps[0];
4484 }
4485 } else {
4486 // The simplification queries below may return the original value. Consider:
4487 // %div = udiv i32 %arg, %arg2
4488 // %mul = mul nsw i32 %div, %arg2
4489 // %cmp = icmp eq i32 %mul, %arg
4490 // %sel = select i1 %cmp, i32 %div, i32 undef
4491 // Replacing %arg by %mul, %div becomes "udiv i32 %mul, %arg2", which
4492 // simplifies back to %arg. This can only happen because %mul does not
4493 // dominate %div. To ensure a consistent return value contract, we make sure
4494 // that this case returns nullptr as well.
4495 auto PreventSelfSimplify = [V](Value *Simplified) {
4496 return Simplified != V ? Simplified : nullptr;
4497 };
4498
4499 return PreventSelfSimplify(
4500 ::simplifyInstructionWithOperands(I, NewOps, Q, MaxRecurse));
4501 }
4502
4503 // If all operands are constant after substituting Op for RepOp then we can
4504 // constant fold the instruction.
4506 for (Value *NewOp : NewOps) {
4507 if (Constant *ConstOp = dyn_cast<Constant>(NewOp))
4508 ConstOps.push_back(ConstOp);
4509 else
4510 return nullptr;
4511 }
4512
4513 // Consider:
4514 // %cmp = icmp eq i32 %x, 2147483647
4515 // %add = add nsw i32 %x, 1
4516 // %sel = select i1 %cmp, i32 -2147483648, i32 %add
4517 //
4518 // We can't replace %sel with %add unless we strip away the flags (which
4519 // will be done in InstCombine).
4520 // TODO: This may be unsound, because it only catches some forms of
4521 // refinement.
4522 if (!AllowRefinement) {
4523 auto *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(I);
4524 if (canCreatePoison(cast<Operator>(I), !DropFlags)) {
4525 // abs cannot create poison if the value is known to never be int_min.
4526 if (II && II->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::abs) {
4527 if (!ConstOps[0]->isNotMinSignedValue())
4528 return nullptr;
4529 } else
4530 return nullptr;
4531 }
4532
4533 if (DropFlags && II) {
4534 // If we're going to change the poison flag of abs/ctz to false, also
4535 // perform constant folding that way, so we get an integer instead of a
4536 // poison value here.
4537 switch (II->getIntrinsicID()) {
4538 case Intrinsic::abs:
4539 case Intrinsic::ctlz:
4540 case Intrinsic::cttz:
4541 ConstOps[1] = ConstantInt::getFalse(I->getContext());
4542 break;
4543 default:
4544 break;
4545 }
4546 }
4547
4548 Constant *Res = ConstantFoldInstOperands(I, ConstOps, Q.DL, Q.TLI,
4549 /*AllowNonDeterministic=*/false);
4550 if (DropFlags && Res && I->hasPoisonGeneratingAnnotations())
4551 DropFlags->push_back(I);
4552 return Res;
4553 }
4554
4555 return ConstantFoldInstOperands(I, ConstOps, Q.DL, Q.TLI,
4556 /*AllowNonDeterministic=*/false);
4557}
4558
4560 const SimplifyQuery &Q,
4561 bool AllowRefinement,
4563 unsigned MaxRecurse) {
4564 return simplifyWithOpsReplaced(V, {{Op, RepOp}}, Q, AllowRefinement,
4565 DropFlags, MaxRecurse);
4566}
4567
4569 const SimplifyQuery &Q,
4570 bool AllowRefinement,
4571 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *DropFlags) {
4572 // If refinement is disabled, also disable undef simplifications (which are
4573 // always refinements) in SimplifyQuery.
4574 if (!AllowRefinement)
4575 return ::simplifyWithOpReplaced(V, Op, RepOp, Q.getWithoutUndef(),
4576 AllowRefinement, DropFlags, RecursionLimit);
4577 return ::simplifyWithOpReplaced(V, Op, RepOp, Q, AllowRefinement, DropFlags,
4579}
4580
4581/// Try to simplify a select instruction when its condition operand is an
4582/// integer comparison where one operand of the compare is a constant.
4583static Value *simplifySelectBitTest(Value *TrueVal, Value *FalseVal, Value *X,
4584 const APInt *Y, bool TrueWhenUnset) {
4585 const APInt *C;
4586
4587 // (X & Y) == 0 ? X & ~Y : X --> X
4588 // (X & Y) != 0 ? X & ~Y : X --> X & ~Y
4589 if (FalseVal == X && match(TrueVal, m_And(m_Specific(X), m_APInt(C))) &&
4590 *Y == ~*C)
4591 return TrueWhenUnset ? FalseVal : TrueVal;
4592
4593 // (X & Y) == 0 ? X : X & ~Y --> X & ~Y
4594 // (X & Y) != 0 ? X : X & ~Y --> X
4595 if (TrueVal == X && match(FalseVal, m_And(m_Specific(X), m_APInt(C))) &&
4596 *Y == ~*C)
4597 return TrueWhenUnset ? FalseVal : TrueVal;
4598
4599 if (Y->isPowerOf2()) {
4600 // (X & Y) == 0 ? X | Y : X --> X | Y
4601 // (X & Y) != 0 ? X | Y : X --> X
4602 if (FalseVal == X && match(TrueVal, m_Or(m_Specific(X), m_APInt(C))) &&
4603 *Y == *C) {
4604 // We can't return the or if it has the disjoint flag.
4605 if (TrueWhenUnset && cast<PossiblyDisjointInst>(TrueVal)->isDisjoint())
4606 return nullptr;
4607 return TrueWhenUnset ? TrueVal : FalseVal;
4608 }
4609
4610 // (X & Y) == 0 ? X : X | Y --> X
4611 // (X & Y) != 0 ? X : X | Y --> X | Y
4612 if (TrueVal == X && match(FalseVal, m_Or(m_Specific(X), m_APInt(C))) &&
4613 *Y == *C) {
4614 // We can't return the or if it has the disjoint flag.
4615 if (!TrueWhenUnset && cast<PossiblyDisjointInst>(FalseVal)->isDisjoint())
4616 return nullptr;
4617 return TrueWhenUnset ? TrueVal : FalseVal;
4618 }
4619 }
4620
4621 return nullptr;
4622}
4623
4624static Value *simplifyCmpSelOfMaxMin(Value *CmpLHS, Value *CmpRHS,
4625 CmpPredicate Pred, Value *TVal,
4626 Value *FVal) {
4627 // Canonicalize common cmp+sel operand as CmpLHS.
4628 if (CmpRHS == TVal || CmpRHS == FVal) {
4629 std::swap(CmpLHS, CmpRHS);
4630 Pred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred);
4631 }
4632
4633 // Canonicalize common cmp+sel operand as TVal.
4634 if (CmpLHS == FVal) {
4635 std::swap(TVal, FVal);
4636 Pred = ICmpInst::getInversePredicate(Pred);
4637 }
4638
4639 // A vector select may be shuffling together elements that are equivalent
4640 // based on the max/min/select relationship.
4641 Value *X = CmpLHS, *Y = CmpRHS;
4642 bool PeekedThroughSelectShuffle = false;
4643 auto *Shuf = dyn_cast<ShuffleVectorInst>(FVal);
4644 if (Shuf && Shuf->isSelect()) {
4645 if (Shuf->getOperand(0) == Y)
4646 FVal = Shuf->getOperand(1);
4647 else if (Shuf->getOperand(1) == Y)
4648 FVal = Shuf->getOperand(0);
4649 else
4650 return nullptr;
4651 PeekedThroughSelectShuffle = true;
4652 }
4653
4654 // (X pred Y) ? X : max/min(X, Y)
4655 auto *MMI = dyn_cast<MinMaxIntrinsic>(FVal);
4656 if (!MMI || TVal != X ||
4658 return nullptr;
4659
4660 // (X > Y) ? X : max(X, Y) --> max(X, Y)
4661 // (X >= Y) ? X : max(X, Y) --> max(X, Y)
4662 // (X < Y) ? X : min(X, Y) --> min(X, Y)
4663 // (X <= Y) ? X : min(X, Y) --> min(X, Y)
4664 //
4665 // The equivalence allows a vector select (shuffle) of max/min and Y. Ex:
4666 // (X > Y) ? X : (Z ? max(X, Y) : Y)
4667 // If Z is true, this reduces as above, and if Z is false:
4668 // (X > Y) ? X : Y --> max(X, Y)
4669 ICmpInst::Predicate MMPred = MMI->getPredicate();
4670 if (MMPred == CmpInst::getStrictPredicate(Pred))
4671 return MMI;
4672
4673 // Other transforms are not valid with a shuffle.
4674 if (PeekedThroughSelectShuffle)
4675 return nullptr;
4676
4677 // (X == Y) ? X : max/min(X, Y) --> max/min(X, Y)
4678 if (Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_EQ)
4679 return MMI;
4680
4681 // (X != Y) ? X : max/min(X, Y) --> X
4682 if (Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_NE)
4683 return X;
4684
4685 // (X < Y) ? X : max(X, Y) --> X
4686 // (X <= Y) ? X : max(X, Y) --> X
4687 // (X > Y) ? X : min(X, Y) --> X
4688 // (X >= Y) ? X : min(X, Y) --> X
4690 if (MMPred == CmpInst::getStrictPredicate(InvPred))
4691 return X;
4692
4693 return nullptr;
4694}
4695
4696/// An alternative way to test if a bit is set or not.
4697/// uses e.g. sgt/slt or trunc instead of eq/ne.
4698static Value *simplifySelectWithBitTest(Value *CondVal, Value *TrueVal,
4699 Value *FalseVal) {
4700 if (auto Res = decomposeBitTest(CondVal))
4701 return simplifySelectBitTest(TrueVal, FalseVal, Res->X, &Res->Mask,
4702 Res->Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ);
4703
4704 return nullptr;
4705}
4706
4707/// Try to simplify a select instruction when its condition operand is an
4708/// integer equality or floating-point equivalence comparison.
4710 ArrayRef<std::pair<Value *, Value *>> Replacements, Value *TrueVal,
4711 Value *FalseVal, const SimplifyQuery &Q, unsigned MaxRecurse) {
4712 Value *SimplifiedFalseVal =
4713 simplifyWithOpsReplaced(FalseVal, Replacements, Q.getWithoutUndef(),
4714 /* AllowRefinement */ false,
4715 /* DropFlags */ nullptr, MaxRecurse);
4716 if (!SimplifiedFalseVal)
4717 SimplifiedFalseVal = FalseVal;
4718
4719 Value *SimplifiedTrueVal =
4720 simplifyWithOpsReplaced(TrueVal, Replacements, Q,
4721 /* AllowRefinement */ true,
4722 /* DropFlags */ nullptr, MaxRecurse);
4723 if (!SimplifiedTrueVal)
4724 SimplifiedTrueVal = TrueVal;
4725
4726 if (SimplifiedFalseVal == SimplifiedTrueVal)
4727 return FalseVal;
4728
4729 return nullptr;
4730}
4731
4732/// Try to simplify a select instruction when its condition operand is an
4733/// integer comparison.
4734static Value *simplifySelectWithICmpCond(Value *CondVal, Value *TrueVal,
4735 Value *FalseVal,
4736 const SimplifyQuery &Q,
4737 unsigned MaxRecurse) {
4738 CmpPredicate Pred;
4739 Value *CmpLHS, *CmpRHS;
4740 if (!match(CondVal, m_ICmp(Pred, m_Value(CmpLHS), m_Value(CmpRHS))))
4741 return nullptr;
4742
4743 if (Value *V = simplifyCmpSelOfMaxMin(CmpLHS, CmpRHS, Pred, TrueVal, FalseVal))
4744 return V;
4745
4746 // Canonicalize ne to eq predicate.
4747 if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE) {
4748 Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ;
4749 std::swap(TrueVal, FalseVal);
4750 }
4751
4752 // Check for integer min/max with a limit constant:
4753 // X > MIN_INT ? X : MIN_INT --> X
4754 // X < MAX_INT ? X : MAX_INT --> X
4755 if (TrueVal->getType()->isIntOrIntVectorTy()) {
4756 Value *X, *Y;
4758 matchDecomposedSelectPattern(cast<ICmpInst>(CondVal), TrueVal, FalseVal,
4759 X, Y)
4760 .Flavor;
4761 if (SelectPatternResult::isMinOrMax(SPF) && Pred == getMinMaxPred(SPF)) {
4763 X->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits());
4764 if (match(Y, m_SpecificInt(LimitC)))
4765 return X;
4766 }
4767 }
4768
4769 if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ && match(CmpRHS, m_Zero())) {
4770 Value *X;
4771 const APInt *Y;
4772 if (match(CmpLHS, m_And(m_Value(X), m_APInt(Y))))
4773 if (Value *V = simplifySelectBitTest(TrueVal, FalseVal, X, Y,
4774 /*TrueWhenUnset=*/true))
4775 return V;
4776
4777 // Test for a bogus zero-shift-guard-op around funnel-shift or rotate.
4778 Value *ShAmt;
4779 auto isFsh = m_CombineOr(m_FShl(m_Value(X), m_Value(), m_Value(ShAmt)),
4780 m_FShr(m_Value(), m_Value(X), m_Value(ShAmt)));
4781 // (ShAmt == 0) ? fshl(X, *, ShAmt) : X --> X
4782 // (ShAmt == 0) ? fshr(*, X, ShAmt) : X --> X
4783 if (match(TrueVal, isFsh) && FalseVal == X && CmpLHS == ShAmt)
4784 return X;
4785
4786 // Test for a zero-shift-guard-op around rotates. These are used to
4787 // avoid UB from oversized shifts in raw IR rotate patterns, but the
4788 // intrinsics do not have that problem.
4789 // We do not allow this transform for the general funnel shift case because
4790 // that would not preserve the poison safety of the original code.
4791 auto isRotate =
4793 m_FShr(m_Value(X), m_Deferred(X), m_Value(ShAmt)));
4794 // (ShAmt == 0) ? X : fshl(X, X, ShAmt) --> fshl(X, X, ShAmt)
4795 // (ShAmt == 0) ? X : fshr(X, X, ShAmt) --> fshr(X, X, ShAmt)
4796 if (match(FalseVal, isRotate) && TrueVal == X && CmpLHS == ShAmt &&
4797 Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ)
4798 return FalseVal;
4799
4800 // X == 0 ? abs(X) : -abs(X) --> -abs(X)
4801 // X == 0 ? -abs(X) : abs(X) --> abs(X)
4802 if (match(TrueVal, m_Intrinsic<Intrinsic::abs>(m_Specific(CmpLHS))) &&
4804 return FalseVal;
4805 if (match(TrueVal,
4807 match(FalseVal, m_Intrinsic<Intrinsic::abs>(m_Specific(CmpLHS))))
4808 return FalseVal;
4809 }
4810
4811 // If we have a scalar equality comparison, then we know the value in one of
4812 // the arms of the select. See if substituting this value into the arm and
4813 // simplifying the result yields the same value as the other arm.
4814 if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ) {
4815 if (CmpLHS->getType()->isIntOrIntVectorTy() ||
4816 canReplacePointersIfEqual(CmpLHS, CmpRHS, Q.DL))
4817 if (Value *V = simplifySelectWithEquivalence({{CmpLHS, CmpRHS}}, TrueVal,
4818 FalseVal, Q, MaxRecurse))
4819 return V;
4820 if (CmpLHS->getType()->isIntOrIntVectorTy() ||
4821 canReplacePointersIfEqual(CmpRHS, CmpLHS, Q.DL))
4822 if (Value *V = simplifySelectWithEquivalence({{CmpRHS, CmpLHS}}, TrueVal,
4823 FalseVal, Q, MaxRecurse))
4824 return V;
4825
4826 Value *X;
4827 Value *Y;
4828 // select((X | Y) == 0 ? X : 0) --> 0 (commuted 2 ways)
4829 if (match(CmpLHS, m_Or(m_Value(X), m_Value(Y))) &&
4830 match(CmpRHS, m_Zero())) {
4831 // (X | Y) == 0 implies X == 0 and Y == 0.
4833 {{X, CmpRHS}, {Y, CmpRHS}}, TrueVal, FalseVal, Q, MaxRecurse))
4834 return V;
4835 }
4836
4837 // select((X & Y) == -1 ? X : -1) --> -1 (commuted 2 ways)
4838 if (match(CmpLHS, m_And(m_Value(X), m_Value(Y))) &&
4839 match(CmpRHS, m_AllOnes())) {
4840 // (X & Y) == -1 implies X == -1 and Y == -1.
4842 {{X, CmpRHS}, {Y, CmpRHS}}, TrueVal, FalseVal, Q, MaxRecurse))
4843 return V;
4844 }
4845 }
4846
4847 return nullptr;
4848}
4849
4850/// Try to simplify a select instruction when its condition operand is a
4851/// floating-point comparison.
4853 const SimplifyQuery &Q,
4854 unsigned MaxRecurse) {
4855 CmpPredicate Pred;
4856 Value *CmpLHS, *CmpRHS;
4857 if (!match(Cond, m_FCmp(Pred, m_Value(CmpLHS), m_Value(CmpRHS))))
4858 return nullptr;
4860
4861 bool IsEquiv = I->isEquivalence();
4862 if (I->isEquivalence(/*Invert=*/true)) {
4863 std::swap(T, F);
4864 Pred = FCmpInst::getInversePredicate(Pred);
4865 IsEquiv = true;
4866 }
4867
4868 // This transforms is safe if at least one operand is known to not be zero.
4869 // Otherwise, the select can change the sign of a zero operand.
4870 if (IsEquiv) {
4871 if (Value *V = simplifySelectWithEquivalence({{CmpLHS, CmpRHS}}, T, F, Q,
4872 MaxRecurse))
4873 return V;
4874 if (Value *V = simplifySelectWithEquivalence({{CmpRHS, CmpLHS}}, T, F, Q,
4875 MaxRecurse))
4876 return V;
4877 }
4878
4879 // Canonicalize CmpLHS to be T, and CmpRHS to be F, if they're swapped.
4880 if (CmpLHS == F && CmpRHS == T)
4881 std::swap(CmpLHS, CmpRHS);
4882
4883 if (CmpLHS != T || CmpRHS != F)
4884 return nullptr;
4885
4886 // This transform is also safe if we do not have (do not care about) -0.0.
4887 if (Q.CxtI && isa<FPMathOperator>(Q.CxtI) && Q.CxtI->hasNoSignedZeros()) {
4888 // (T == F) ? T : F --> F
4889 if (Pred == FCmpInst::FCMP_OEQ)
4890 return F;
4891
4892 // (T != F) ? T : F --> T
4893 if (Pred == FCmpInst::FCMP_UNE)
4894 return T;
4895 }
4896
4897 return nullptr;
4898}
4899
4900/// Look for the following pattern and simplify %to_fold to %identicalPhi.
4901/// Here %phi, %to_fold and %phi.next perform the same functionality as
4902/// %identicalPhi and hence the select instruction %to_fold can be folded
4903/// into %identicalPhi.
4904///
4905/// BB1:
4906/// %identicalPhi = phi [ X, %BB0 ], [ %identicalPhi.next, %BB1 ]
4907/// %phi = phi [ X, %BB0 ], [ %phi.next, %BB1 ]
4908/// ...
4909/// %identicalPhi.next = select %cmp, %val, %identicalPhi
4910/// (or select %cmp, %identicalPhi, %val)
4911/// %to_fold = select %cmp2, %identicalPhi, %phi
4912/// %phi.next = select %cmp, %val, %to_fold
4913/// (or select %cmp, %to_fold, %val)
4914///
4915/// Prove that %phi and %identicalPhi are the same by induction:
4916///
4917/// Base case: Both %phi and %identicalPhi are equal on entry to the loop.
4918/// Inductive case:
4919/// Suppose %phi and %identicalPhi are equal at iteration i.
4920/// We look at their values at iteration i+1 which are %phi.next and
4921/// %identicalPhi.next. They would have become different only when %cmp is
4922/// false and the corresponding values %to_fold and %identicalPhi differ
4923/// (similar reason for the other "or" case in the bracket).
4924///
4925/// The only condition when %to_fold and %identicalPh could differ is when %cmp2
4926/// is false and %to_fold is %phi, which contradicts our inductive hypothesis
4927/// that %phi and %identicalPhi are equal. Thus %phi and %identicalPhi are
4928/// always equal at iteration i+1.
4930 if (PN.getParent() != IdenticalPN.getParent())
4931 return false;
4932 if (PN.getNumIncomingValues() != 2)
4933 return false;
4934
4935 // Check that only the backedge incoming value is different.
4936 unsigned DiffVals = 0;
4937 BasicBlock *DiffValBB = nullptr;
4938 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 2; i++) {
4939 BasicBlock *PredBB = PN.getIncomingBlock(i);
4940 if (PN.getIncomingValue(i) !=
4941 IdenticalPN.getIncomingValueForBlock(PredBB)) {
4942 DiffVals++;
4943 DiffValBB = PredBB;
4944 }
4945 }
4946 if (DiffVals != 1)
4947 return false;
4948 // Now check that the backedge incoming values are two select
4949 // instructions with the same condition. Either their true
4950 // values are the same, or their false values are the same.
4951 auto *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(PN.getIncomingValueForBlock(DiffValBB));
4952 auto *IdenticalSI =
4953 dyn_cast<SelectInst>(IdenticalPN.getIncomingValueForBlock(DiffValBB));
4954 if (!SI || !IdenticalSI)
4955 return false;
4956 if (SI->getCondition() != IdenticalSI->getCondition())
4957 return false;
4958
4959 SelectInst *SIOtherVal = nullptr;
4960 Value *IdenticalSIOtherVal = nullptr;
4961 if (SI->getTrueValue() == IdenticalSI->getTrueValue()) {
4962 SIOtherVal = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(SI->getFalseValue());
4963 IdenticalSIOtherVal = IdenticalSI->getFalseValue();
4964 } else if (SI->getFalseValue() == IdenticalSI->getFalseValue()) {
4965 SIOtherVal = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(SI->getTrueValue());
4966 IdenticalSIOtherVal = IdenticalSI->getTrueValue();
4967 } else {
4968 return false;
4969 }
4970
4971 // Now check that the other values in select, i.e., %to_fold and
4972 // %identicalPhi, are essentially the same value.
4973 if (!SIOtherVal || IdenticalSIOtherVal != &IdenticalPN)
4974 return false;
4975 if (!(SIOtherVal->getTrueValue() == &IdenticalPN &&
4976 SIOtherVal->getFalseValue() == &PN) &&
4977 !(SIOtherVal->getTrueValue() == &PN &&
4978 SIOtherVal->getFalseValue() == &IdenticalPN))
4979 return false;
4980 return true;
4981}
4982
4983/// Given operands for a SelectInst, see if we can fold the result.
4984/// If not, this returns null.
4985static Value *simplifySelectInst(Value *Cond, Value *TrueVal, Value *FalseVal,
4986 const SimplifyQuery &Q, unsigned MaxRecurse) {
4987 if (auto *CondC = dyn_cast<Constant>(Cond)) {
4988 if (auto *TrueC = dyn_cast<Constant>(TrueVal))
4989 if (auto *FalseC = dyn_cast<Constant>(FalseVal))
4990 if (Constant *C = ConstantFoldSelectInstruction(CondC, TrueC, FalseC))
4991 return C;
4992
4993 // select poison, X, Y -> poison
4994 if (isa<PoisonValue>(CondC))
4995 return PoisonValue::get(TrueVal->getType());
4996
4997 // select undef, X, Y -> X or Y
4998 if (Q.isUndefValue(CondC))
4999 return isa<Constant>(FalseVal) ? FalseVal : TrueVal;
5000
5001 // select true, X, Y --> X
5002 // select false, X, Y --> Y
5003 // For vectors, allow undef/poison elements in the condition to match the
5004 // defined elements, so we can eliminate the select.
5005 if (match(CondC, m_One()))
5006 return TrueVal;
5007 if (match(CondC, m_Zero()))
5008 return FalseVal;
5009 }
5010
5011 assert(Cond->getType()->isIntOrIntVectorTy(1) &&
5012 "Select must have bool or bool vector condition");
5013 assert(TrueVal->getType() == FalseVal->getType() &&
5014 "Select must have same types for true/false ops");
5015
5016 if (Cond->getType() == TrueVal->getType()) {
5017 // select i1 Cond, i1 true, i1 false --> i1 Cond
5018 if (match(TrueVal, m_One()) && match(FalseVal, m_ZeroInt()))
5019 return Cond;
5020
5021 // (X && Y) ? X : Y --> Y (commuted 2 ways)
5022 if (match(Cond, m_c_LogicalAnd(m_Specific(TrueVal), m_Specific(FalseVal))))
5023 return FalseVal;
5024
5025 // (X || Y) ? X : Y --> X (commuted 2 ways)
5026 if (match(Cond, m_c_LogicalOr(m_Specific(TrueVal), m_Specific(FalseVal))))
5027 return TrueVal;
5028
5029 // (X || Y) ? false : X --> false (commuted 2 ways)
5030 if (match(Cond, m_c_LogicalOr(m_Specific(FalseVal), m_Value())) &&
5031 match(TrueVal, m_ZeroInt()))
5032 return ConstantInt::getFalse(Cond->getType());
5033
5034 // Match patterns that end in logical-and.
5035 if (match(FalseVal, m_ZeroInt())) {
5036 // !(X || Y) && X --> false (commuted 2 ways)
5037 if (match(Cond, m_Not(m_c_LogicalOr(m_Specific(TrueVal), m_Value()))))
5038 return ConstantInt::getFalse(Cond->getType());
5039 // X && !(X || Y) --> false (commuted 2 ways)
5040 if (match(TrueVal, m_Not(m_c_LogicalOr(m_Specific(Cond), m_Value()))))
5041 return ConstantInt::getFalse(Cond->getType());
5042
5043 // (X || Y) && Y --> Y (commuted 2 ways)
5044 if (match(Cond, m_c_LogicalOr(m_Specific(TrueVal), m_Value())))
5045 return TrueVal;
5046 // Y && (X || Y) --> Y (commuted 2 ways)
5047 if (match(TrueVal, m_c_LogicalOr(m_Specific(Cond), m_Value())))
5048 return Cond;
5049
5050 // (X || Y) && (X || !Y) --> X (commuted 8 ways)
5051 Value *X, *Y;
5054 return X;
5055 if (match(TrueVal, m_c_LogicalOr(m_Value(X), m_Not(m_Value(Y)))) &&
5057 return X;
5058 }
5059
5060 // Match patterns that end in logical-or.
5061 if (match(TrueVal, m_One())) {
5062 // !(X && Y) || X --> true (commuted 2 ways)
5063 if (match(Cond, m_Not(m_c_LogicalAnd(m_Specific(FalseVal), m_Value()))))
5064 return ConstantInt::getTrue(Cond->getType());
5065 // X || !(X && Y) --> true (commuted 2 ways)
5066 if (match(FalseVal, m_Not(m_c_LogicalAnd(m_Specific(Cond), m_Value()))))
5067 return ConstantInt::getTrue(Cond->getType());
5068
5069 // (X && Y) || Y --> Y (commuted 2 ways)
5070 if (match(Cond, m_c_LogicalAnd(m_Specific(FalseVal), m_Value())))
5071 return FalseVal;
5072 // Y || (X && Y) --> Y (commuted 2 ways)
5073 if (match(FalseVal, m_c_LogicalAnd(m_Specific(Cond), m_Value())))
5074 return Cond;
5075 }
5076 }
5077
5078 // select ?, X, X -> X
5079 if (TrueVal == FalseVal)
5080 return TrueVal;
5081
5082 if (Cond == TrueVal) {
5083 // select i1 X, i1 X, i1 false --> X (logical-and)
5084 if (match(FalseVal, m_ZeroInt()))
5085 return Cond;
5086 // select i1 X, i1 X, i1 true --> true
5087 if (match(FalseVal, m_One()))
5088 return ConstantInt::getTrue(Cond->getType());
5089 }
5090 if (Cond == FalseVal) {
5091 // select i1 X, i1 true, i1 X --> X (logical-or)
5092 if (match(TrueVal, m_One()))
5093 return Cond;
5094 // select i1 X, i1 false, i1 X --> false
5095 if (match(TrueVal, m_ZeroInt()))
5096 return ConstantInt::getFalse(Cond->getType());
5097 }
5098
5099 // If the true or false value is poison, we can fold to the other value.
5100 // If the true or false value is undef, we can fold to the other value as
5101 // long as the other value isn't poison.
5102 // select ?, poison, X -> X
5103 // select ?, undef, X -> X
5104 if (isa<PoisonValue>(TrueVal) ||
5105 (Q.isUndefValue(TrueVal) && impliesPoison(FalseVal, Cond)))
5106 return FalseVal;
5107 // select ?, X, poison -> X
5108 // select ?, X, undef -> X
5109 if (isa<PoisonValue>(FalseVal) ||
5110 (Q.isUndefValue(FalseVal) && impliesPoison(TrueVal, Cond)))
5111 return TrueVal;
5112
5113 // Deal with partial undef vector constants: select ?, VecC, VecC' --> VecC''
5114 Constant *TrueC, *FalseC;
5115 if (isa<FixedVectorType>(TrueVal->getType()) &&
5116 match(TrueVal, m_Constant(TrueC)) &&
5117 match(FalseVal, m_Constant(FalseC))) {
5118 unsigned NumElts =
5119 cast<FixedVectorType>(TrueC->getType())->getNumElements();
5121 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElts; ++i) {
5122 // Bail out on incomplete vector constants.
5123 Constant *TEltC = TrueC->getAggregateElement(i);
5124 Constant *FEltC = FalseC->getAggregateElement(i);
5125 if (!TEltC || !FEltC)
5126 break;
5127
5128 // If the elements match (undef or not), that value is the result. If only
5129 // one element is undef, choose the defined element as the safe result.
5130 if (TEltC == FEltC)
5131 NewC.push_back(TEltC);
5132 else if (isa<PoisonValue>(TEltC) ||
5133 (Q.isUndefValue(TEltC) && isGuaranteedNotToBePoison(FEltC)))
5134 NewC.push_back(FEltC);
5135 else if (isa<PoisonValue>(FEltC) ||
5136 (Q.isUndefValue(FEltC) && isGuaranteedNotToBePoison(TEltC)))
5137 NewC.push_back(TEltC);
5138 else
5139 break;
5140 }
5141 if (NewC.size() == NumElts)
5142 return ConstantVector::get(NewC);
5143 }
5144
5145 if (Value *V =
5146 simplifySelectWithICmpCond(Cond, TrueVal, FalseVal, Q, MaxRecurse))
5147 return V;
5148
5149 if (Value *V = simplifySelectWithBitTest(Cond, TrueVal, FalseVal))
5150 return V;
5151
5152 if (Value *V = simplifySelectWithFCmp(Cond, TrueVal, FalseVal, Q, MaxRecurse))
5153 return V;
5154
5155 std::optional<bool> Imp = isImpliedByDomCondition(Cond, Q.CxtI, Q.DL);
5156 if (Imp)
5157 return *Imp ? TrueVal : FalseVal;
5158 // Look for same PHIs in the true and false values.
5159 if (auto *TruePHI = dyn_cast<PHINode>(TrueVal))
5160 if (auto *FalsePHI = dyn_cast<PHINode>(FalseVal)) {
5161 if (isSelectWithIdenticalPHI(*TruePHI, *FalsePHI))
5162 return FalseVal;
5163 if (isSelectWithIdenticalPHI(*FalsePHI, *TruePHI))
5164 return TrueVal;
5165 }
5166 return nullptr;
5167}
5168
5170 const SimplifyQuery &Q) {
5171 return ::simplifySelectInst(Cond, TrueVal, FalseVal, Q, RecursionLimit);
5172}
5173
5174/// Given operands for an GetElementPtrInst, see if we can fold the result.
5175/// If not, this returns null.
5176static Value *simplifyGEPInst(Type *SrcTy, Value *Ptr,
5178 const SimplifyQuery &Q, unsigned) {
5179 // The type of the GEP pointer operand.
5180 unsigned AS =
5181 cast<PointerType>(Ptr->getType()->getScalarType())->getAddressSpace();
5182
5183 // getelementptr P -> P.
5184 if (Indices.empty())
5185 return Ptr;
5186
5187 // Compute the (pointer) type returned by the GEP instruction.
5188 Type *LastType = GetElementPtrInst::getIndexedType(SrcTy, Indices);
5189 Type *GEPTy = Ptr->getType();
5190 if (!GEPTy->isVectorTy()) {
5191 for (Value *Op : Indices) {
5192 // If one of the operands is a vector, the result type is a vector of
5193 // pointers. All vector operands must have the same number of elements.
5194 if (VectorType *VT = dyn_cast<VectorType>(Op->getType())) {
5195 GEPTy = VectorType::get(GEPTy, VT->getElementCount());
5196 break;
5197 }
5198 }
5199 }
5200
5201 // All-zero GEP is a no-op, unless it performs a vector splat.
5202 if (Ptr->getType() == GEPTy && all_of(Indices, match_fn(m_Zero())))
5203 return Ptr;
5204
5205 // getelementptr poison, idx -> poison
5206 // getelementptr baseptr, poison -> poison
5207 if (isa<PoisonValue>(Ptr) || any_of(Indices, IsaPred<PoisonValue>))
5208 return PoisonValue::get(GEPTy);
5209
5210 // getelementptr undef, idx -> undef
5211 if (Q.isUndefValue(Ptr))
5212 return UndefValue::get(GEPTy);
5213
5214 bool IsScalableVec =
5215 SrcTy->isScalableTy() || any_of(Indices, [](const Value *V) {
5216 return isa<ScalableVectorType>(V->getType());
5217 });
5218
5219 if (Indices.size() == 1) {
5220 Type *Ty = SrcTy;
5221 if (!IsScalableVec && Ty->isSized()) {
5222 Value *P;
5223 uint64_t C;
5224 uint64_t TyAllocSize = Q.DL.getTypeAllocSize(Ty);
5225 // getelementptr P, N -> P if P points to a type of zero size.
5226 if (TyAllocSize == 0 && Ptr->getType() == GEPTy)
5227 return Ptr;
5228
5229 // The following transforms are only safe if the ptrtoint cast
5230 // doesn't truncate the address of the pointers. The non-address bits
5231 // must be the same, as the underlying objects are the same.
5232 if (Indices[0]->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits() >=
5233 Q.DL.getAddressSizeInBits(AS)) {
5234 auto CanSimplify = [GEPTy, &P, Ptr]() -> bool {
5235 return P->getType() == GEPTy &&
5237 };
5238 // getelementptr V, (sub P, V) -> P if P points to a type of size 1.
5239 if (TyAllocSize == 1 &&
5240 match(Indices[0], m_Sub(m_PtrToIntOrAddr(m_Value(P)),
5241 m_PtrToIntOrAddr(m_Specific(Ptr)))) &&
5242 CanSimplify())
5243 return P;
5244
5245 // getelementptr V, (ashr (sub P, V), C) -> P if P points to a type of
5246 // size 1 << C.
5247 if (match(Indices[0], m_AShr(m_Sub(m_PtrToIntOrAddr(m_Value(P)),
5249 m_ConstantInt(C))) &&
5250 TyAllocSize == 1ULL << C && CanSimplify())
5251 return P;
5252
5253 // getelementptr V, (sdiv (sub P, V), C) -> P if P points to a type of
5254 // size C.
5255 if (match(Indices[0], m_SDiv(m_Sub(m_PtrToIntOrAddr(m_Value(P)),
5257 m_SpecificInt(TyAllocSize))) &&
5258 CanSimplify())
5259 return P;
5260 }
5261 }
5262 }
5263
5264 if (!IsScalableVec && Q.DL.getTypeAllocSize(LastType) == 1 &&
5265 all_of(Indices.drop_back(1), match_fn(m_Zero()))) {
5266 unsigned IdxWidth =
5268 if (Q.DL.getTypeSizeInBits(Indices.back()->getType()) == IdxWidth) {
5269 APInt BasePtrOffset(IdxWidth, 0);
5270 Value *StrippedBasePtr =
5271 Ptr->stripAndAccumulateInBoundsConstantOffsets(Q.DL, BasePtrOffset);
5272
5273 // Avoid creating inttoptr of zero here: While LLVMs treatment of
5274 // inttoptr is generally conservative, this particular case is folded to
5275 // a null pointer, which will have incorrect provenance.
5276
5277 // gep (gep V, C), (sub 0, V) -> C
5278 if (match(Indices.back(),
5279 m_Neg(m_PtrToInt(m_Specific(StrippedBasePtr)))) &&
5280 !BasePtrOffset.isZero()) {
5281 auto *CI = ConstantInt::get(GEPTy->getContext(), BasePtrOffset);
5282 return ConstantExpr::getIntToPtr(CI, GEPTy);
5283 }
5284 // gep (gep V, C), (xor V, -1) -> C-1
5285 if (match(Indices.back(),
5286 m_Xor(m_PtrToInt(m_Specific(StrippedBasePtr)), m_AllOnes())) &&
5287 !BasePtrOffset.isOne()) {
5288 auto *CI = ConstantInt::get(GEPTy->getContext(), BasePtrOffset - 1);
5289 return ConstantExpr::getIntToPtr(CI, GEPTy);
5290 }
5291 }
5292 }
5293
5294 // Check to see if this is constant foldable.
5295 if (!isa<Constant>(Ptr) || !all_of(Indices, IsaPred<Constant>))
5296 return nullptr;
5297
5299 return ConstantFoldGetElementPtr(SrcTy, cast<Constant>(Ptr), std::nullopt,
5300 Indices);
5301
5302 auto *CE =
5303 ConstantExpr::getGetElementPtr(SrcTy, cast<Constant>(Ptr), Indices, NW);
5304 return ConstantFoldConstant(CE, Q.DL);
5305}
5306
5308 GEPNoWrapFlags NW, const SimplifyQuery &Q) {
5309 return ::simplifyGEPInst(SrcTy, Ptr, Indices, NW, Q, RecursionLimit);
5310}
5311
5312/// Given operands for an InsertValueInst, see if we can fold the result.
5313/// If not, this returns null.
5315 ArrayRef<unsigned> Idxs,
5316 const SimplifyQuery &Q, unsigned) {
5317 if (Constant *CAgg = dyn_cast<Constant>(Agg))
5318 if (Constant *CVal = dyn_cast<Constant>(Val))
5319 return ConstantFoldInsertValueInstruction(CAgg, CVal, Idxs);
5320
5321 // insertvalue x, poison, n -> x
5322 // insertvalue x, undef, n -> x if x cannot be poison
5323 if (isa<PoisonValue>(Val) ||
5324 (Q.isUndefValue(Val) && isGuaranteedNotToBePoison(Agg)))
5325 return Agg;
5326
5327 // insertvalue x, (extractvalue y, n), n
5329 if (EV->getAggregateOperand()->getType() == Agg->getType() &&
5330 EV->getIndices() == Idxs) {
5331 // insertvalue poison, (extractvalue y, n), n -> y
5332 // insertvalue undef, (extractvalue y, n), n -> y if y cannot be poison
5333 if (isa<PoisonValue>(Agg) ||
5334 (Q.isUndefValue(Agg) &&
5335 isGuaranteedNotToBePoison(EV->getAggregateOperand())))
5336 return EV->getAggregateOperand();
5337
5338 // insertvalue y, (extractvalue y, n), n -> y
5339 if (Agg == EV->getAggregateOperand())
5340 return Agg;
5341 }
5342
5343 return nullptr;
5344}
5345
5347 ArrayRef<unsigned> Idxs,
5348 const SimplifyQuery &Q) {
5349 return ::simplifyInsertValueInst(Agg, Val, Idxs, Q, RecursionLimit);
5350}
5351
5353 const SimplifyQuery &Q) {
5354 // Try to constant fold.
5355 auto *VecC = dyn_cast<Constant>(Vec);
5356 auto *ValC = dyn_cast<Constant>(Val);
5357 auto *IdxC = dyn_cast<Constant>(Idx);
5358 if (VecC && ValC && IdxC)
5359 return ConstantExpr::getInsertElement(VecC, ValC, IdxC);
5360
5361 // For fixed-length vector, fold into poison if index is out of bounds.
5362 if (auto *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Idx)) {
5363 if (isa<FixedVectorType>(Vec->getType()) &&
5364 CI->uge(cast<FixedVectorType>(Vec->getType())->getNumElements()))
5365 return PoisonValue::get(Vec->getType());
5366 }
5367
5368 // If index is undef, it might be out of bounds (see above case)
5369 if (Q.isUndefValue(Idx))
5370 return PoisonValue::get(Vec->getType());
5371
5372 // If the scalar is poison, or it is undef and there is no risk of
5373 // propagating poison from the vector value, simplify to the vector value.
5374 if (isa<PoisonValue>(Val) ||
5375 (Q.isUndefValue(Val) && isGuaranteedNotToBePoison(Vec)))
5376 return Vec;
5377
5378 // Inserting the splatted value into a constant splat does nothing.
5379 if (VecC && ValC && VecC->getSplatValue() == ValC)
5380 return Vec;
5381
5382 // If we are extracting a value from a vector, then inserting it into the same
5383 // place, that's the input vector:
5384 // insertelt Vec, (extractelt Vec, Idx), Idx --> Vec
5385 if (match(Val, m_ExtractElt(m_Specific(Vec), m_Specific(Idx))))
5386 return Vec;
5387
5388 return nullptr;
5389}
5390
5391/// Given operands for an ExtractValueInst, see if we can fold the result.
5392/// If not, this returns null.
5394 const SimplifyQuery &, unsigned) {
5395 if (auto *CAgg = dyn_cast<Constant>(Agg))
5396 return ConstantFoldExtractValueInstruction(CAgg, Idxs);
5397
5398 // extractvalue x, (insertvalue y, elt, n), n -> elt
5399 unsigned NumIdxs = Idxs.size();
5400 for (auto *IVI = dyn_cast<InsertValueInst>(Agg); IVI != nullptr;
5401 IVI = dyn_cast<InsertValueInst>(IVI->getAggregateOperand())) {
5402 ArrayRef<unsigned> InsertValueIdxs = IVI->getIndices();
5403 unsigned NumInsertValueIdxs = InsertValueIdxs.size();
5404 unsigned NumCommonIdxs = std::min(NumInsertValueIdxs, NumIdxs);
5405 if (InsertValueIdxs.slice(0, NumCommonIdxs) ==
5406 Idxs.slice(0, NumCommonIdxs)) {
5407 if (NumIdxs == NumInsertValueIdxs)
5408 return IVI->getInsertedValueOperand();
5409 break;
5410 }
5411 }
5412
5413 // Simplify umul_with_overflow where one operand is 1.
5414 Value *V;
5415 if (Idxs.size() == 1 &&
5416 (match(Agg,
5419 m_Value(V))))) {
5420 if (Idxs[0] == 0)
5421 return V;
5422 assert(Idxs[0] == 1 && "invalid index");
5423 return getFalse(CmpInst::makeCmpResultType(V->getType()));
5424 }
5425
5426 return nullptr;
5427}
5428
5430 const SimplifyQuery &Q) {
5431 return ::simplifyExtractValueInst(Agg, Idxs, Q, RecursionLimit);
5432}
5433
5434/// Given operands for an ExtractElementInst, see if we can fold the result.
5435/// If not, this returns null.
5437 const SimplifyQuery &Q, unsigned) {
5438 auto *VecVTy = cast<VectorType>(Vec->getType());
5439 if (auto *CVec = dyn_cast<Constant>(Vec)) {
5440 if (auto *CIdx = dyn_cast<Constant>(Idx))
5441 return ConstantExpr::getExtractElement(CVec, CIdx);
5442
5443 if (Q.isUndefValue(Vec))
5444 return UndefValue::get(VecVTy->getElementType());
5445 }
5446
5447 // An undef extract index can be arbitrarily chosen to be an out-of-range
5448 // index value, which would result in the instruction being poison.
5449 if (Q.isUndefValue(Idx))
5450 return PoisonValue::get(VecVTy->getElementType());
5451
5452 // If extracting a specified index from the vector, see if we can recursively
5453 // find a previously computed scalar that was inserted into the vector.
5454 if (auto *IdxC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Idx)) {
5455 // For fixed-length vector, fold into undef if index is out of bounds.
5456 unsigned MinNumElts = VecVTy->getElementCount().getKnownMinValue();
5457 if (isa<FixedVectorType>(VecVTy) && IdxC->getValue().uge(MinNumElts))
5458 return PoisonValue::get(VecVTy->getElementType());
5459 // Handle case where an element is extracted from a splat.
5460 if (IdxC->getValue().ult(MinNumElts))
5461 if (auto *Splat = getSplatValue(Vec))
5462 return Splat;
5463 if (Value *Elt = findScalarElement(Vec, IdxC->getZExtValue()))
5464 return Elt;
5465 } else {
5466 // extractelt x, (insertelt y, elt, n), n -> elt
5467 // If the possibly-variable indices are trivially known to be equal
5468 // (because they are the same operand) then use the value that was
5469 // inserted directly.
5470 auto *IE = dyn_cast<InsertElementInst>(Vec);
5471 if (IE && IE->getOperand(2) == Idx)
5472 return IE->getOperand(1);
5473
5474 // The index is not relevant if our vector is a splat.
5475 if (Value *Splat = getSplatValue(Vec))
5476 return Splat;
5477 }
5478 return nullptr;
5479}
5480
5482 const SimplifyQuery &Q) {
5483 return ::simplifyExtractElementInst(Vec, Idx, Q, RecursionLimit);
5484}
5485
5486/// See if we can fold the given phi. If not, returns null.
5488 const SimplifyQuery &Q) {
5489 // WARNING: no matter how worthwhile it may seem, we can not perform PHI CSE
5490 // here, because the PHI we may succeed simplifying to was not
5491 // def-reachable from the original PHI!
5492
5493 // If all of the PHI's incoming values are the same then replace the PHI node
5494 // with the common value.
5495 Value *CommonValue = nullptr;
5496 bool HasPoisonInput = false;
5497 bool HasUndefInput = false;
5498 for (Value *Incoming : IncomingValues) {
5499 // If the incoming value is the phi node itself, it can safely be skipped.
5500 if (Incoming == PN)
5501 continue;
5503 HasPoisonInput = true;
5504 continue;
5505 }
5506 if (Q.isUndefValue(Incoming)) {
5507 // Remember that we saw an undef value, but otherwise ignore them.
5508 HasUndefInput = true;
5509 continue;
5510 }
5511 if (CommonValue && Incoming != CommonValue)
5512 return nullptr; // Not the same, bail out.
5513 CommonValue = Incoming;
5514 }
5515
5516 // If CommonValue is null then all of the incoming values were either undef,
5517 // poison or equal to the phi node itself.
5518 if (!CommonValue)
5519 return HasUndefInput ? UndefValue::get(PN->getType())
5520 : PoisonValue::get(PN->getType());
5521
5522 if (HasPoisonInput || HasUndefInput) {
5523 // If we have a PHI node like phi(X, undef, X), where X is defined by some
5524 // instruction, we cannot return X as the result of the PHI node unless it
5525 // dominates the PHI block.
5526 if (!valueDominatesPHI(CommonValue, PN, Q.DT))
5527 return nullptr;
5528
5529 // Make sure we do not replace an undef value with poison.
5530 if (HasUndefInput &&
5531 !isGuaranteedNotToBePoison(CommonValue, Q.AC, Q.CxtI, Q.DT))
5532 return nullptr;
5533 return CommonValue;
5534 }
5535
5536 return CommonValue;
5537}
5538
5539static Value *simplifyCastInst(unsigned CastOpc, Value *Op, Type *Ty,
5540 const SimplifyQuery &Q, unsigned MaxRecurse) {
5541 if (auto *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op))
5542 return ConstantFoldCastOperand(CastOpc, C, Ty, Q.DL);
5543
5544 if (auto *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op)) {
5545 auto *Src = CI->getOperand(0);
5546 Type *SrcTy = Src->getType();
5547 Type *MidTy = CI->getType();
5548 Type *DstTy = Ty;
5549 if (Src->getType() == Ty) {
5550 auto FirstOp = CI->getOpcode();
5551 auto SecondOp = static_cast<Instruction::CastOps>(CastOpc);
5552 if (CastInst::isEliminableCastPair(FirstOp, SecondOp, SrcTy, MidTy, DstTy,
5553 &Q.DL) == Instruction::BitCast)
5554 return Src;
5555 }
5556 }
5557
5558 // bitcast x -> x
5559 if (CastOpc == Instruction::BitCast)
5560 if (Op->getType() == Ty)
5561 return Op;
5562
5563 // ptrtoint (ptradd (Ptr, X - ptrtoint(Ptr))) -> X
5564 Value *Ptr, *X;
5565 if ((CastOpc == Instruction::PtrToInt || CastOpc == Instruction::PtrToAddr) &&
5566 match(Op,
5567 m_PtrAdd(m_Value(Ptr),
5569 X->getType() == Ty && Ty == Q.DL.getIndexType(Ptr->getType()))
5570 return X;
5571
5572 return nullptr;
5573}
5574
5575Value *llvm::simplifyCastInst(unsigned CastOpc, Value *Op, Type *Ty,
5576 const SimplifyQuery &Q) {
5577 return ::simplifyCastInst(CastOpc, Op, Ty, Q, RecursionLimit);
5578}
5579
5580/// For the given destination element of a shuffle, peek through shuffles to
5581/// match a root vector source operand that contains that element in the same
5582/// vector lane (ie, the same mask index), so we can eliminate the shuffle(s).
5583static Value *foldIdentityShuffles(int DestElt, Value *Op0, Value *Op1,
5584 int MaskVal, Value *RootVec,
5585 unsigned MaxRecurse) {
5586 if (!MaxRecurse--)
5587 return nullptr;
5588
5589 // Bail out if any mask value is undefined. That kind of shuffle may be
5590 // simplified further based on demanded bits or other folds.
5591 if (MaskVal == -1)
5592 return nullptr;
5593
5594 // The mask value chooses which source operand we need to look at next.
5595 int InVecNumElts = cast<FixedVectorType>(Op0->getType())->getNumElements();
5596 int RootElt = MaskVal;
5597 Value *SourceOp = Op0;
5598 if (MaskVal >= InVecNumElts) {
5599 RootElt = MaskVal - InVecNumElts;
5600 SourceOp = Op1;
5601 }
5602
5603 // If the source operand is a shuffle itself, look through it to find the
5604 // matching root vector.
5605 if (auto *SourceShuf = dyn_cast<ShuffleVectorInst>(SourceOp)) {
5606 return foldIdentityShuffles(
5607 DestElt, SourceShuf->getOperand(0), SourceShuf->getOperand(1),
5608 SourceShuf->getMaskValue(RootElt), RootVec, MaxRecurse);
5609 }
5610
5611 // The source operand is not a shuffle. Initialize the root vector value for
5612 // this shuffle if that has not been done yet.
5613 if (!RootVec)
5614 RootVec = SourceOp;
5615
5616 // Give up as soon as a source operand does not match the existing root value.
5617 if (RootVec != SourceOp)
5618 return nullptr;
5619
5620 // The element must be coming from the same lane in the source vector
5621 // (although it may have crossed lanes in intermediate shuffles).
5622 if (RootElt != DestElt)
5623 return nullptr;
5624
5625 return RootVec;
5626}
5627
5629 ArrayRef<int> Mask, Type *RetTy,
5630 const SimplifyQuery &Q,
5631 unsigned MaxRecurse) {
5632 if (all_of(Mask, equal_to(PoisonMaskElem)))
5633 return PoisonValue::get(RetTy);
5634
5635 auto *InVecTy = cast<VectorType>(Op0->getType());
5636 unsigned MaskNumElts = Mask.size();
5637 ElementCount InVecEltCount = InVecTy->getElementCount();
5638
5639 bool Scalable = InVecEltCount.isScalable();
5640
5641 SmallVector<int, 32> Indices;
5642 Indices.assign(Mask.begin(), Mask.end());
5643
5644 // Canonicalization: If mask does not select elements from an input vector,
5645 // replace that input vector with poison.
5646 if (!Scalable) {
5647 bool MaskSelects0 = false, MaskSelects1 = false;
5648 unsigned InVecNumElts = InVecEltCount.getKnownMinValue();
5649 for (unsigned i = 0; i != MaskNumElts; ++i) {
5650 if (Indices[i] == -1)
5651 continue;
5652 if ((unsigned)Indices[i] < InVecNumElts)
5653 MaskSelects0 = true;
5654 else
5655 MaskSelects1 = true;
5656 }
5657 if (!MaskSelects0)
5658 Op0 = PoisonValue::get(InVecTy);
5659 if (!MaskSelects1)
5660 Op1 = PoisonValue::get(InVecTy);
5661 }
5662
5663 auto *Op0Const = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op0);
5664 auto *Op1Const = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op1);
5665
5666 // If all operands are constant, constant fold the shuffle. This
5667 // transformation depends on the value of the mask which is not known at
5668 // compile time for scalable vectors
5669 if (Op0Const && Op1Const)
5670 return ConstantExpr::getShuffleVector(Op0Const, Op1Const, Mask);
5671
5672 // Canonicalization: if only one input vector is constant, it shall be the
5673 // second one. This transformation depends on the value of the mask which
5674 // is not known at compile time for scalable vectors
5675 if (!Scalable && Op0Const && !Op1Const) {
5676 std::swap(Op0, Op1);
5678 InVecEltCount.getKnownMinValue());
5679 }
5680
5681 // A splat of an inserted scalar constant becomes a vector constant:
5682 // shuf (inselt ?, C, IndexC), undef, <IndexC, IndexC...> --> <C, C...>
5683 // NOTE: We may have commuted above, so analyze the updated Indices, not the
5684 // original mask constant.
5685 // NOTE: This transformation depends on the value of the mask which is not
5686 // known at compile time for scalable vectors
5687 Constant *C;
5688 ConstantInt *IndexC;
5689 if (!Scalable && match(Op0, m_InsertElt(m_Value(), m_Constant(C),
5690 m_ConstantInt(IndexC)))) {
5691 // Match a splat shuffle mask of the insert index allowing undef elements.
5692 int InsertIndex = IndexC->getZExtValue();
5693 if (all_of(Indices, [InsertIndex](int MaskElt) {
5694 return MaskElt == InsertIndex || MaskElt == -1;
5695 })) {
5696 assert(isa<UndefValue>(Op1) && "Expected undef operand 1 for splat");
5697
5698 // Shuffle mask poisons become poison constant result elements.
5699 SmallVector<Constant *, 16> VecC(MaskNumElts, C);
5700 for (unsigned i = 0; i != MaskNumElts; ++i)
5701 if (Indices[i] == -1)
5702 VecC[i] = PoisonValue::get(C->getType());
5703 return ConstantVector::get(VecC);
5704 }
5705 }
5706
5707 // A shuffle of a splat is always the splat itself. Legal if the shuffle's
5708 // value type is same as the input vectors' type.
5709 if (auto *OpShuf = dyn_cast<ShuffleVectorInst>(Op0))
5710 if (Q.isUndefValue(Op1) && RetTy == InVecTy &&
5711 all_equal(OpShuf->getShuffleMask()))
5712 return Op0;
5713
5714 // All remaining transformation depend on the value of the mask, which is
5715 // not known at compile time for scalable vectors.
5716 if (Scalable)
5717 return nullptr;
5718
5719 // Don't fold a shuffle with undef mask elements. This may get folded in a
5720 // better way using demanded bits or other analysis.
5721 // TODO: Should we allow this?
5722 if (is_contained(Indices, -1))
5723 return nullptr;
5724
5725 // Check if every element of this shuffle can be mapped back to the
5726 // corresponding element of a single root vector. If so, we don't need this
5727 // shuffle. This handles simple identity shuffles as well as chains of
5728 // shuffles that may widen/narrow and/or move elements across lanes and back.
5729 Value *RootVec = nullptr;
5730 for (unsigned i = 0; i != MaskNumElts; ++i) {
5731 // Note that recursion is limited for each vector element, so if any element
5732 // exceeds the limit, this will fail to simplify.
5733 RootVec =
5734 foldIdentityShuffles(i, Op0, Op1, Indices[i], RootVec, MaxRecurse);
5735
5736 // We can't replace a widening/narrowing shuffle with one of its operands.
5737 if (!RootVec || RootVec->getType() != RetTy)
5738 return nullptr;
5739 }
5740 return RootVec;
5741}
5742
5743/// Given operands for a ShuffleVectorInst, fold the result or return null.
5745 ArrayRef<int> Mask, Type *RetTy,
5746 const SimplifyQuery &Q) {
5747 return ::simplifyShuffleVectorInst(Op0, Op1, Mask, RetTy, Q, RecursionLimit);
5748}
5749
5751 const SimplifyQuery &Q) {
5752 if (auto *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op))
5753 return ConstantFoldUnaryOpOperand(Opcode, C, Q.DL);
5754 return nullptr;
5755}
5756
5757/// Given the operand for an FNeg, see if we can fold the result. If not, this
5758/// returns null.
5760 const SimplifyQuery &Q, unsigned MaxRecurse) {
5761 if (Constant *C = foldConstant(Instruction::FNeg, Op, Q))
5762 return C;
5763
5764 Value *X;
5765 // fneg (fneg X) ==> X
5766 if (match(Op, m_FNeg(m_Value(X))))
5767 return X;
5768
5769 return nullptr;
5770}
5771
5773 const SimplifyQuery &Q) {
5774 return ::simplifyFNegInst(Op, FMF, Q, RecursionLimit);
5775}
5776
5777/// Try to propagate existing NaN values when possible. If not, replace the
5778/// constant or elements in the constant with a canonical NaN.
5780 Type *Ty = In->getType();
5781 if (auto *VecTy = dyn_cast<FixedVectorType>(Ty)) {
5782 unsigned NumElts = VecTy->getNumElements();
5783 SmallVector<Constant *, 32> NewC(NumElts);
5784 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElts; ++i) {
5785 Constant *EltC = In->getAggregateElement(i);
5786 // Poison elements propagate. NaN propagates except signaling is quieted.
5787 // Replace unknown or undef elements with canonical NaN.
5788 if (EltC && isa<PoisonValue>(EltC))
5789 NewC[i] = EltC;
5790 else if (EltC && EltC->isNaN())
5791 NewC[i] = ConstantFP::get(
5792 EltC->getType(), cast<ConstantFP>(EltC)->getValue().makeQuiet());
5793 else
5794 NewC[i] = ConstantFP::getNaN(VecTy->getElementType());
5795 }
5796 return ConstantVector::get(NewC);
5797 }
5798
5799 // If it is not a fixed vector, but not a simple NaN either, return a
5800 // canonical NaN.
5801 if (!In->isNaN())
5802 return ConstantFP::getNaN(Ty);
5803
5804 // If we known this is a NaN, and it's scalable vector, we must have a splat
5805 // on our hands. Grab that before splatting a QNaN constant.
5806 if (isa<ScalableVectorType>(Ty)) {
5807 auto *Splat = In->getSplatValue();
5808 assert(Splat && Splat->isNaN() &&
5809 "Found a scalable-vector NaN but not a splat");
5810 In = Splat;
5811 }
5812
5813 // Propagate an existing QNaN constant. If it is an SNaN, make it quiet, but
5814 // preserve the sign/payload.
5815 return ConstantFP::get(Ty, cast<ConstantFP>(In)->getValue().makeQuiet());
5816}
5817
5818/// Perform folds that are common to any floating-point operation. This implies
5819/// transforms based on poison/undef/NaN because the operation itself makes no
5820/// difference to the result.
5822 const SimplifyQuery &Q,
5823 fp::ExceptionBehavior ExBehavior,
5824 RoundingMode Rounding) {
5825 // Poison is independent of anything else. It always propagates from an
5826 // operand to a math result.
5828 return PoisonValue::get(Ops[0]->getType());
5829
5830 for (Value *V : Ops) {
5831 bool IsNan = match(V, m_NaN());
5832 bool IsInf = match(V, m_Inf());
5833 bool IsUndef = Q.isUndefValue(V);
5834
5835 // If this operation has 'nnan' or 'ninf' and at least 1 disallowed operand
5836 // (an undef operand can be chosen to be Nan/Inf), then the result of
5837 // this operation is poison.
5838 if (FMF.noNaNs() && (IsNan || IsUndef))
5839 return PoisonValue::get(V->getType());
5840 if (FMF.noInfs() && (IsInf || IsUndef))
5841 return PoisonValue::get(V->getType());
5842
5843 if (isDefaultFPEnvironment(ExBehavior, Rounding)) {
5844 // Undef does not propagate because undef means that all bits can take on
5845 // any value. If this is undef * NaN for example, then the result values
5846 // (at least the exponent bits) are limited. Assume the undef is a
5847 // canonical NaN and propagate that.
5848 if (IsUndef)
5849 return ConstantFP::getNaN(V->getType());
5850 if (IsNan)
5851 return propagateNaN(cast<Constant>(V));
5852 } else if (ExBehavior != fp::ebStrict) {
5853 if (IsNan)
5854 return propagateNaN(cast<Constant>(V));
5855 }
5856 }
5857 return nullptr;
5858}
5859
5860/// Given operands for an FAdd, see if we can fold the result. If not, this
5861/// returns null.
5862static Value *
5864 const SimplifyQuery &Q, unsigned MaxRecurse,
5867 if (isDefaultFPEnvironment(ExBehavior, Rounding))
5868 if (Constant *C = foldOrCommuteConstant(Instruction::FAdd, Op0, Op1, Q))
5869 return C;
5870
5871 if (Constant *C = simplifyFPOp({Op0, Op1}, FMF, Q, ExBehavior, Rounding))
5872 return C;
5873
5874 // fadd X, -0 ==> X
5875 // With strict/constrained FP, we have these possible edge cases that do
5876 // not simplify to Op0:
5877 // fadd SNaN, -0.0 --> QNaN
5878 // fadd +0.0, -0.0 --> -0.0 (but only with round toward negative)
5879 if (canIgnoreSNaN(ExBehavior, FMF) &&
5881 FMF.noSignedZeros()))
5882 if (match(Op1, m_NegZeroFP()))
5883 return Op0;
5884
5885 // fadd X, 0 ==> X, when we know X is not -0
5886 if (canIgnoreSNaN(ExBehavior, FMF))
5887 if (match(Op1, m_PosZeroFP()) &&
5888 (FMF.noSignedZeros() || cannotBeNegativeZero(Op0, Q)))
5889 return Op0;
5890
5891 if (!isDefaultFPEnvironment(ExBehavior, Rounding))
5892 return nullptr;
5893
5894 if (FMF.noNaNs()) {
5895 // With nnan: X + {+/-}Inf --> {+/-}Inf
5896 if (match(Op1, m_Inf()))
5897 return Op1;
5898
5899 // With nnan: -X + X --> 0.0 (and commuted variant)
5900 // We don't have to explicitly exclude infinities (ninf): INF + -INF == NaN.
5901 // Negative zeros are allowed because we always end up with positive zero:
5902 // X = -0.0: (-0.0 - (-0.0)) + (-0.0) == ( 0.0) + (-0.0) == 0.0
5903 // X = -0.0: ( 0.0 - (-0.0)) + (-0.0) == ( 0.0) + (-0.0) == 0.0
5904 // X = 0.0: (-0.0 - ( 0.0)) + ( 0.0) == (-0.0) + ( 0.0) == 0.0
5905 // X = 0.0: ( 0.0 - ( 0.0)) + ( 0.0) == ( 0.0) + ( 0.0) == 0.0
5906 if (match(Op0, m_FSub(m_AnyZeroFP(), m_Specific(Op1))) ||
5907 match(Op1, m_FSub(m_AnyZeroFP(), m_Specific(Op0))))
5908 return ConstantFP::getZero(Op0->getType());
5909
5910 if (match(Op0, m_FNeg(m_Specific(Op1))) ||
5911 match(Op1, m_FNeg(m_Specific(Op0))))
5912 return ConstantFP::getZero(Op0->getType());
5913 }
5914
5915 // (X - Y) + Y --> X
5916 // Y + (X - Y) --> X
5917 Value *X;
5918 if (FMF.noSignedZeros() && FMF.allowReassoc() &&
5919 (match(Op0, m_FSub(m_Value(X), m_Specific(Op1))) ||
5920 match(Op1, m_FSub(m_Value(X), m_Specific(Op0)))))
5921 return X;
5922
5923 return nullptr;
5924}
5925
5926/// Given operands for an FSub, see if we can fold the result. If not, this
5927/// returns null.
5928static Value *
5930 const SimplifyQuery &Q, unsigned MaxRecurse,
5933 if (isDefaultFPEnvironment(ExBehavior, Rounding))
5934 if (Constant *C = foldOrCommuteConstant(Instruction::FSub, Op0, Op1, Q))
5935 return C;
5936
5937 if (Constant *C = simplifyFPOp({Op0, Op1}, FMF, Q, ExBehavior, Rounding))
5938 return C;
5939
5940 // fsub X, +0 ==> X
5941 if (canIgnoreSNaN(ExBehavior, FMF) &&
5943 FMF.noSignedZeros()))
5944 if (match(Op1, m_PosZeroFP()))
5945 return Op0;
5946
5947 // fsub X, -0 ==> X, when we know X is not -0
5948 if (canIgnoreSNaN(ExBehavior, FMF))
5949 if (match(Op1, m_NegZeroFP()) &&
5950 (FMF.noSignedZeros() || cannotBeNegativeZero(Op0, Q)))
5951 return Op0;
5952
5953 // fsub -0.0, (fsub -0.0, X) ==> X
5954 // fsub -0.0, (fneg X) ==> X
5955 Value *X;
5956 if (canIgnoreSNaN(ExBehavior, FMF))
5957 if (match(Op0, m_NegZeroFP()) && match(Op1, m_FNeg(m_Value(X))))
5958 return X;
5959
5960 // fsub 0.0, (fsub 0.0, X) ==> X if signed zeros are ignored.
5961 // fsub 0.0, (fneg X) ==> X if signed zeros are ignored.
5962 if (canIgnoreSNaN(ExBehavior, FMF))
5963 if (FMF.noSignedZeros() && match(Op0, m_AnyZeroFP()) &&
5964 (match(Op1, m_FSub(m_AnyZeroFP(), m_Value(X))) ||
5965 match(Op1, m_FNeg(m_Value(X)))))
5966 return X;
5967
5968 if (!isDefaultFPEnvironment(ExBehavior, Rounding))
5969 return nullptr;
5970
5971 if (FMF.noNaNs()) {
5972 // fsub nnan x, x ==> 0.0
5973 if (Op0 == Op1)
5974 return Constant::getNullValue(Op0->getType());
5975
5976 // With nnan: {+/-}Inf - X --> {+/-}Inf
5977 if (match(Op0, m_Inf()))
5978 return Op0;
5979
5980 // With nnan: X - {+/-}Inf --> {-/+}Inf
5981 if (match(Op1, m_Inf()))
5982 return foldConstant(Instruction::FNeg, Op1, Q);
5983 }
5984
5985 // Y - (Y - X) --> X
5986 // (X + Y) - Y --> X
5987 if (FMF.noSignedZeros() && FMF.allowReassoc() &&
5988 (match(Op1, m_FSub(m_Specific(Op0), m_Value(X))) ||
5989 match(Op0, m_c_FAdd(m_Specific(Op1), m_Value(X)))))
5990 return X;
5991
5992 return nullptr;
5993}
5994
5996 const SimplifyQuery &Q, unsigned MaxRecurse,
5997 fp::ExceptionBehavior ExBehavior,
5998 RoundingMode Rounding) {
5999 if (Constant *C = simplifyFPOp({Op0, Op1}, FMF, Q, ExBehavior, Rounding))
6000 return C;
6001
6002 if (!isDefaultFPEnvironment(ExBehavior, Rounding))
6003 return nullptr;
6004
6005 // Canonicalize special constants as operand 1.
6006 if (match(Op0, m_FPOne()) || match(Op0, m_AnyZeroFP()))
6007 std::swap(Op0, Op1);
6008
6009 // X * 1.0 --> X
6010 if (match(Op1, m_FPOne()))
6011 return Op0;
6012
6013 if (match(Op1, m_AnyZeroFP())) {
6014 // X * 0.0 --> 0.0 (with nnan and nsz)
6015 if (FMF.noNaNs() && FMF.noSignedZeros())
6016 return ConstantFP::getZero(Op0->getType());
6017
6018 KnownFPClass Known = computeKnownFPClass(Op0, FMF, fcInf | fcNan, Q);
6019 if (Known.isKnownNever(fcInf | fcNan)) {
6020 // if nsz is set, return 0.0
6021 if (FMF.noSignedZeros())
6022 return ConstantFP::getZero(Op0->getType());
6023 // +normal number * (-)0.0 --> (-)0.0
6024 if (Known.SignBit == false)
6025 return Op1;
6026 // -normal number * (-)0.0 --> -(-)0.0
6027 if (Known.SignBit == true)
6028 return foldConstant(Instruction::FNeg, Op1, Q);
6029 }
6030 }
6031
6032 // sqrt(X) * sqrt(X) --> X, if we can:
6033 // 1. Remove the intermediate rounding (reassociate).
6034 // 2. Ignore non-zero negative numbers because sqrt would produce NAN.
6035 // 3. Ignore -0.0 because sqrt(-0.0) == -0.0, but -0.0 * -0.0 == 0.0.
6036 Value *X;
6037 if (Op0 == Op1 && match(Op0, m_Sqrt(m_Value(X))) && FMF.allowReassoc() &&
6038 FMF.noNaNs() && FMF.noSignedZeros())
6039 return X;
6040
6041 return nullptr;
6042}
6043
6044/// Given the operands for an FMul, see if we can fold the result
6045static Value *
6047 const SimplifyQuery &Q, unsigned MaxRecurse,
6050 if (isDefaultFPEnvironment(ExBehavior, Rounding))
6051 if (Constant *C = foldOrCommuteConstant(Instruction::FMul, Op0, Op1, Q))
6052 return C;
6053
6054 // Now apply simplifications that do not require rounding.
6055 return simplifyFMAFMul(Op0, Op1, FMF, Q, MaxRecurse, ExBehavior, Rounding);
6056}
6057
6059 const SimplifyQuery &Q,
6060 fp::ExceptionBehavior ExBehavior,
6061 RoundingMode Rounding) {
6062 return ::simplifyFAddInst(Op0, Op1, FMF, Q, RecursionLimit, ExBehavior,
6063 Rounding);
6064}
6065
6067 const SimplifyQuery &Q,
6068 fp::ExceptionBehavior ExBehavior,
6069 RoundingMode Rounding) {
6070 return ::simplifyFSubInst(Op0, Op1, FMF, Q, RecursionLimit, ExBehavior,
6071 Rounding);
6072}
6073
6075 const SimplifyQuery &Q,
6076 fp::ExceptionBehavior ExBehavior,
6077 RoundingMode Rounding) {
6078 return ::simplifyFMulInst(Op0, Op1, FMF, Q, RecursionLimit, ExBehavior,
6079 Rounding);
6080}
6081
6083 const SimplifyQuery &Q,
6084 fp::ExceptionBehavior ExBehavior,
6085 RoundingMode Rounding) {
6086 return ::simplifyFMAFMul(Op0, Op1, FMF, Q, RecursionLimit, ExBehavior,
6087 Rounding);
6088}
6089
6090static Value *
6092 const SimplifyQuery &Q, unsigned,
6095 if (isDefaultFPEnvironment(ExBehavior, Rounding))
6096 if (Constant *C = foldOrCommuteConstant(Instruction::FDiv, Op0, Op1, Q))
6097 return C;
6098
6099 if (Constant *C = simplifyFPOp({Op0, Op1}, FMF, Q, ExBehavior, Rounding))
6100 return C;
6101
6102 if (!isDefaultFPEnvironment(ExBehavior, Rounding))
6103 return nullptr;
6104
6105 // X / 1.0 -> X
6106 if (match(Op1, m_FPOne()))
6107 return Op0;
6108
6109 // 0 / X -> 0
6110 // Requires that NaNs are off (X could be zero) and signed zeroes are
6111 // ignored (X could be positive or negative, so the output sign is unknown).
6112 if (FMF.noNaNs() && FMF.noSignedZeros() && match(Op0, m_AnyZeroFP()))
6113 return ConstantFP::getZero(Op0->getType());
6114
6115 if (FMF.noNaNs()) {
6116 // X / X -> 1.0 is legal when NaNs are ignored.
6117 // We can ignore infinities because INF/INF is NaN.
6118 if (Op0 == Op1)
6119 return ConstantFP::get(Op0->getType(), 1.0);
6120
6121 // (X * Y) / Y --> X if we can reassociate to the above form.
6122 Value *X;
6123 if (FMF.allowReassoc() && match(Op0, m_c_FMul(m_Value(X), m_Specific(Op1))))
6124 return X;
6125
6126 // -X / X -> -1.0 and
6127 // X / -X -> -1.0 are legal when NaNs are ignored.
6128 // We can ignore signed zeros because +-0.0/+-0.0 is NaN and ignored.
6129 if (match(Op0, m_FNegNSZ(m_Specific(Op1))) ||
6130 match(Op1, m_FNegNSZ(m_Specific(Op0))))
6131 return ConstantFP::get(Op0->getType(), -1.0);
6132
6133 // nnan ninf X / [-]0.0 -> poison
6134 if (FMF.noInfs() && match(Op1, m_AnyZeroFP()))
6135 return PoisonValue::get(Op1->getType());
6136 }
6137
6138 return nullptr;
6139}
6140
6142 const SimplifyQuery &Q,
6143 fp::ExceptionBehavior ExBehavior,
6144 RoundingMode Rounding) {
6145 return ::simplifyFDivInst(Op0, Op1, FMF, Q, RecursionLimit, ExBehavior,
6146 Rounding);
6147}
6148
6149static Value *
6151 const SimplifyQuery &Q, unsigned,
6154 if (isDefaultFPEnvironment(ExBehavior, Rounding))
6155 if (Constant *C = foldOrCommuteConstant(Instruction::FRem, Op0, Op1, Q))
6156 return C;
6157
6158 if (Constant *C = simplifyFPOp({Op0, Op1}, FMF, Q, ExBehavior, Rounding))
6159 return C;
6160
6161 if (!isDefaultFPEnvironment(ExBehavior, Rounding))
6162 return nullptr;
6163
6164 // Unlike fdiv, the result of frem always matches the sign of the dividend.
6165 // The constant match may include undef elements in a vector, so return a full
6166 // zero constant as the result.
6167 if (FMF.noNaNs()) {
6168 // +0 % X -> 0
6169 if (match(Op0, m_PosZeroFP()))
6170 return ConstantFP::getZero(Op0->getType());
6171 // -0 % X -> -0
6172 if (match(Op0, m_NegZeroFP()))
6173 return ConstantFP::getNegativeZero(Op0->getType());
6174 }
6175
6176 return nullptr;
6177}
6178
6180 const SimplifyQuery &Q,
6181 fp::ExceptionBehavior ExBehavior,
6182 RoundingMode Rounding) {
6183 return ::simplifyFRemInst(Op0, Op1, FMF, Q, RecursionLimit, ExBehavior,
6184 Rounding);
6185}
6186
6187//=== Helper functions for higher up the class hierarchy.
6188
6189/// Given the operand for a UnaryOperator, see if we can fold the result.
6190/// If not, this returns null.
6191static Value *simplifyUnOp(unsigned Opcode, Value *Op, const SimplifyQuery &Q,
6192 unsigned MaxRecurse) {
6193 switch (Opcode) {
6194 case Instruction::FNeg:
6195 return simplifyFNegInst(Op, FastMathFlags(), Q, MaxRecurse);
6196 default:
6197 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected opcode");
6198 }
6199}
6200
6201/// Given the operand for a UnaryOperator, see if we can fold the result.
6202/// If not, this returns null.
6203/// Try to use FastMathFlags when folding the result.
6204static Value *simplifyFPUnOp(unsigned Opcode, Value *Op,
6205 const FastMathFlags &FMF, const SimplifyQuery &Q,
6206 unsigned MaxRecurse) {
6207 switch (Opcode) {
6208 case Instruction::FNeg:
6209 return simplifyFNegInst(Op, FMF, Q, MaxRecurse);
6210 default:
6211 return simplifyUnOp(Opcode, Op, Q, MaxRecurse);
6212 }
6213}
6214
6215Value *llvm::simplifyUnOp(unsigned Opcode, Value *Op, const SimplifyQuery &Q) {
6216 return ::simplifyUnOp(Opcode, Op, Q, RecursionLimit);
6217}
6218
6220 const SimplifyQuery &Q) {
6221 return ::simplifyFPUnOp(Opcode, Op, FMF, Q, RecursionLimit);
6222}
6223
6224/// Given operands for a BinaryOperator, see if we can fold the result.
6225/// If not, this returns null.
6226static Value *simplifyBinOp(unsigned Opcode, Value *LHS, Value *RHS,
6227 const SimplifyQuery &Q, unsigned MaxRecurse) {
6228 switch (Opcode) {
6229 case Instruction::Add:
6230 return simplifyAddInst(LHS, RHS, /* IsNSW */ false, /* IsNUW */ false, Q,
6231 MaxRecurse);
6232 case Instruction::Sub:
6233 return simplifySubInst(LHS, RHS, /* IsNSW */ false, /* IsNUW */ false, Q,
6234 MaxRecurse);
6235 case Instruction::Mul:
6236 return simplifyMulInst(LHS, RHS, /* IsNSW */ false, /* IsNUW */ false, Q,
6237 MaxRecurse);
6238 case Instruction::SDiv:
6239 return simplifySDivInst(LHS, RHS, /* IsExact */ false, Q, MaxRecurse);
6240 case Instruction::UDiv:
6241 return simplifyUDivInst(LHS, RHS, /* IsExact */ false, Q, MaxRecurse);
6242 case Instruction::SRem:
6243 return simplifySRemInst(LHS, RHS, Q, MaxRecurse);
6244 case Instruction::URem:
6245 return simplifyURemInst(LHS, RHS, Q, MaxRecurse);
6246 case Instruction::Shl:
6247 return simplifyShlInst(LHS, RHS, /* IsNSW */ false, /* IsNUW */ false, Q,
6248 MaxRecurse);
6249 case Instruction::LShr:
6250 return simplifyLShrInst(LHS, RHS, /* IsExact */ false, Q, MaxRecurse);
6251 case Instruction::AShr:
6252 return simplifyAShrInst(LHS, RHS, /* IsExact */ false, Q, MaxRecurse);
6253 case Instruction::And:
6254 return simplifyAndInst(LHS, RHS, Q, MaxRecurse);
6255 case Instruction::Or:
6256 return simplifyOrInst(LHS, RHS, Q, MaxRecurse);
6257 case Instruction::Xor:
6258 return simplifyXorInst(LHS, RHS, Q, MaxRecurse);
6259 case Instruction::FAdd:
6260 return simplifyFAddInst(LHS, RHS, FastMathFlags(), Q, MaxRecurse);
6261 case Instruction::FSub:
6262 return simplifyFSubInst(LHS, RHS, FastMathFlags(), Q, MaxRecurse);
6263 case Instruction::FMul:
6264 return simplifyFMulInst(LHS, RHS, FastMathFlags(), Q, MaxRecurse);
6265 case Instruction::FDiv:
6266 return simplifyFDivInst(LHS, RHS, FastMathFlags(), Q, MaxRecurse);
6267 case Instruction::FRem:
6268 return simplifyFRemInst(LHS, RHS, FastMathFlags(), Q, MaxRecurse);
6269 default:
6270 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected opcode");
6271 }
6272}
6273
6274/// Given operands for a BinaryOperator, see if we can fold the result.
6275/// If not, this returns null.
6276/// Try to use FastMathFlags when folding the result.
6277static Value *simplifyBinOp(unsigned Opcode, Value *LHS, Value *RHS,
6278 const FastMathFlags &FMF, const SimplifyQuery &Q,
6279 unsigned MaxRecurse) {
6280 switch (Opcode) {
6281 case Instruction::FAdd:
6282 return simplifyFAddInst(LHS, RHS, FMF, Q, MaxRecurse);
6283 case Instruction::FSub:
6284 return simplifyFSubInst(LHS, RHS, FMF, Q, MaxRecurse);
6285 case Instruction::FMul:
6286 return simplifyFMulInst(LHS, RHS, FMF, Q, MaxRecurse);
6287 case Instruction::FDiv:
6288 return simplifyFDivInst(LHS, RHS, FMF, Q, MaxRecurse);
6289 default:
6290 return simplifyBinOp(Opcode, LHS, RHS, Q, MaxRecurse);
6291 }
6292}
6293
6294Value *llvm::simplifyBinOp(unsigned Opcode, Value *LHS, Value *RHS,
6295 const SimplifyQuery &Q) {
6296 return ::simplifyBinOp(Opcode, LHS, RHS, Q, RecursionLimit);
6297}
6298
6299Value *llvm::simplifyBinOp(unsigned Opcode, Value *LHS, Value *RHS,
6300 FastMathFlags FMF, const SimplifyQuery &Q) {
6301 return ::simplifyBinOp(Opcode, LHS, RHS, FMF, Q, RecursionLimit);
6302}
6303
6304/// Given operands for a CmpInst, see if we can fold the result.
6306 const SimplifyQuery &Q, unsigned MaxRecurse) {
6308 return simplifyICmpInst(Predicate, LHS, RHS, Q, MaxRecurse);
6309 return simplifyFCmpInst(Predicate, LHS, RHS, FastMathFlags(), Q, MaxRecurse);
6310}
6311
6313 const SimplifyQuery &Q) {
6314 return ::simplifyCmpInst(Predicate, LHS, RHS, Q, RecursionLimit);
6315}
6316
6318 switch (ID) {
6319 default:
6320 return false;
6321
6322 // Unary idempotent: f(f(x)) = f(x)
6323 case Intrinsic::fabs:
6324 case Intrinsic::floor:
6325 case Intrinsic::ceil:
6326 case Intrinsic::trunc:
6327 case Intrinsic::rint:
6328 case Intrinsic::nearbyint:
6329 case Intrinsic::round:
6330 case Intrinsic::roundeven:
6331 case Intrinsic::canonicalize:
6332 case Intrinsic::arithmetic_fence:
6333 return true;
6334 }
6335}
6336
6337/// Return true if the intrinsic rounds a floating-point value to an integral
6338/// floating-point value (not an integer type).
6340 switch (ID) {
6341 default:
6342 return false;
6343
6344 case Intrinsic::floor:
6345 case Intrinsic::ceil:
6346 case Intrinsic::trunc:
6347 case Intrinsic::rint:
6348 case Intrinsic::nearbyint:
6349 case Intrinsic::round:
6350 case Intrinsic::roundeven:
6351 return true;
6352 }
6353}
6354
6356 const DataLayout &DL) {
6357 GlobalValue *PtrSym;
6358 APInt PtrOffset;
6359 if (!IsConstantOffsetFromGlobal(Ptr, PtrSym, PtrOffset, DL))
6360 return nullptr;
6361
6363
6364 auto *OffsetConstInt = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Offset);
6365 if (!OffsetConstInt || OffsetConstInt->getBitWidth() > 64)
6366 return nullptr;
6367
6368 APInt OffsetInt = OffsetConstInt->getValue().sextOrTrunc(
6369 DL.getIndexTypeSizeInBits(Ptr->getType()));
6370 if (OffsetInt.srem(4) != 0)
6371 return nullptr;
6372
6373 Constant *Loaded =
6374 ConstantFoldLoadFromConstPtr(Ptr, Int32Ty, std::move(OffsetInt), DL);
6375 if (!Loaded)
6376 return nullptr;
6377
6378 auto *LoadedCE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(Loaded);
6379 if (!LoadedCE)
6380 return nullptr;
6381
6382 if (LoadedCE->getOpcode() == Instruction::Trunc) {
6383 LoadedCE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(LoadedCE->getOperand(0));
6384 if (!LoadedCE)
6385 return nullptr;
6386 }
6387
6388 if (LoadedCE->getOpcode() != Instruction::Sub)
6389 return nullptr;
6390
6391 auto *LoadedLHS = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(LoadedCE->getOperand(0));
6392 if (!LoadedLHS || LoadedLHS->getOpcode() != Instruction::PtrToInt)
6393 return nullptr;
6394 auto *LoadedLHSPtr = LoadedLHS->getOperand(0);
6395
6396 Constant *LoadedRHS = LoadedCE->getOperand(1);
6397 GlobalValue *LoadedRHSSym;
6398 APInt LoadedRHSOffset;
6399 if (!IsConstantOffsetFromGlobal(LoadedRHS, LoadedRHSSym, LoadedRHSOffset,
6400 DL) ||
6401 PtrSym != LoadedRHSSym || PtrOffset != LoadedRHSOffset)
6402 return nullptr;
6403
6404 return LoadedLHSPtr;
6405}
6406
6407// TODO: Need to pass in FastMathFlags
6408static Value *simplifyLdexp(Value *Op0, Value *Op1, const SimplifyQuery &Q,
6409 bool IsStrict) {
6410 // ldexp(poison, x) -> poison
6411 // ldexp(x, poison) -> poison
6412 if (isa<PoisonValue>(Op0) || isa<PoisonValue>(Op1))
6413 return Op0;
6414
6415 // ldexp(undef, x) -> nan
6416 if (Q.isUndefValue(Op0))
6417 return ConstantFP::getNaN(Op0->getType());
6418
6419 if (!IsStrict) {
6420 // TODO: Could insert a canonicalize for strict
6421
6422 // ldexp(x, undef) -> x
6423 if (Q.isUndefValue(Op1))
6424 return Op0;
6425 }
6426
6427 const APFloat *C = nullptr;
6429
6430 // These cases should be safe, even with strictfp.
6431 // ldexp(0.0, x) -> 0.0
6432 // ldexp(-0.0, x) -> -0.0
6433 // ldexp(inf, x) -> inf
6434 // ldexp(-inf, x) -> -inf
6435 if (C && (C->isZero() || C->isInfinity()))
6436 return Op0;
6437
6438 // These are canonicalization dropping, could do it if we knew how we could
6439 // ignore denormal flushes and target handling of nan payload bits.
6440 if (IsStrict)
6441 return nullptr;
6442
6443 // TODO: Could quiet this with strictfp if the exception mode isn't strict.
6444 if (C && C->isNaN())
6445 return ConstantFP::get(Op0->getType(), C->makeQuiet());
6446
6447 // ldexp(x, 0) -> x
6448
6449 // TODO: Could fold this if we know the exception mode isn't
6450 // strict, we know the denormal mode and other target modes.
6451 if (match(Op1, PatternMatch::m_ZeroInt()))
6452 return Op0;
6453
6454 return nullptr;
6455}
6456
6458 const SimplifyQuery &Q,
6459 const CallBase *Call) {
6460 // Idempotent functions return the same result when called repeatedly.
6461 Intrinsic::ID IID = F->getIntrinsicID();
6462 if (isIdempotent(IID))
6463 if (auto *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(Op0))
6464 if (II->getIntrinsicID() == IID)
6465 return II;
6466
6467 if (removesFPFraction(IID)) {
6468 // Converting from int or calling a rounding function always results in a
6469 // finite integral number or infinity. For those inputs, rounding functions
6470 // always return the same value, so the (2nd) rounding is eliminated. Ex:
6471 // floor (sitofp x) -> sitofp x
6472 // round (ceil x) -> ceil x
6473 auto *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(Op0);
6474 if ((II && removesFPFraction(II->getIntrinsicID())) ||
6475 match(Op0, m_SIToFP(m_Value())) || match(Op0, m_UIToFP(m_Value())))
6476 return Op0;
6477 }
6478
6479 Value *X;
6480 switch (IID) {
6481 case Intrinsic::fabs: {
6482 KnownFPClass KnownClass = computeKnownFPClass(Op0, fcAllFlags, Q);
6483 if (KnownClass.SignBit == false)
6484 return Op0;
6485
6486 if (KnownClass.cannotBeOrderedLessThanZero() &&
6487 KnownClass.isKnownNeverNaN() && Call->hasNoSignedZeros())
6488 return Op0;
6489
6490 break;
6491 }
6492 case Intrinsic::bswap:
6493 // bswap(bswap(x)) -> x
6494 if (match(Op0, m_BSwap(m_Value(X))))
6495 return X;
6496 break;
6497 case Intrinsic::bitreverse:
6498 // bitreverse(bitreverse(x)) -> x
6499 if (match(Op0, m_BitReverse(m_Value(X))))
6500 return X;
6501 break;
6502 case Intrinsic::ctpop: {
6503 // ctpop(X) -> 1 iff X is non-zero power of 2.
6504 if (isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(Op0, Q.DL, /*OrZero*/ false, Q.AC, Q.CxtI, Q.DT))
6505 return ConstantInt::get(Op0->getType(), 1);
6506 // If everything but the lowest bit is zero, that bit is the pop-count. Ex:
6507 // ctpop(and X, 1) --> and X, 1
6508 unsigned BitWidth = Op0->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits();
6510 Q))
6511 return Op0;
6512 break;
6513 }
6514 case Intrinsic::exp:
6515 // exp(log(x)) -> x
6516 if (Call->hasAllowReassoc() &&
6518 return X;
6519 break;
6520 case Intrinsic::exp2:
6521 // exp2(log2(x)) -> x
6522 if (Call->hasAllowReassoc() &&
6524 return X;
6525 break;
6526 case Intrinsic::exp10:
6527 // exp10(log10(x)) -> x
6528 if (Call->hasAllowReassoc() &&
6530 return X;
6531 break;
6532 case Intrinsic::log:
6533 // log(exp(x)) -> x
6534 if (Call->hasAllowReassoc() &&
6536 return X;
6537 break;
6538 case Intrinsic::log2:
6539 // log2(exp2(x)) -> x
6540 if (Call->hasAllowReassoc() &&
6542 match(Op0,
6544 return X;
6545 break;
6546 case Intrinsic::log10:
6547 // log10(pow(10.0, x)) -> x
6548 // log10(exp10(x)) -> x
6549 if (Call->hasAllowReassoc() &&
6551 match(Op0,
6553 return X;
6554 break;
6555 case Intrinsic::vector_reverse:
6556 // vector.reverse(vector.reverse(x)) -> x
6557 if (match(Op0, m_VecReverse(m_Value(X))))
6558 return X;
6559 // vector.reverse(splat(X)) -> splat(X)
6560 if (isSplatValue(Op0))
6561 return Op0;
6562 break;
6563 default:
6564 break;
6565 }
6566
6567 return nullptr;
6568}
6569
6570/// Given a min/max intrinsic, see if it can be removed based on having an
6571/// operand that is another min/max intrinsic with shared operand(s). The caller
6572/// is expected to swap the operand arguments to handle commutation.
6574 Value *X, *Y;
6575 if (!match(Op0, m_MaxOrMin(m_Value(X), m_Value(Y))))
6576 return nullptr;
6577
6578 auto *MM0 = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(Op0);
6579 if (!MM0)
6580 return nullptr;
6581 Intrinsic::ID IID0 = MM0->getIntrinsicID();
6582
6583 if (Op1 == X || Op1 == Y ||
6585 // max (max X, Y), X --> max X, Y
6586 if (IID0 == IID)
6587 return MM0;
6588 // max (min X, Y), X --> X
6589 if (IID0 == getInverseMinMaxIntrinsic(IID))
6590 return Op1;
6591 }
6592 return nullptr;
6593}
6594
6595/// Given a min/max intrinsic, see if it can be removed based on having an
6596/// operand that is another min/max intrinsic with shared operand(s). The caller
6597/// is expected to swap the operand arguments to handle commutation.
6599 Value *Op1) {
6600 auto IsMinimumMaximumIntrinsic = [](Intrinsic::ID ID) {
6601 switch (ID) {
6602 case Intrinsic::maxnum:
6603 case Intrinsic::minnum:
6604 case Intrinsic::maximum:
6605 case Intrinsic::minimum:
6606 case Intrinsic::maximumnum:
6607 case Intrinsic::minimumnum:
6608 return true;
6609 default:
6610 return false;
6611 }
6612 };
6613
6614 assert(IsMinimumMaximumIntrinsic(IID) && "Unsupported intrinsic");
6615
6616 auto *M0 = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(Op0);
6617 // If Op0 is not the same intrinsic as IID, do not process.
6618 // This is a difference with integer min/max handling. We do not process the
6619 // case like max(min(X,Y),min(X,Y)) => min(X,Y). But it can be handled by GVN.
6620 if (!M0 || M0->getIntrinsicID() != IID)
6621 return nullptr;
6622 Value *X0 = M0->getOperand(0);
6623 Value *Y0 = M0->getOperand(1);
6624 // Simple case, m(m(X,Y), X) => m(X, Y)
6625 // m(m(X,Y), Y) => m(X, Y)
6626 // For minimum/maximum, X is NaN => m(NaN, Y) == NaN and m(NaN, NaN) == NaN.
6627 // For minimum/maximum, Y is NaN => m(X, NaN) == NaN and m(NaN, NaN) == NaN.
6628 // For minnum/maxnum, X is NaN => m(NaN, Y) == Y and m(Y, Y) == Y.
6629 // For minnum/maxnum, Y is NaN => m(X, NaN) == X and m(X, NaN) == X.
6630 if (X0 == Op1 || Y0 == Op1)
6631 return M0;
6632
6633 auto *M1 = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(Op1);
6634 if (!M1 || !IsMinimumMaximumIntrinsic(M1->getIntrinsicID()))
6635 return nullptr;
6636 Value *X1 = M1->getOperand(0);
6637 Value *Y1 = M1->getOperand(1);
6638 Intrinsic::ID IID1 = M1->getIntrinsicID();
6639 // we have a case m(m(X,Y),m'(X,Y)) taking into account m' is commutative.
6640 // if m' is m or inversion of m => m(m(X,Y),m'(X,Y)) == m(X,Y).
6641 // For minimum/maximum, X is NaN => m(NaN,Y) == m'(NaN, Y) == NaN.
6642 // For minimum/maximum, Y is NaN => m(X,NaN) == m'(X, NaN) == NaN.
6643 // For minnum/maxnum, X is NaN => m(NaN,Y) == m'(NaN, Y) == Y.
6644 // For minnum/maxnum, Y is NaN => m(X,NaN) == m'(X, NaN) == X.
6645 if ((X0 == X1 && Y0 == Y1) || (X0 == Y1 && Y0 == X1))
6646 if (IID1 == IID || getInverseMinMaxIntrinsic(IID1) == IID)
6647 return M0;
6648
6649 return nullptr;
6650}
6651
6656 // For undef/poison, we can choose to either propgate undef/poison or
6657 // use the LHS value depending on what will allow more optimization.
6659};
6660// Get the optimized value for a min/max instruction with a single constant
6661// input (either undef or scalar constantFP). The result may indicate to
6662// use the non-const LHS value, use a new constant value instead (with NaNs
6663// quieted), or to choose either option in the case of undef/poison.
6665 const Intrinsic::ID IID,
6666 const CallBase *Call,
6667 Constant **OutNewConstVal) {
6668 assert(OutNewConstVal != nullptr);
6669
6670 bool PropagateNaN = IID == Intrinsic::minimum || IID == Intrinsic::maximum;
6671 bool ReturnsOtherForAllNaNs =
6672 IID == Intrinsic::minimumnum || IID == Intrinsic::maximumnum;
6673 bool IsMin = IID == Intrinsic::minimum || IID == Intrinsic::minnum ||
6674 IID == Intrinsic::minimumnum;
6675
6676 // min/max(x, poison) -> either x or poison
6677 if (isa<UndefValue>(RHSConst)) {
6678 *OutNewConstVal = const_cast<Constant *>(RHSConst);
6680 }
6681
6682 const ConstantFP *CFP = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(RHSConst);
6683 if (!CFP)
6685 APFloat CAPF = CFP->getValueAPF();
6686
6687 // minnum(x, qnan) -> x
6688 // maxnum(x, qnan) -> x
6689 // minimum(X, nan) -> qnan
6690 // maximum(X, nan) -> qnan
6691 // minimumnum(X, nan) -> x
6692 // maximumnum(X, nan) -> x
6693 if (CAPF.isNaN()) {
6694 if (PropagateNaN) {
6695 *OutNewConstVal = ConstantFP::get(CFP->getType(), CAPF.makeQuiet());
6697 } else if (ReturnsOtherForAllNaNs || !CAPF.isSignaling()) {
6699 }
6701 }
6702
6703 if (CAPF.isInfinity() || (Call && Call->hasNoInfs() && CAPF.isLargest())) {
6704 // minimum(X, -inf) -> -inf if nnan
6705 // maximum(X, +inf) -> +inf if nnan
6706 // minimumnum(X, -inf) -> -inf
6707 // maximumnum(X, +inf) -> +inf
6708 if (CAPF.isNegative() == IsMin &&
6709 (ReturnsOtherForAllNaNs || (Call && Call->hasNoNaNs()))) {
6710 *OutNewConstVal = const_cast<Constant *>(RHSConst);
6712 }
6713
6714 // minnum(X, +inf) -> X if nnan
6715 // maxnum(X, -inf) -> X if nnan
6716 // minimum(X, +inf) -> X (ignoring quieting of sNaNs)
6717 // maximum(X, -inf) -> X (ignoring quieting of sNaNs)
6718 // minimumnum(X, +inf) -> X if nnan
6719 // maximumnum(X, -inf) -> X if nnan
6720 if (CAPF.isNegative() != IsMin &&
6721 (PropagateNaN || (Call && Call->hasNoNaNs())))
6723 }
6725}
6726
6728 Value *Op0, Value *Op1) {
6729 Constant *C0 = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op0);
6730 Constant *C1 = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op1);
6731 unsigned Width = ReturnType->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
6732
6733 // All false predicate or reduction of neutral values ==> neutral result.
6734 switch (IID) {
6735 case Intrinsic::aarch64_sve_eorv:
6736 case Intrinsic::aarch64_sve_orv:
6737 case Intrinsic::aarch64_sve_saddv:
6738 case Intrinsic::aarch64_sve_uaddv:
6739 case Intrinsic::aarch64_sve_umaxv:
6740 if ((C0 && C0->isNullValue()) || (C1 && C1->isNullValue()))
6741 return ConstantInt::get(ReturnType, 0);
6742 break;
6743 case Intrinsic::aarch64_sve_andv:
6744 case Intrinsic::aarch64_sve_uminv:
6745 if ((C0 && C0->isNullValue()) || (C1 && C1->isAllOnesValue()))
6746 return ConstantInt::get(ReturnType, APInt::getMaxValue(Width));
6747 break;
6748 case Intrinsic::aarch64_sve_smaxv:
6749 if ((C0 && C0->isNullValue()) || (C1 && C1->isMinSignedValue()))
6750 return ConstantInt::get(ReturnType, APInt::getSignedMinValue(Width));
6751 break;
6752 case Intrinsic::aarch64_sve_sminv:
6753 if ((C0 && C0->isNullValue()) || (C1 && C1->isMaxSignedValue()))
6754 return ConstantInt::get(ReturnType, APInt::getSignedMaxValue(Width));
6755 break;
6756 }
6757
6758 switch (IID) {
6759 case Intrinsic::aarch64_sve_andv:
6760 case Intrinsic::aarch64_sve_orv:
6761 case Intrinsic::aarch64_sve_smaxv:
6762 case Intrinsic::aarch64_sve_sminv:
6763 case Intrinsic::aarch64_sve_umaxv:
6764 case Intrinsic::aarch64_sve_uminv:
6765 // sve_reduce_##(all, splat(X)) ==> X
6766 if (C0 && C0->isAllOnesValue()) {
6767 if (Value *SplatVal = getSplatValue(Op1)) {
6768 assert(SplatVal->getType() == ReturnType && "Unexpected result type!");
6769 return SplatVal;
6770 }
6771 }
6772 break;
6773 case Intrinsic::aarch64_sve_eorv:
6774 // sve_reduce_xor(all, splat(X)) ==> 0
6775 if (C0 && C0->isAllOnesValue())
6776 return ConstantInt::get(ReturnType, 0);
6777 break;
6778 }
6779
6780 return nullptr;
6781}
6782
6784 Value *Op0, Value *Op1,
6785 const SimplifyQuery &Q,
6786 const CallBase *Call) {
6787 unsigned BitWidth = ReturnType->getScalarSizeInBits();
6788 switch (IID) {
6789 case Intrinsic::get_active_lane_mask: {
6790 if (match(Op1, m_Zero()))
6791 return ConstantInt::getFalse(ReturnType);
6792
6793 const Function *F = Call->getFunction();
6794 auto *ScalableTy = dyn_cast<ScalableVectorType>(ReturnType);
6795 Attribute Attr = F->getFnAttribute(Attribute::VScaleRange);
6796 if (ScalableTy && Attr.isValid()) {
6797 std::optional<unsigned> VScaleMax = Attr.getVScaleRangeMax();
6798 if (!VScaleMax)
6799 break;
6800 uint64_t MaxPossibleMaskElements =
6801 (uint64_t)ScalableTy->getMinNumElements() * (*VScaleMax);
6802
6803 const APInt *Op1Val;
6804 if (match(Op0, m_Zero()) && match(Op1, m_APInt(Op1Val)) &&
6805 Op1Val->uge(MaxPossibleMaskElements))
6806 return ConstantInt::getAllOnesValue(ReturnType);
6807 }
6808 break;
6809 }
6810 case Intrinsic::abs:
6811 // abs(abs(x)) -> abs(x). We don't need to worry about the nsw arg here.
6812 // It is always ok to pick the earlier abs. We'll just lose nsw if its only
6813 // on the outer abs.
6815 return Op0;
6816 break;
6817
6818 case Intrinsic::cttz: {
6819 Value *X;
6820 if (match(Op0, m_Shl(m_One(), m_Value(X))))
6821 return X;
6822 break;
6823 }
6824 case Intrinsic::ctlz: {
6825 Value *X;
6826 if (match(Op0, m_LShr(m_Negative(), m_Value(X))))
6827 return X;
6828 if (match(Op0, m_AShr(m_Negative(), m_Value())))
6829 return Constant::getNullValue(ReturnType);
6830 break;
6831 }
6832 case Intrinsic::ptrmask: {
6833 // NOTE: We can't apply this simplifications based on the value of Op1
6834 // because we need to preserve provenance.
6835 if (Q.isUndefValue(Op0) || match(Op0, m_Zero()))
6836 return Constant::getNullValue(Op0->getType());
6837
6839 Q.DL.getIndexTypeSizeInBits(Op0->getType()) &&
6840 "Invalid mask width");
6841 // If index-width (mask size) is less than pointer-size then mask is
6842 // 1-extended.
6843 if (match(Op1, m_PtrToIntOrAddr(m_Specific(Op0))))
6844 return Op0;
6845
6846 // NOTE: We may have attributes associated with the return value of the
6847 // llvm.ptrmask intrinsic that will be lost when we just return the
6848 // operand. We should try to preserve them.
6849 if (match(Op1, m_AllOnes()) || Q.isUndefValue(Op1))
6850 return Op0;
6851
6852 Constant *C;
6853 if (match(Op1, m_ImmConstant(C))) {
6854 KnownBits PtrKnown = computeKnownBits(Op0, Q);
6855 // See if we only masking off bits we know are already zero due to
6856 // alignment.
6857 APInt IrrelevantPtrBits =
6858 PtrKnown.Zero.zextOrTrunc(C->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits());
6860 Instruction::Or, C, ConstantInt::get(C->getType(), IrrelevantPtrBits),
6861 Q.DL);
6862 if (C != nullptr && C->isAllOnesValue())
6863 return Op0;
6864 }
6865 break;
6866 }
6867 case Intrinsic::smax:
6868 case Intrinsic::smin:
6869 case Intrinsic::umax:
6870 case Intrinsic::umin: {
6871 // If the arguments are the same, this is a no-op.
6872 if (Op0 == Op1)
6873 return Op0;
6874
6875 // Canonicalize immediate constant operand as Op1.
6876 if (match(Op0, m_ImmConstant()))
6877 std::swap(Op0, Op1);
6878
6879 // Assume undef is the limit value.
6880 if (Q.isUndefValue(Op1))
6881 return ConstantInt::get(
6883
6884 const APInt *C;
6885 if (match(Op1, m_APIntAllowPoison(C))) {
6886 // Clamp to limit value. For example:
6887 // umax(i8 %x, i8 255) --> 255
6889 return ConstantInt::get(ReturnType, *C);
6890
6891 // If the constant op is the opposite of the limit value, the other must
6892 // be larger/smaller or equal. For example:
6893 // umin(i8 %x, i8 255) --> %x
6896 return Op0;
6897
6898 // Remove nested call if constant operands allow it. Example:
6899 // max (max X, 7), 5 -> max X, 7
6900 auto *MinMax0 = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(Op0);
6901 if (MinMax0 && MinMax0->getIntrinsicID() == IID) {
6902 // TODO: loosen undef/splat restrictions for vector constants.
6903 Value *M00 = MinMax0->getOperand(0), *M01 = MinMax0->getOperand(1);
6904 const APInt *InnerC;
6905 if ((match(M00, m_APInt(InnerC)) || match(M01, m_APInt(InnerC))) &&
6906 ICmpInst::compare(*InnerC, *C,
6909 return Op0;
6910 }
6911 }
6912
6913 if (Value *V = foldMinMaxSharedOp(IID, Op0, Op1))
6914 return V;
6915 if (Value *V = foldMinMaxSharedOp(IID, Op1, Op0))
6916 return V;
6917
6918 ICmpInst::Predicate Pred =
6920 if (isICmpTrue(Pred, Op0, Op1, Q.getWithoutUndef(), RecursionLimit))
6921 return Op0;
6922 if (isICmpTrue(Pred, Op1, Op0, Q.getWithoutUndef(), RecursionLimit))
6923 return Op1;
6924
6925 break;
6926 }
6927 case Intrinsic::scmp:
6928 case Intrinsic::ucmp: {
6929 // Fold to a constant if the relationship between operands can be
6930 // established with certainty
6931 if (isICmpTrue(CmpInst::ICMP_EQ, Op0, Op1, Q, RecursionLimit))
6932 return Constant::getNullValue(ReturnType);
6933
6934 ICmpInst::Predicate PredGT =
6935 IID == Intrinsic::scmp ? ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT : ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT;
6936 if (isICmpTrue(PredGT, Op0, Op1, Q, RecursionLimit))
6937 return ConstantInt::get(ReturnType, 1);
6938
6939 ICmpInst::Predicate PredLT =
6940 IID == Intrinsic::scmp ? ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT : ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT;
6941 if (isICmpTrue(PredLT, Op0, Op1, Q, RecursionLimit))
6942 return ConstantInt::getSigned(ReturnType, -1);
6943
6944 break;
6945 }
6946 case Intrinsic::usub_with_overflow:
6947 case Intrinsic::ssub_with_overflow:
6948 // X - X -> { 0, false }
6949 // X - undef -> { 0, false }
6950 // undef - X -> { 0, false }
6951 if (Op0 == Op1 || Q.isUndefValue(Op0) || Q.isUndefValue(Op1))
6952 return Constant::getNullValue(ReturnType);
6953 break;
6954 case Intrinsic::uadd_with_overflow:
6955 case Intrinsic::sadd_with_overflow:
6956 // X + undef -> { -1, false }
6957 // undef + x -> { -1, false }
6958 if (Q.isUndefValue(Op0) || Q.isUndefValue(Op1)) {
6959 return ConstantStruct::get(
6960 cast<StructType>(ReturnType),
6961 {Constant::getAllOnesValue(ReturnType->getStructElementType(0)),
6962 Constant::getNullValue(ReturnType->getStructElementType(1))});
6963 }
6964 break;
6965 case Intrinsic::umul_with_overflow:
6966 case Intrinsic::smul_with_overflow:
6967 // 0 * X -> { 0, false }
6968 // X * 0 -> { 0, false }
6969 if (match(Op0, m_Zero()) || match(Op1, m_Zero()))
6970 return Constant::getNullValue(ReturnType);
6971 // undef * X -> { 0, false }
6972 // X * undef -> { 0, false }
6973 if (Q.isUndefValue(Op0) || Q.isUndefValue(Op1))
6974 return Constant::getNullValue(ReturnType);
6975 break;
6976 case Intrinsic::uadd_sat:
6977 // sat(MAX + X) -> MAX
6978 // sat(X + MAX) -> MAX
6979 if (match(Op0, m_AllOnes()) || match(Op1, m_AllOnes()))
6980 return Constant::getAllOnesValue(ReturnType);
6981 [[fallthrough]];
6982 case Intrinsic::sadd_sat:
6983 // sat(X + undef) -> -1
6984 // sat(undef + X) -> -1
6985 // For unsigned: Assume undef is MAX, thus we saturate to MAX (-1).
6986 // For signed: Assume undef is ~X, in which case X + ~X = -1.
6987 if (Q.isUndefValue(Op0) || Q.isUndefValue(Op1))
6988 return Constant::getAllOnesValue(ReturnType);
6989
6990 // X + 0 -> X
6991 if (match(Op1, m_Zero()))
6992 return Op0;
6993 // 0 + X -> X
6994 if (match(Op0, m_Zero()))
6995 return Op1;
6996 break;
6997 case Intrinsic::usub_sat:
6998 // sat(0 - X) -> 0, sat(X - MAX) -> 0
6999 if (match(Op0, m_Zero()) || match(Op1, m_AllOnes()))
7000 return Constant::getNullValue(ReturnType);
7001 [[fallthrough]];
7002 case Intrinsic::ssub_sat:
7003 // X - X -> 0, X - undef -> 0, undef - X -> 0
7004 if (Op0 == Op1 || Q.isUndefValue(Op0) || Q.isUndefValue(Op1))
7005 return Constant::getNullValue(ReturnType);
7006 // X - 0 -> X
7007 if (match(Op1, m_Zero()))
7008 return Op0;
7009 break;
7010 case Intrinsic::load_relative:
7011 if (auto *C0 = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op0))
7012 if (auto *C1 = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op1))
7013 return simplifyRelativeLoad(C0, C1, Q.DL);
7014 break;
7015 case Intrinsic::powi:
7016 if (auto *Power = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
7017 // powi(x, 0) -> 1.0
7018 if (Power->isZero())
7019 return ConstantFP::get(Op0->getType(), 1.0);
7020 // powi(x, 1) -> x
7021 if (Power->isOne())
7022 return Op0;
7023 }
7024 break;
7025 case Intrinsic::ldexp:
7026 return simplifyLdexp(Op0, Op1, Q, false);
7027 case Intrinsic::copysign:
7028 // copysign X, X --> X
7029 if (Op0 == Op1)
7030 return Op0;
7031 // copysign -X, X --> X
7032 // copysign X, -X --> -X
7033 if (match(Op0, m_FNeg(m_Specific(Op1))) ||
7034 match(Op1, m_FNeg(m_Specific(Op0))))
7035 return Op1;
7036 break;
7037 case Intrinsic::is_fpclass: {
7038 uint64_t Mask = cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)->getZExtValue();
7039 // If all tests are made, it doesn't matter what the value is.
7040 if ((Mask & fcAllFlags) == fcAllFlags)
7041 return ConstantInt::get(ReturnType, true);
7042 if ((Mask & fcAllFlags) == 0)
7043 return ConstantInt::get(ReturnType, false);
7044 if (Q.isUndefValue(Op0))
7045 return UndefValue::get(ReturnType);
7046 break;
7047 }
7048 case Intrinsic::maxnum:
7049 case Intrinsic::minnum:
7050 case Intrinsic::maximum:
7051 case Intrinsic::minimum:
7052 case Intrinsic::maximumnum:
7053 case Intrinsic::minimumnum: {
7054 // In some cases here, we deviate from exact IEEE-754 semantics to enable
7055 // optimizations (as allowed by the LLVM IR spec) by returning one of the
7056 // arguments unmodified instead of inserting an llvm.canonicalize to
7057 // transform input sNaNs into qNaNs,
7058
7059 // If the arguments are the same, this is a no-op (ignoring NaN quieting)
7060 if (Op0 == Op1)
7061 return Op0;
7062
7063 // Canonicalize constant operand as Op1.
7064 if (isa<Constant>(Op0))
7065 std::swap(Op0, Op1);
7066
7067 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op1)) {
7069 Constant *NewConst = nullptr;
7070
7071 if (VectorType *VTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(C->getType())) {
7072 ElementCount ElemCount = VTy->getElementCount();
7073
7074 if (Constant *SplatVal = C->getSplatValue()) {
7075 // Handle splat vectors (including scalable vectors)
7076 OptResult = OptimizeConstMinMax(SplatVal, IID, Call, &NewConst);
7077 if (OptResult == MinMaxOptResult::UseNewConstVal)
7078 NewConst = ConstantVector::getSplat(ElemCount, NewConst);
7079
7080 } else if (ElemCount.isFixed()) {
7081 // Storage to build up new const return value (with NaNs quieted)
7083
7084 // Check elementwise whether we can optimize to either a constant
7085 // value or return the LHS value. We cannot mix and match LHS +
7086 // constant elements, as this would require inserting a new
7087 // VectorShuffle instruction, which is not allowed in simplifyBinOp.
7088 OptResult = MinMaxOptResult::UseEither;
7089 for (unsigned i = 0; i != ElemCount.getFixedValue(); ++i) {
7090 auto *Elt = C->getAggregateElement(i);
7091 if (!Elt) {
7093 break;
7094 }
7095 auto ElemResult = OptimizeConstMinMax(Elt, IID, Call, &NewConst);
7096 if (ElemResult == MinMaxOptResult::CannotOptimize ||
7097 (ElemResult != OptResult &&
7098 OptResult != MinMaxOptResult::UseEither &&
7099 ElemResult != MinMaxOptResult::UseEither)) {
7101 break;
7102 }
7103 NewC[i] = NewConst;
7104 if (ElemResult != MinMaxOptResult::UseEither)
7105 OptResult = ElemResult;
7106 }
7107 if (OptResult == MinMaxOptResult::UseNewConstVal)
7108 NewConst = ConstantVector::get(NewC);
7109 }
7110 } else {
7111 // Handle scalar inputs
7112 OptResult = OptimizeConstMinMax(C, IID, Call, &NewConst);
7113 }
7114
7115 if (OptResult == MinMaxOptResult::UseOtherVal ||
7116 OptResult == MinMaxOptResult::UseEither)
7117 return Op0; // Return the other arg (ignoring NaN quieting)
7118 else if (OptResult == MinMaxOptResult::UseNewConstVal)
7119 return NewConst;
7120 }
7121
7122 // Min/max of the same operation with common operand:
7123 // m(m(X, Y)), X --> m(X, Y) (4 commuted variants)
7124 if (Value *V = foldMinimumMaximumSharedOp(IID, Op0, Op1))
7125 return V;
7126 if (Value *V = foldMinimumMaximumSharedOp(IID, Op1, Op0))
7127 return V;
7128
7129 break;
7130 }
7131 case Intrinsic::vector_extract: {
7132 // (extract_vector (insert_vector _, X, 0), 0) -> X
7133 unsigned IdxN = cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)->getZExtValue();
7134 Value *X = nullptr;
7136 m_Zero())) &&
7137 IdxN == 0 && X->getType() == ReturnType)
7138 return X;
7139
7140 break;
7141 }
7142
7143 case Intrinsic::aarch64_sve_andv:
7144 case Intrinsic::aarch64_sve_eorv:
7145 case Intrinsic::aarch64_sve_orv:
7146 case Intrinsic::aarch64_sve_saddv:
7147 case Intrinsic::aarch64_sve_smaxv:
7148 case Intrinsic::aarch64_sve_sminv:
7149 case Intrinsic::aarch64_sve_uaddv:
7150 case Intrinsic::aarch64_sve_umaxv:
7151 case Intrinsic::aarch64_sve_uminv:
7152 return simplifySVEIntReduction(IID, ReturnType, Op0, Op1);
7153 default:
7154 break;
7155 }
7156
7157 return nullptr;
7158}
7159
7161 ArrayRef<Value *> Args,
7162 const SimplifyQuery &Q) {
7163 // Operand bundles should not be in Args.
7164 assert(Call->arg_size() == Args.size());
7165 unsigned NumOperands = Args.size();
7166 Function *F = cast<Function>(Callee);
7167 Intrinsic::ID IID = F->getIntrinsicID();
7168
7171 return PoisonValue::get(F->getReturnType());
7172 // Most of the intrinsics with no operands have some kind of side effect.
7173 // Don't simplify.
7174 if (!NumOperands) {
7175 switch (IID) {
7176 case Intrinsic::vscale: {
7177 Type *RetTy = F->getReturnType();
7178 ConstantRange CR = getVScaleRange(Call->getFunction(), 64);
7179 if (const APInt *C = CR.getSingleElement())
7180 return ConstantInt::get(RetTy, C->getZExtValue());
7181 return nullptr;
7182 }
7183 default:
7184 return nullptr;
7185 }
7186 }
7187
7188 if (NumOperands == 1)
7189 return simplifyUnaryIntrinsic(F, Args[0], Q, Call);
7190
7191 if (NumOperands == 2)
7192 return simplifyBinaryIntrinsic(IID, F->getReturnType(), Args[0], Args[1], Q,
7193 Call);
7194
7195 // Handle intrinsics with 3 or more arguments.
7196 switch (IID) {
7197 case Intrinsic::masked_load:
7198 case Intrinsic::masked_gather: {
7199 Value *MaskArg = Args[1];
7200 Value *PassthruArg = Args[2];
7201 // If the mask is all zeros or undef, the "passthru" argument is the result.
7202 if (maskIsAllZeroOrUndef(MaskArg))
7203 return PassthruArg;
7204 return nullptr;
7205 }
7206 case Intrinsic::fshl:
7207 case Intrinsic::fshr: {
7208 Value *Op0 = Args[0], *Op1 = Args[1], *ShAmtArg = Args[2];
7209
7210 // If both operands are undef, the result is undef.
7211 if (Q.isUndefValue(Op0) && Q.isUndefValue(Op1))
7212 return UndefValue::get(F->getReturnType());
7213
7214 // If shift amount is undef, assume it is zero.
7215 if (Q.isUndefValue(ShAmtArg))
7216 return Args[IID == Intrinsic::fshl ? 0 : 1];
7217
7218 const APInt *ShAmtC;
7219 if (match(ShAmtArg, m_APInt(ShAmtC))) {
7220 // If there's effectively no shift, return the 1st arg or 2nd arg.
7221 APInt BitWidth = APInt(ShAmtC->getBitWidth(), ShAmtC->getBitWidth());
7222 if (ShAmtC->urem(BitWidth).isZero())
7223 return Args[IID == Intrinsic::fshl ? 0 : 1];
7224 }
7225
7226 // Rotating zero by anything is zero.
7227 if (match(Op0, m_Zero()) && match(Op1, m_Zero()))
7228 return ConstantInt::getNullValue(F->getReturnType());
7229
7230 // Rotating -1 by anything is -1.
7231 if (match(Op0, m_AllOnes()) && match(Op1, m_AllOnes()))
7232 return ConstantInt::getAllOnesValue(F->getReturnType());
7233
7234 return nullptr;
7235 }
7236 case Intrinsic::experimental_constrained_fma: {
7238 if (Value *V = simplifyFPOp(Args, {}, Q, *FPI->getExceptionBehavior(),
7239 *FPI->getRoundingMode()))
7240 return V;
7241 return nullptr;
7242 }
7243 case Intrinsic::fma:
7244 case Intrinsic::fmuladd: {
7245 if (Value *V = simplifyFPOp(Args, {}, Q, fp::ebIgnore,
7247 return V;
7248 return nullptr;
7249 }
7250 case Intrinsic::smul_fix:
7251 case Intrinsic::smul_fix_sat: {
7252 Value *Op0 = Args[0];
7253 Value *Op1 = Args[1];
7254 Value *Op2 = Args[2];
7255 Type *ReturnType = F->getReturnType();
7256
7257 // Canonicalize constant operand as Op1 (ConstantFolding handles the case
7258 // when both Op0 and Op1 are constant so we do not care about that special
7259 // case here).
7260 if (isa<Constant>(Op0))
7261 std::swap(Op0, Op1);
7262
7263 // X * 0 -> 0
7264 if (match(Op1, m_Zero()))
7265 return Constant::getNullValue(ReturnType);
7266
7267 // X * undef -> 0
7268 if (Q.isUndefValue(Op1))
7269 return Constant::getNullValue(ReturnType);
7270
7271 // X * (1 << Scale) -> X
7272 APInt ScaledOne =
7273 APInt::getOneBitSet(ReturnType->getScalarSizeInBits(),
7274 cast<ConstantInt>(Op2)->getZExtValue());
7275 if (ScaledOne.isNonNegative() && match(Op1, m_SpecificInt(ScaledOne)))
7276 return Op0;
7277
7278 return nullptr;
7279 }
7280 case Intrinsic::vector_insert: {
7281 Value *Vec = Args[0];
7282 Value *SubVec = Args[1];
7283 Value *Idx = Args[2];
7284 Type *ReturnType = F->getReturnType();
7285
7286 // (insert_vector Y, (extract_vector X, 0), 0) -> X
7287 // where: Y is X, or Y is undef
7288 unsigned IdxN = cast<ConstantInt>(Idx)->getZExtValue();
7289 Value *X = nullptr;
7290 if (match(SubVec,
7292 (Q.isUndefValue(Vec) || Vec == X) && IdxN == 0 &&
7293 X->getType() == ReturnType)
7294 return X;
7295
7296 return nullptr;
7297 }
7298 case Intrinsic::experimental_constrained_fadd: {
7300 return simplifyFAddInst(Args[0], Args[1], FPI->getFastMathFlags(), Q,
7301 *FPI->getExceptionBehavior(),
7302 *FPI->getRoundingMode());
7303 }
7304 case Intrinsic::experimental_constrained_fsub: {
7306 return simplifyFSubInst(Args[0], Args[1], FPI->getFastMathFlags(), Q,
7307 *FPI->getExceptionBehavior(),
7308 *FPI->getRoundingMode());
7309 }
7310 case Intrinsic::experimental_constrained_fmul: {
7312 return simplifyFMulInst(Args[0], Args[1], FPI->getFastMathFlags(), Q,
7313 *FPI->getExceptionBehavior(),
7314 *FPI->getRoundingMode());
7315 }
7316 case Intrinsic::experimental_constrained_fdiv: {
7318 return simplifyFDivInst(Args[0], Args[1], FPI->getFastMathFlags(), Q,
7319 *FPI->getExceptionBehavior(),
7320 *FPI->getRoundingMode());
7321 }
7322 case Intrinsic::experimental_constrained_frem: {
7324 return simplifyFRemInst(Args[0], Args[1], FPI->getFastMathFlags(), Q,
7325 *FPI->getExceptionBehavior(),
7326 *FPI->getRoundingMode());
7327 }
7328 case Intrinsic::experimental_constrained_ldexp:
7329 return simplifyLdexp(Args[0], Args[1], Q, true);
7330 case Intrinsic::experimental_gc_relocate: {
7332 Value *DerivedPtr = GCR.getDerivedPtr();
7333 Value *BasePtr = GCR.getBasePtr();
7334
7335 // Undef is undef, even after relocation.
7336 if (isa<UndefValue>(DerivedPtr) || isa<UndefValue>(BasePtr)) {
7337 return UndefValue::get(GCR.getType());
7338 }
7339
7340 if (auto *PT = dyn_cast<PointerType>(GCR.getType())) {
7341 // For now, the assumption is that the relocation of null will be null
7342 // for most any collector. If this ever changes, a corresponding hook
7343 // should be added to GCStrategy and this code should check it first.
7344 if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(DerivedPtr)) {
7345 // Use null-pointer of gc_relocate's type to replace it.
7346 return ConstantPointerNull::get(PT);
7347 }
7348 }
7349 return nullptr;
7350 }
7351 case Intrinsic::experimental_vp_reverse: {
7352 Value *Vec = Call->getArgOperand(0);
7353 Value *EVL = Call->getArgOperand(2);
7354
7355 Value *X;
7356 // vp.reverse(vp.reverse(X)) == X (mask doesn't matter)
7358 m_Value(X), m_Value(), m_Specific(EVL))))
7359 return X;
7360
7361 // vp.reverse(splat(X)) -> splat(X) (regardless of mask and EVL)
7362 if (isSplatValue(Vec))
7363 return Vec;
7364 return nullptr;
7365 }
7366 default:
7367 return nullptr;
7368 }
7369}
7370
7372 ArrayRef<Value *> Args,
7373 const SimplifyQuery &Q) {
7374 auto *F = dyn_cast<Function>(Callee);
7375 if (!F || !canConstantFoldCallTo(Call, F))
7376 return nullptr;
7377
7378 SmallVector<Constant *, 4> ConstantArgs;
7379 ConstantArgs.reserve(Args.size());
7380 for (Value *Arg : Args) {
7382 if (!C) {
7383 if (isa<MetadataAsValue>(Arg))
7384 continue;
7385 return nullptr;
7386 }
7387 ConstantArgs.push_back(C);
7388 }
7389
7390 return ConstantFoldCall(Call, F, ConstantArgs, Q.TLI);
7391}
7392
7394 const SimplifyQuery &Q) {
7395 // Args should not contain operand bundle operands.
7396 assert(Call->arg_size() == Args.size());
7397
7398 // musttail calls can only be simplified if they are also DCEd.
7399 // As we can't guarantee this here, don't simplify them.
7400 if (Call->isMustTailCall())
7401 return nullptr;
7402
7403 // call undef -> poison
7404 // call null -> poison
7405 if (isa<UndefValue>(Callee) || isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Callee))
7406 return PoisonValue::get(Call->getType());
7407
7408 if (Value *V = tryConstantFoldCall(Call, Callee, Args, Q))
7409 return V;
7410
7411 auto *F = dyn_cast<Function>(Callee);
7412 if (F && F->isIntrinsic())
7413 if (Value *Ret = simplifyIntrinsic(Call, Callee, Args, Q))
7414 return Ret;
7415
7416 return nullptr;
7417}
7418
7421 SmallVector<Value *, 4> Args(Call->args());
7422 if (Value *V = tryConstantFoldCall(Call, Call->getCalledOperand(), Args, Q))
7423 return V;
7424 if (Value *Ret = simplifyIntrinsic(Call, Call->getCalledOperand(), Args, Q))
7425 return Ret;
7426 return nullptr;
7427}
7428
7429/// Given operands for a Freeze, see if we can fold the result.
7431 // Use a utility function defined in ValueTracking.
7433 return Op0;
7434 // We have room for improvement.
7435 return nullptr;
7436}
7437
7439 return ::simplifyFreezeInst(Op0, Q);
7440}
7441
7443 const SimplifyQuery &Q) {
7444 if (LI->isVolatile())
7445 return nullptr;
7446
7447 if (auto *PtrOpC = dyn_cast<Constant>(PtrOp))
7448 return ConstantFoldLoadFromConstPtr(PtrOpC, LI->getType(), Q.DL);
7449
7450 // We can only fold the load if it is from a constant global with definitive
7451 // initializer. Skip expensive logic if this is not the case.
7453 if (!GV || !GV->isConstant() || !GV->hasDefinitiveInitializer())
7454 return nullptr;
7455
7456 // If GlobalVariable's initializer is uniform, then return the constant
7457 // regardless of its offset.
7458 if (Constant *C = ConstantFoldLoadFromUniformValue(GV->getInitializer(),
7459 LI->getType(), Q.DL))
7460 return C;
7461
7462 // Try to convert operand into a constant by stripping offsets while looking
7463 // through invariant.group intrinsics.
7465 PtrOp = PtrOp->stripAndAccumulateConstantOffsets(
7466 Q.DL, Offset, /* AllowNonInbounts */ true,
7467 /* AllowInvariantGroup */ true);
7468 if (PtrOp == GV) {
7469 // Index size may have changed due to address space casts.
7470 Offset = Offset.sextOrTrunc(Q.DL.getIndexTypeSizeInBits(PtrOp->getType()));
7471 return ConstantFoldLoadFromConstPtr(GV, LI->getType(), std::move(Offset),
7472 Q.DL);
7473 }
7474
7475 return nullptr;
7476}
7477
7478/// See if we can compute a simplified version of this instruction.
7479/// If not, this returns null.
7480
7482 ArrayRef<Value *> NewOps,
7483 const SimplifyQuery &SQ,
7484 unsigned MaxRecurse) {
7485 assert(I->getFunction() && "instruction should be inserted in a function");
7486 assert((!SQ.CxtI || SQ.CxtI->getFunction() == I->getFunction()) &&
7487 "context instruction should be in the same function");
7488
7489 const SimplifyQuery Q = SQ.CxtI ? SQ : SQ.getWithInstruction(I);
7490
7491 switch (I->getOpcode()) {
7492 default:
7493 if (all_of(NewOps, IsaPred<Constant>)) {
7494 SmallVector<Constant *, 8> NewConstOps(NewOps.size());
7495 transform(NewOps, NewConstOps.begin(),
7496 [](Value *V) { return cast<Constant>(V); });
7497 return ConstantFoldInstOperands(I, NewConstOps, Q.DL, Q.TLI);
7498 }
7499 return nullptr;
7500 case Instruction::FNeg:
7501 return simplifyFNegInst(NewOps[0], I->getFastMathFlags(), Q, MaxRecurse);
7502 case Instruction::FAdd:
7503 return simplifyFAddInst(NewOps[0], NewOps[1], I->getFastMathFlags(), Q,
7504 MaxRecurse);
7505 case Instruction::Add:
7506 return simplifyAddInst(
7507 NewOps[0], NewOps[1], Q.IIQ.hasNoSignedWrap(cast<BinaryOperator>(I)),
7508 Q.IIQ.hasNoUnsignedWrap(cast<BinaryOperator>(I)), Q, MaxRecurse);
7509 case Instruction::FSub:
7510 return simplifyFSubInst(NewOps[0], NewOps[1], I->getFastMathFlags(), Q,
7511 MaxRecurse);
7512 case Instruction::Sub:
7513 return simplifySubInst(
7514 NewOps[0], NewOps[1], Q.IIQ.hasNoSignedWrap(cast<BinaryOperator>(I)),
7515 Q.IIQ.hasNoUnsignedWrap(cast<BinaryOperator>(I)), Q, MaxRecurse);
7516 case Instruction::FMul:
7517 return simplifyFMulInst(NewOps[0], NewOps[1], I->getFastMathFlags(), Q,
7518 MaxRecurse);
7519 case Instruction::Mul:
7520 return simplifyMulInst(
7521 NewOps[0], NewOps[1], Q.IIQ.hasNoSignedWrap(cast<BinaryOperator>(I)),
7522 Q.IIQ.hasNoUnsignedWrap(cast<BinaryOperator>(I)), Q, MaxRecurse);
7523 case Instruction::SDiv:
7524 return simplifySDivInst(NewOps[0], NewOps[1],
7526 MaxRecurse);
7527 case Instruction::UDiv:
7528 return simplifyUDivInst(NewOps[0], NewOps[1],
7530 MaxRecurse);
7531 case Instruction::FDiv:
7532 return simplifyFDivInst(NewOps[0], NewOps[1], I->getFastMathFlags(), Q,
7533 MaxRecurse);
7534 case Instruction::SRem:
7535 return simplifySRemInst(NewOps[0], NewOps[1], Q, MaxRecurse);
7536 case Instruction::URem:
7537 return simplifyURemInst(NewOps[0], NewOps[1], Q, MaxRecurse);
7538 case Instruction::FRem:
7539 return simplifyFRemInst(NewOps[0], NewOps[1], I->getFastMathFlags(), Q,
7540 MaxRecurse);
7541 case Instruction::Shl:
7542 return simplifyShlInst(
7543 NewOps[0], NewOps[1], Q.IIQ.hasNoSignedWrap(cast<BinaryOperator>(I)),
7544 Q.IIQ.hasNoUnsignedWrap(cast<BinaryOperator>(I)), Q, MaxRecurse);
7545 case Instruction::LShr:
7546 return simplifyLShrInst(NewOps[0], NewOps[1],
7548 MaxRecurse);
7549 case Instruction::AShr:
7550 return simplifyAShrInst(NewOps[0], NewOps[1],
7552 MaxRecurse);
7553 case Instruction::And:
7554 return simplifyAndInst(NewOps[0], NewOps[1], Q, MaxRecurse);
7555 case Instruction::Or:
7556 return simplifyOrInst(NewOps[0], NewOps[1], Q, MaxRecurse);
7557 case Instruction::Xor:
7558 return simplifyXorInst(NewOps[0], NewOps[1], Q, MaxRecurse);
7559 case Instruction::ICmp:
7560 return simplifyICmpInst(cast<ICmpInst>(I)->getCmpPredicate(), NewOps[0],
7561 NewOps[1], Q, MaxRecurse);
7562 case Instruction::FCmp:
7563 return simplifyFCmpInst(cast<FCmpInst>(I)->getPredicate(), NewOps[0],
7564 NewOps[1], I->getFastMathFlags(), Q, MaxRecurse);
7565 case Instruction::Select:
7566 return simplifySelectInst(NewOps[0], NewOps[1], NewOps[2], Q, MaxRecurse);
7567 case Instruction::GetElementPtr: {
7568 auto *GEPI = cast<GetElementPtrInst>(I);
7569 return simplifyGEPInst(GEPI->getSourceElementType(), NewOps[0],
7570 ArrayRef(NewOps).slice(1), GEPI->getNoWrapFlags(), Q,
7571 MaxRecurse);
7572 }
7573 case Instruction::InsertValue: {
7575 return simplifyInsertValueInst(NewOps[0], NewOps[1], IV->getIndices(), Q,
7576 MaxRecurse);
7577 }
7578 case Instruction::InsertElement:
7579 return simplifyInsertElementInst(NewOps[0], NewOps[1], NewOps[2], Q);
7580 case Instruction::ExtractValue: {
7581 auto *EVI = cast<ExtractValueInst>(I);
7582 return simplifyExtractValueInst(NewOps[0], EVI->getIndices(), Q,
7583 MaxRecurse);
7584 }
7585 case Instruction::ExtractElement:
7586 return simplifyExtractElementInst(NewOps[0], NewOps[1], Q, MaxRecurse);
7587 case Instruction::ShuffleVector: {
7588 auto *SVI = cast<ShuffleVectorInst>(I);
7589 return simplifyShuffleVectorInst(NewOps[0], NewOps[1],
7590 SVI->getShuffleMask(), SVI->getType(), Q,
7591 MaxRecurse);
7592 }
7593 case Instruction::PHI:
7594 return simplifyPHINode(cast<PHINode>(I), NewOps, Q);
7595 case Instruction::Call:
7596 return simplifyCall(
7597 cast<CallInst>(I), NewOps.back(),
7598 NewOps.drop_back(1 + cast<CallInst>(I)->getNumTotalBundleOperands()), Q);
7599 case Instruction::Freeze:
7600 return llvm::simplifyFreezeInst(NewOps[0], Q);
7601#define HANDLE_CAST_INST(num, opc, clas) case Instruction::opc:
7602#include "llvm/IR/Instruction.def"
7603#undef HANDLE_CAST_INST
7604 return simplifyCastInst(I->getOpcode(), NewOps[0], I->getType(), Q,
7605 MaxRecurse);
7606 case Instruction::Alloca:
7607 // No simplifications for Alloca and it can't be constant folded.
7608 return nullptr;
7609 case Instruction::Load:
7610 return simplifyLoadInst(cast<LoadInst>(I), NewOps[0], Q);
7611 }
7612}
7613
7615 ArrayRef<Value *> NewOps,
7616 const SimplifyQuery &SQ) {
7617 assert(NewOps.size() == I->getNumOperands() &&
7618 "Number of operands should match the instruction!");
7619 return ::simplifyInstructionWithOperands(I, NewOps, SQ, RecursionLimit);
7620}
7621
7623 SmallVector<Value *, 8> Ops(I->operands());
7625
7626 /// If called on unreachable code, the instruction may simplify to itself.
7627 /// Make life easier for users by detecting that case here, and returning a
7628 /// safe value instead.
7629 return Result == I ? PoisonValue::get(I->getType()) : Result;
7630}
7631
7632/// Implementation of recursive simplification through an instruction's
7633/// uses.
7634///
7635/// This is the common implementation of the recursive simplification routines.
7636/// If we have a pre-simplified value in 'SimpleV', that is forcibly used to
7637/// replace the instruction 'I'. Otherwise, we simply add 'I' to the list of
7638/// instructions to process and attempt to simplify it using
7639/// InstructionSimplify. Recursively visited users which could not be
7640/// simplified themselves are to the optional UnsimplifiedUsers set for
7641/// further processing by the caller.
7642///
7643/// This routine returns 'true' only when *it* simplifies something. The passed
7644/// in simplified value does not count toward this.
7646 Instruction *I, Value *SimpleV, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI,
7647 const DominatorTree *DT, AssumptionCache *AC,
7648 SmallSetVector<Instruction *, 8> *UnsimplifiedUsers = nullptr) {
7649 bool Simplified = false;
7651 const DataLayout &DL = I->getDataLayout();
7652
7653 // If we have an explicit value to collapse to, do that round of the
7654 // simplification loop by hand initially.
7655 if (SimpleV) {
7656 for (User *U : I->users())
7657 if (U != I)
7658 Worklist.insert(cast<Instruction>(U));
7659
7660 // Replace the instruction with its simplified value.
7661 I->replaceAllUsesWith(SimpleV);
7662
7663 if (!I->isEHPad() && !I->isTerminator() && !I->mayHaveSideEffects())
7664 I->eraseFromParent();
7665 } else {
7666 Worklist.insert(I);
7667 }
7668
7669 // Note that we must test the size on each iteration, the worklist can grow.
7670 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx != Worklist.size(); ++Idx) {
7671 I = Worklist[Idx];
7672
7673 // See if this instruction simplifies.
7674 SimpleV = simplifyInstruction(I, {DL, TLI, DT, AC});
7675 if (!SimpleV) {
7676 if (UnsimplifiedUsers)
7677 UnsimplifiedUsers->insert(I);
7678 continue;
7679 }
7680
7681 Simplified = true;
7682
7683 // Stash away all the uses of the old instruction so we can check them for
7684 // recursive simplifications after a RAUW. This is cheaper than checking all
7685 // uses of To on the recursive step in most cases.
7686 for (User *U : I->users())
7687 Worklist.insert(cast<Instruction>(U));
7688
7689 // Replace the instruction with its simplified value.
7690 I->replaceAllUsesWith(SimpleV);
7691
7692 if (!I->isEHPad() && !I->isTerminator() && !I->mayHaveSideEffects())
7693 I->eraseFromParent();
7694 }
7695 return Simplified;
7696}
7697
7699 Instruction *I, Value *SimpleV, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI,
7700 const DominatorTree *DT, AssumptionCache *AC,
7701 SmallSetVector<Instruction *, 8> *UnsimplifiedUsers) {
7702 assert(I != SimpleV && "replaceAndRecursivelySimplify(X,X) is not valid!");
7703 assert(SimpleV && "Must provide a simplified value.");
7704 return replaceAndRecursivelySimplifyImpl(I, SimpleV, TLI, DT, AC,
7705 UnsimplifiedUsers);
7706}
7707
7708namespace llvm {
7710 auto *DTWP = P.getAnalysisIfAvailable<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>();
7711 auto *DT = DTWP ? &DTWP->getDomTree() : nullptr;
7712 auto *TLIWP = P.getAnalysisIfAvailable<TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass>();
7713 auto *TLI = TLIWP ? &TLIWP->getTLI(F) : nullptr;
7714 auto *ACWP = P.getAnalysisIfAvailable<AssumptionCacheTracker>();
7715 auto *AC = ACWP ? &ACWP->getAssumptionCache(F) : nullptr;
7716 return {F.getDataLayout(), TLI, DT, AC};
7717}
7718
7720 const DataLayout &DL) {
7721 return {DL, &AR.TLI, &AR.DT, &AR.AC};
7722}
7723
7724template <class T, class... TArgs>
7726 Function &F) {
7727 auto *DT = AM.template getCachedResult<DominatorTreeAnalysis>(F);
7728 auto *TLI = AM.template getCachedResult<TargetLibraryAnalysis>(F);
7729 auto *AC = AM.template getCachedResult<AssumptionAnalysis>(F);
7730 return {F.getDataLayout(), TLI, DT, AC};
7731}
7733 Function &);
7734
7736 if (!CanUseUndef)
7737 return false;
7738
7739 return match(V, m_Undef());
7740}
7741
7742} // namespace llvm
7743
7744void InstSimplifyFolder::anchor() {}
assert(UImm &&(UImm !=~static_cast< T >(0)) &&"Invalid immediate!")
MachineBasicBlock MachineBasicBlock::iterator DebugLoc DL
static GCRegistry::Add< ErlangGC > A("erlang", "erlang-compatible garbage collector")
static GCRegistry::Add< StatepointGC > D("statepoint-example", "an example strategy for statepoint")
static GCRegistry::Add< CoreCLRGC > E("coreclr", "CoreCLR-compatible GC")
static GCRegistry::Add< OcamlGC > B("ocaml", "ocaml 3.10-compatible GC")
IRTranslator LLVM IR MI
static Value * simplifyCmpSelFalseCase(CmpPredicate Pred, Value *LHS, Value *RHS, Value *Cond, const SimplifyQuery &Q, unsigned MaxRecurse)
Simplify comparison with false branch of select.
static Value * simplifyCmpSelCase(CmpPredicate Pred, Value *LHS, Value *RHS, Value *Cond, const SimplifyQuery &Q, unsigned MaxRecurse, Constant *TrueOrFalse)
Simplify comparison with true or false branch of select: sel = select i1 cond, i32 tv,...
static Value * foldMinMaxSharedOp(Intrinsic::ID IID, Value *Op0, Value *Op1)
Given a min/max intrinsic, see if it can be removed based on having an operand that is another min/ma...
static Value * expandCommutativeBinOp(Instruction::BinaryOps Opcode, Value *L, Value *R, Instruction::BinaryOps OpcodeToExpand, const SimplifyQuery &Q, unsigned MaxRecurse)
Try to simplify binops of form "A op (B op' C)" or the commuted variant by distributing op over op'.
static Constant * foldOrCommuteConstant(Instruction::BinaryOps Opcode, Value *&Op0, Value *&Op1, const SimplifyQuery &Q)
static bool haveNonOverlappingStorage(const Value *V1, const Value *V2)
Return true if V1 and V2 are each the base of some distict storage region [V, object_size(V)] which d...
static Constant * foldConstant(Instruction::UnaryOps Opcode, Value *&Op, const SimplifyQuery &Q)
static Value * handleOtherCmpSelSimplifications(Value *TCmp, Value *FCmp, Value *Cond, const SimplifyQuery &Q, unsigned MaxRecurse)
We know comparison with both branches of select can be simplified, but they are not equal.
static Value * threadCmpOverPHI(CmpPredicate Pred, Value *LHS, Value *RHS, const SimplifyQuery &Q, unsigned MaxRecurse)
In the case of a comparison with a PHI instruction, try to simplify the comparison by seeing whether ...
static Constant * propagateNaN(Constant *In)
Try to propagate existing NaN values when possible.
static Value * simplifyICmpOfBools(CmpPredicate Pred, Value *LHS, Value *RHS, const SimplifyQuery &Q)
Fold an icmp when its operands have i1 scalar type.
static Value * simplifyICmpWithBinOpOnLHS(CmpPredicate Pred, BinaryOperator *LBO, Value *RHS, const SimplifyQuery &Q, unsigned MaxRecurse)
static void getUnsignedMonotonicValues(SmallPtrSetImpl< Value * > &Res, Value *V, MonotonicType Type, const SimplifyQuery &Q, unsigned Depth=0)
Get values V_i such that V uge V_i (GreaterEq) or V ule V_i (LowerEq).
static Value * simplifyRelativeLoad(Constant *Ptr, Constant *Offset, const DataLayout &DL)
static Value * simplifyDiv(Instruction::BinaryOps Opcode, Value *Op0, Value *Op1, bool IsExact, const SimplifyQuery &Q, unsigned MaxRecurse)
These are simplifications common to SDiv and UDiv.
static Value * simplifyPHINode(PHINode *PN, ArrayRef< Value * > IncomingValues, const SimplifyQuery &Q)
See if we can fold the given phi. If not, returns null.
@ RecursionLimit
static bool isSameCompare(Value *V, CmpPredicate Pred, Value *LHS, Value *RHS)
isSameCompare - Is V equivalent to the comparison "LHS Pred RHS"?
static Value * simplifyAndCommutative(Value *Op0, Value *Op1, const SimplifyQuery &Q, unsigned MaxRecurse)
static bool isIdempotent(Intrinsic::ID ID)
static std::optional< ConstantRange > getRange(Value *V, const InstrInfoQuery &IIQ)
Helper method to get range from metadata or attribute.
static Value * simplifyAndOrOfICmpsWithCtpop(ICmpInst *Cmp0, ICmpInst *Cmp1, bool IsAnd)
Try to simplify and/or of icmp with ctpop intrinsic.
static Value * simplifyUnsignedRangeCheck(ICmpInst *ZeroICmp, ICmpInst *UnsignedICmp, bool IsAnd, const SimplifyQuery &Q)
Commuted variants are assumed to be handled by calling this function again with the parameters swappe...
static Value * tryConstantFoldCall(CallBase *Call, Value *Callee, ArrayRef< Value * > Args, const SimplifyQuery &Q)
static Value * simplifyWithOpsReplaced(Value *V, ArrayRef< std::pair< Value *, Value * > > Ops, const SimplifyQuery &Q, bool AllowRefinement, SmallVectorImpl< Instruction * > *DropFlags, unsigned MaxRecurse)
static Value * simplifyAndOfICmpsWithAdd(ICmpInst *Op0, ICmpInst *Op1, const InstrInfoQuery &IIQ)
static Value * simplifyAndOrOfFCmpsWithConstants(FCmpInst *Cmp0, FCmpInst *Cmp1, bool IsAnd)
Test if a pair of compares with a shared operand and 2 constants has an empty set intersection,...
static Value * simplifyICmpWithMinMax(CmpPredicate Pred, Value *LHS, Value *RHS, const SimplifyQuery &Q, unsigned MaxRecurse)
simplify integer comparisons where at least one operand of the compare matches an integer min/max idi...
static Value * simplifyCmpSelTrueCase(CmpPredicate Pred, Value *LHS, Value *RHS, Value *Cond, const SimplifyQuery &Q, unsigned MaxRecurse)
Simplify comparison with true branch of select.
static Value * simplifyIntrinsic(CallBase *Call, Value *Callee, ArrayRef< Value * > Args, const SimplifyQuery &Q)
static Value * simplifyICmpUsingMonotonicValues(CmpPredicate Pred, Value *LHS, Value *RHS, const SimplifyQuery &Q)
static bool isPoisonShift(Value *Amount, const SimplifyQuery &Q)
Returns true if a shift by Amount always yields poison.
static Value * simplifyRightShift(Instruction::BinaryOps Opcode, Value *Op0, Value *Op1, bool IsExact, const SimplifyQuery &Q, unsigned MaxRecurse)
Given operands for an LShr or AShr, see if we can fold the result.
static Value * simplifyICmpWithIntrinsicOnLHS(CmpPredicate Pred, Value *LHS, Value *RHS)
static Value * simplifyByDomEq(unsigned Opcode, Value *Op0, Value *Op1, const SimplifyQuery &Q, unsigned MaxRecurse)
Test if there is a dominating equivalence condition for the two operands.
static Value * simplifyFPUnOp(unsigned, Value *, const FastMathFlags &, const SimplifyQuery &, unsigned)
Given the operand for a UnaryOperator, see if we can fold the result.
static Value * simplifyICmpWithBinOp(CmpPredicate Pred, Value *LHS, Value *RHS, const SimplifyQuery &Q, unsigned MaxRecurse)
TODO: A large part of this logic is duplicated in InstCombine's foldICmpBinOp().
static Value * simplifyOrOfICmps(ICmpInst *Op0, ICmpInst *Op1, const SimplifyQuery &Q)
static Value * expandBinOp(Instruction::BinaryOps Opcode, Value *V, Value *OtherOp, Instruction::BinaryOps OpcodeToExpand, const SimplifyQuery &Q, unsigned MaxRecurse)
Try to simplify a binary operator of form "V op OtherOp" where V is "(B0 opex B1)" by distributing 'o...
static Value * simplifyICmpWithZero(CmpPredicate Pred, Value *LHS, Value *RHS, const SimplifyQuery &Q)
Try hard to fold icmp with zero RHS because this is a common case.
static Value * simplifySelectWithFCmp(Value *Cond, Value *T, Value *F, const SimplifyQuery &Q, unsigned MaxRecurse)
Try to simplify a select instruction when its condition operand is a floating-point comparison.
static Constant * getFalse(Type *Ty)
For a boolean type or a vector of boolean type, return false or a vector with every element false.
static Value * simplifyDivRem(Instruction::BinaryOps Opcode, Value *Op0, Value *Op1, const SimplifyQuery &Q, unsigned MaxRecurse)
Check for common or similar folds of integer division or integer remainder.
static bool removesFPFraction(Intrinsic::ID ID)
Return true if the intrinsic rounds a floating-point value to an integral floating-point value (not a...
static Value * simplifyOrOfICmpsWithAdd(ICmpInst *Op0, ICmpInst *Op1, const InstrInfoQuery &IIQ)
static Value * simplifySelectWithEquivalence(ArrayRef< std::pair< Value *, Value * > > Replacements, Value *TrueVal, Value *FalseVal, const SimplifyQuery &Q, unsigned MaxRecurse)
Try to simplify a select instruction when its condition operand is an integer equality or floating-po...
static bool trySimplifyICmpWithAdds(CmpPredicate Pred, Value *LHS, Value *RHS, const InstrInfoQuery &IIQ)
static Value * simplifySelectBitTest(Value *TrueVal, Value *FalseVal, Value *X, const APInt *Y, bool TrueWhenUnset)
Try to simplify a select instruction when its condition operand is an integer comparison where one op...
static Value * simplifyAssociativeBinOp(Instruction::BinaryOps Opcode, Value *LHS, Value *RHS, const SimplifyQuery &Q, unsigned MaxRecurse)
Generic simplifications for associative binary operations.
static Value * threadBinOpOverPHI(Instruction::BinaryOps Opcode, Value *LHS, Value *RHS, const SimplifyQuery &Q, unsigned MaxRecurse)
In the case of a binary operation with an operand that is a PHI instruction, try to simplify the bino...
static Value * simplifyCmpSelOfMaxMin(Value *CmpLHS, Value *CmpRHS, CmpPredicate Pred, Value *TVal, Value *FVal)
static Constant * simplifyFPOp(ArrayRef< Value * > Ops, FastMathFlags FMF, const SimplifyQuery &Q, fp::ExceptionBehavior ExBehavior, RoundingMode Rounding)
Perform folds that are common to any floating-point operation.
static Value * threadCmpOverSelect(CmpPredicate Pred, Value *LHS, Value *RHS, const SimplifyQuery &Q, unsigned MaxRecurse)
In the case of a comparison with a select instruction, try to simplify the comparison by seeing wheth...
static bool replaceAndRecursivelySimplifyImpl(Instruction *I, Value *SimpleV, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI, const DominatorTree *DT, AssumptionCache *AC, SmallSetVector< Instruction *, 8 > *UnsimplifiedUsers=nullptr)
Implementation of recursive simplification through an instruction's uses.
static bool isAllocDisjoint(const Value *V)
Return true if the underlying object (storage) must be disjoint from storage returned by any noalias ...
static Constant * getTrue(Type *Ty)
For a boolean type or a vector of boolean type, return true or a vector with every element true.
static bool isDivZero(Value *X, Value *Y, const SimplifyQuery &Q, unsigned MaxRecurse, bool IsSigned)
Return true if we can simplify X / Y to 0.
static Value * simplifyLdexp(Value *Op0, Value *Op1, const SimplifyQuery &Q, bool IsStrict)
static Value * simplifyLogicOfAddSub(Value *Op0, Value *Op1, Instruction::BinaryOps Opcode)
Given a bitwise logic op, check if the operands are add/sub with a common source value and inverted c...
static Value * simplifySelectWithBitTest(Value *CondVal, Value *TrueVal, Value *FalseVal)
An alternative way to test if a bit is set or not.
static Value * simplifyOrLogic(Value *X, Value *Y)
static Type * getCompareTy(Value *Op)
static Value * simplifyAndOfICmps(ICmpInst *Op0, ICmpInst *Op1, const SimplifyQuery &Q)
static bool isICmpTrue(CmpPredicate Pred, Value *LHS, Value *RHS, const SimplifyQuery &Q, unsigned MaxRecurse)
Given a predicate and two operands, return true if the comparison is true.
bool isSelectWithIdenticalPHI(PHINode &PN, PHINode &IdenticalPN)
Look for the following pattern and simplify to_fold to identicalPhi.
static APInt stripAndComputeConstantOffsets(const DataLayout &DL, Value *&V)
Compute the base pointer and cumulative constant offsets for V.
static Value * foldIdentityShuffles(int DestElt, Value *Op0, Value *Op1, int MaskVal, Value *RootVec, unsigned MaxRecurse)
For the given destination element of a shuffle, peek through shuffles to match a root vector source o...
static Value * simplifyAndOrOfFCmps(const SimplifyQuery &Q, FCmpInst *LHS, FCmpInst *RHS, bool IsAnd)
static MinMaxOptResult OptimizeConstMinMax(const Constant *RHSConst, const Intrinsic::ID IID, const CallBase *Call, Constant **OutNewConstVal)
static Value * simplifyICmpWithConstant(CmpPredicate Pred, Value *LHS, Value *RHS, const SimplifyQuery &Q)
static Value * extractEquivalentCondition(Value *V, CmpPredicate Pred, Value *LHS, Value *RHS)
Rummage around inside V looking for something equivalent to the comparison "LHS Pred RHS".
static Value * simplifyAndOrOfCmps(const SimplifyQuery &Q, Value *Op0, Value *Op1, bool IsAnd)
static Value * threadBinOpOverSelect(Instruction::BinaryOps Opcode, Value *LHS, Value *RHS, const SimplifyQuery &Q, unsigned MaxRecurse)
In the case of a binary operation with a select instruction as an operand, try to simplify the binop ...
static Constant * computePointerDifference(const DataLayout &DL, Value *LHS, Value *RHS)
Compute the constant difference between two pointer values.
static Value * simplifyAndOrOfICmpsWithConstants(ICmpInst *Cmp0, ICmpInst *Cmp1, bool IsAnd)
Test if a pair of compares with a shared operand and 2 constants has an empty set intersection,...
static Value * simplifyAndOrWithICmpEq(unsigned Opcode, Value *Op0, Value *Op1, const SimplifyQuery &Q, unsigned MaxRecurse)
static Value * simplifyICmpWithDominatingAssume(CmpPredicate Predicate, Value *LHS, Value *RHS, const SimplifyQuery &Q)
static Value * simplifyShift(Instruction::BinaryOps Opcode, Value *Op0, Value *Op1, bool IsNSW, const SimplifyQuery &Q, unsigned MaxRecurse)
Given operands for an Shl, LShr or AShr, see if we can fold the result.
static Value * simplifySVEIntReduction(Intrinsic::ID IID, Type *ReturnType, Value *Op0, Value *Op1)
static Constant * computePointerICmp(CmpPredicate Pred, Value *LHS, Value *RHS, const SimplifyQuery &Q)
static Value * simplifyRem(Instruction::BinaryOps Opcode, Value *Op0, Value *Op1, const SimplifyQuery &Q, unsigned MaxRecurse)
These are simplifications common to SRem and URem.
static bool valueDominatesPHI(Value *V, PHINode *P, const DominatorTree *DT)
Does the given value dominate the specified phi node?
static Value * simplifySelectWithICmpCond(Value *CondVal, Value *TrueVal, Value *FalseVal, const SimplifyQuery &Q, unsigned MaxRecurse)
Try to simplify a select instruction when its condition operand is an integer comparison.
static Value * foldMinimumMaximumSharedOp(Intrinsic::ID IID, Value *Op0, Value *Op1)
Given a min/max intrinsic, see if it can be removed based on having an operand that is another min/ma...
static Value * simplifyUnaryIntrinsic(Function *F, Value *Op0, const SimplifyQuery &Q, const CallBase *Call)
const AbstractManglingParser< Derived, Alloc >::OperatorInfo AbstractManglingParser< Derived, Alloc >::Ops[]
This header provides classes for managing per-loop analyses.
#define F(x, y, z)
Definition MD5.cpp:54
#define I(x, y, z)
Definition MD5.cpp:57
#define T
uint64_t IntrinsicInst * II
#define P(N)
const SmallVectorImpl< MachineOperand > & Cond
This file contains some templates that are useful if you are working with the STL at all.
This file implements a set that has insertion order iteration characteristics.
This file defines the 'Statistic' class, which is designed to be an easy way to expose various metric...
#define STATISTIC(VARNAME, DESC)
Definition Statistic.h:171
static unsigned getScalarSizeInBits(Type *Ty)
static TableGen::Emitter::Opt Y("gen-skeleton-entry", EmitSkeleton, "Generate example skeleton entry")
static TableGen::Emitter::OptClass< SkeletonEmitter > X("gen-skeleton-class", "Generate example skeleton class")
static SymbolRef::Type getType(const Symbol *Sym)
Definition TapiFile.cpp:39
Value * RHS
Value * LHS
BinaryOperator * Mul
static const uint32_t IV[8]
Definition blake3_impl.h:83
bool isNegative() const
Definition APFloat.h:1512
APFloat makeQuiet() const
Assuming this is an IEEE-754 NaN value, quiet its signaling bit.
Definition APFloat.h:1379
bool isNaN() const
Definition APFloat.h:1510
bool isSignaling() const
Definition APFloat.h:1514
bool isLargest() const
Definition APFloat.h:1528
bool isInfinity() const
Definition APFloat.h:1509
Class for arbitrary precision integers.
Definition APInt.h:78
LLVM_ABI APInt zextOrTrunc(unsigned width) const
Zero extend or truncate to width.
Definition APInt.cpp:1044
unsigned getActiveBits() const
Compute the number of active bits in the value.
Definition APInt.h:1521
static APInt getMaxValue(unsigned numBits)
Gets maximum unsigned value of APInt for specific bit width.
Definition APInt.h:207
bool isZero() const
Determine if this value is zero, i.e. all bits are clear.
Definition APInt.h:381
LLVM_ABI APInt urem(const APInt &RHS) const
Unsigned remainder operation.
Definition APInt.cpp:1677
void setSignBit()
Set the sign bit to 1.
Definition APInt.h:1349
unsigned getBitWidth() const
Return the number of bits in the APInt.
Definition APInt.h:1497
bool ult(const APInt &RHS) const
Unsigned less than comparison.
Definition APInt.h:1112
static APInt getSignedMaxValue(unsigned numBits)
Gets maximum signed value of APInt for a specific bit width.
Definition APInt.h:210
bool intersects(const APInt &RHS) const
This operation tests if there are any pairs of corresponding bits between this APInt and RHS that are...
Definition APInt.h:1250
bool sle(const APInt &RHS) const
Signed less or equal comparison.
Definition APInt.h:1167
unsigned countr_zero() const
Count the number of trailing zero bits.
Definition APInt.h:1648
static APInt getSignedMinValue(unsigned numBits)
Gets minimum signed value of APInt for a specific bit width.
Definition APInt.h:220
bool isNonPositive() const
Determine if this APInt Value is non-positive (<= 0).
Definition APInt.h:362
LLVM_ABI APInt sextOrTrunc(unsigned width) const
Sign extend or truncate to width.
Definition APInt.cpp:1052
bool isStrictlyPositive() const
Determine if this APInt Value is positive.
Definition APInt.h:357
uint64_t getLimitedValue(uint64_t Limit=UINT64_MAX) const
If this value is smaller than the specified limit, return it, otherwise return the limit value.
Definition APInt.h:476
bool getBoolValue() const
Convert APInt to a boolean value.
Definition APInt.h:472
LLVM_ABI APInt srem(const APInt &RHS) const
Function for signed remainder operation.
Definition APInt.cpp:1747
bool isMask(unsigned numBits) const
Definition APInt.h:489
bool isMaxSignedValue() const
Determine if this is the largest signed value.
Definition APInt.h:406
bool isNonNegative() const
Determine if this APInt Value is non-negative (>= 0)
Definition APInt.h:335
bool ule(const APInt &RHS) const
Unsigned less or equal comparison.
Definition APInt.h:1151
bool isSubsetOf(const APInt &RHS) const
This operation checks that all bits set in this APInt are also set in RHS.
Definition APInt.h:1258
bool isPowerOf2() const
Check if this APInt's value is a power of two greater than zero.
Definition APInt.h:441
static APInt getLowBitsSet(unsigned numBits, unsigned loBitsSet)
Constructs an APInt value that has the bottom loBitsSet bits set.
Definition APInt.h:307
bool isSignBitSet() const
Determine if sign bit of this APInt is set.
Definition APInt.h:342
static APInt getHighBitsSet(unsigned numBits, unsigned hiBitsSet)
Constructs an APInt value that has the top hiBitsSet bits set.
Definition APInt.h:297
static APInt getZero(unsigned numBits)
Get the '0' value for the specified bit-width.
Definition APInt.h:201
bool isOne() const
Determine if this is a value of 1.
Definition APInt.h:390
static APInt getOneBitSet(unsigned numBits, unsigned BitNo)
Return an APInt with exactly one bit set in the result.
Definition APInt.h:240
bool uge(const APInt &RHS) const
Unsigned greater or equal comparison.
Definition APInt.h:1222
an instruction to allocate memory on the stack
A container for analyses that lazily runs them and caches their results.
This class represents an incoming formal argument to a Function.
Definition Argument.h:32
ArrayRef - Represent a constant reference to an array (0 or more elements consecutively in memory),...
Definition ArrayRef.h:40
const T & back() const
back - Get the last element.
Definition ArrayRef.h:151
size_t size() const
size - Get the array size.
Definition ArrayRef.h:142
ArrayRef< T > drop_back(size_t N=1) const
Drop the last N elements of the array.
Definition ArrayRef.h:201
bool empty() const
empty - Check if the array is empty.
Definition ArrayRef.h:137
ArrayRef< T > slice(size_t N, size_t M) const
slice(n, m) - Chop off the first N elements of the array, and keep M elements in the array.
Definition ArrayRef.h:186
An immutable pass that tracks lazily created AssumptionCache objects.
AssumptionCache & getAssumptionCache(Function &F)
Get the cached assumptions for a function.
A cache of @llvm.assume calls within a function.
MutableArrayRef< ResultElem > assumptionsFor(const Value *V)
Access the list of assumptions which affect this value.
Functions, function parameters, and return types can have attributes to indicate how they should be t...
Definition Attributes.h:69
LLVM_ABI std::optional< unsigned > getVScaleRangeMax() const
Returns the maximum value for the vscale_range attribute or std::nullopt when unknown.
bool isValid() const
Return true if the attribute is any kind of attribute.
Definition Attributes.h:223
LLVM Basic Block Representation.
Definition BasicBlock.h:62
const Instruction * getTerminator() const LLVM_READONLY
Returns the terminator instruction if the block is well formed or null if the block is not well forme...
Definition BasicBlock.h:233
BinaryOps getOpcode() const
Definition InstrTypes.h:374
Base class for all callable instructions (InvokeInst and CallInst) Holds everything related to callin...
This class represents a function call, abstracting a target machine's calling convention.
static LLVM_ABI unsigned isEliminableCastPair(Instruction::CastOps firstOpcode, Instruction::CastOps secondOpcode, Type *SrcTy, Type *MidTy, Type *DstTy, const DataLayout *DL)
Determine how a pair of casts can be eliminated, if they can be at all.
This class is the base class for the comparison instructions.
Definition InstrTypes.h:664
static Type * makeCmpResultType(Type *opnd_type)
Create a result type for fcmp/icmp.
Definition InstrTypes.h:982
Predicate getStrictPredicate() const
For example, SGE -> SGT, SLE -> SLT, ULE -> ULT, UGE -> UGT.
Definition InstrTypes.h:858
bool isFalseWhenEqual() const
This is just a convenience.
Definition InstrTypes.h:948
Predicate
This enumeration lists the possible predicates for CmpInst subclasses.
Definition InstrTypes.h:676
@ FCMP_OEQ
0 0 0 1 True if ordered and equal
Definition InstrTypes.h:679
@ FCMP_TRUE
1 1 1 1 Always true (always folded)
Definition InstrTypes.h:693
@ ICMP_SLT
signed less than
Definition InstrTypes.h:705
@ ICMP_SLE
signed less or equal
Definition InstrTypes.h:706
@ FCMP_OLT
0 1 0 0 True if ordered and less than
Definition InstrTypes.h:682
@ FCMP_ULE
1 1 0 1 True if unordered, less than, or equal
Definition InstrTypes.h:691
@ FCMP_OGT
0 0 1 0 True if ordered and greater than
Definition InstrTypes.h:680
@ FCMP_OGE
0 0 1 1 True if ordered and greater than or equal
Definition InstrTypes.h:681
@ ICMP_UGE
unsigned greater or equal
Definition InstrTypes.h:700
@ ICMP_UGT
unsigned greater than
Definition InstrTypes.h:699
@ ICMP_SGT
signed greater than
Definition InstrTypes.h:703
@ FCMP_ULT
1 1 0 0 True if unordered or less than
Definition InstrTypes.h:690
@ FCMP_ONE
0 1 1 0 True if ordered and operands are unequal
Definition InstrTypes.h:684
@ FCMP_UEQ
1 0 0 1 True if unordered or equal
Definition InstrTypes.h:687
@ ICMP_ULT
unsigned less than
Definition InstrTypes.h:701
@ FCMP_UGT
1 0 1 0 True if unordered or greater than
Definition InstrTypes.h:688
@ FCMP_OLE
0 1 0 1 True if ordered and less than or equal
Definition InstrTypes.h:683
@ FCMP_ORD
0 1 1 1 True if ordered (no nans)
Definition InstrTypes.h:685
@ ICMP_NE
not equal
Definition InstrTypes.h:698
@ ICMP_SGE
signed greater or equal
Definition InstrTypes.h:704
@ FCMP_UNE
1 1 1 0 True if unordered or not equal
Definition InstrTypes.h:692
@ ICMP_ULE
unsigned less or equal
Definition InstrTypes.h:702
@ FCMP_UGE
1 0 1 1 True if unordered, greater than, or equal
Definition InstrTypes.h:689
@ FCMP_FALSE
0 0 0 0 Always false (always folded)
Definition InstrTypes.h:678
@ FCMP_UNO
1 0 0 0 True if unordered: isnan(X) | isnan(Y)
Definition InstrTypes.h:686
bool isSigned() const
Definition InstrTypes.h:930
Predicate getSwappedPredicate() const
For example, EQ->EQ, SLE->SGE, ULT->UGT, OEQ->OEQ, ULE->UGE, OLT->OGT, etc.
Definition InstrTypes.h:827
bool isTrueWhenEqual() const
This is just a convenience.
Definition InstrTypes.h:942
static bool isFPPredicate(Predicate P)
Definition InstrTypes.h:770
Predicate getNonStrictPredicate() const
For example, SGT -> SGE, SLT -> SLE, ULT -> ULE, UGT -> UGE.
Definition InstrTypes.h:871
Predicate getInversePredicate() const
For example, EQ -> NE, UGT -> ULE, SLT -> SGE, OEQ -> UNE, UGT -> OLE, OLT -> UGE,...
Definition InstrTypes.h:789
Predicate getPredicate() const
Return the predicate for this instruction.
Definition InstrTypes.h:765
static LLVM_ABI bool isUnordered(Predicate predicate)
Determine if the predicate is an unordered operation.
static bool isIntPredicate(Predicate P)
Definition InstrTypes.h:776
static LLVM_ABI bool isOrdered(Predicate predicate)
Determine if the predicate is an ordered operation.
bool isUnsigned() const
Definition InstrTypes.h:936
An abstraction over a floating-point predicate, and a pack of an integer predicate with samesign info...
static LLVM_ABI Constant * getIntToPtr(Constant *C, Type *Ty, bool OnlyIfReduced=false)
static LLVM_ABI Constant * getExtractElement(Constant *Vec, Constant *Idx, Type *OnlyIfReducedTy=nullptr)
static LLVM_ABI Constant * getBinOpAbsorber(unsigned Opcode, Type *Ty, bool AllowLHSConstant=false)
Return the absorbing element for the given binary operation, i.e.
static LLVM_ABI Constant * getNot(Constant *C)
static LLVM_ABI Constant * getInsertElement(Constant *Vec, Constant *Elt, Constant *Idx, Type *OnlyIfReducedTy=nullptr)
static LLVM_ABI Constant * getShuffleVector(Constant *V1, Constant *V2, ArrayRef< int > Mask, Type *OnlyIfReducedTy=nullptr)
static bool isSupportedGetElementPtr(const Type *SrcElemTy)
Whether creating a constant expression for this getelementptr type is supported.
Definition Constants.h:1397
static Constant * getGetElementPtr(Type *Ty, Constant *C, ArrayRef< Constant * > IdxList, GEPNoWrapFlags NW=GEPNoWrapFlags::none(), std::optional< ConstantRange > InRange=std::nullopt, Type *OnlyIfReducedTy=nullptr)
Getelementptr form.
Definition Constants.h:1284
static LLVM_ABI Constant * getBinOpIdentity(unsigned Opcode, Type *Ty, bool AllowRHSConstant=false, bool NSZ=false)
Return the identity constant for a binary opcode.
static LLVM_ABI std::optional< ConstantFPRange > makeExactFCmpRegion(FCmpInst::Predicate Pred, const APFloat &Other)
Produce the exact range such that all values in the returned range satisfy the given predicate with a...
ConstantFP - Floating Point Values [float, double].
Definition Constants.h:282
const APFloat & getValueAPF() const
Definition Constants.h:325
static LLVM_ABI Constant * getZero(Type *Ty, bool Negative=false)
static Constant * getNegativeZero(Type *Ty)
Definition Constants.h:320
static LLVM_ABI Constant * getNaN(Type *Ty, bool Negative=false, uint64_t Payload=0)
This is the shared class of boolean and integer constants.
Definition Constants.h:87
static LLVM_ABI ConstantInt * getTrue(LLVMContext &Context)
static ConstantInt * getSigned(IntegerType *Ty, int64_t V, bool ImplicitTrunc=false)
Return a ConstantInt with the specified value for the specified type.
Definition Constants.h:135
static LLVM_ABI ConstantInt * getFalse(LLVMContext &Context)
uint64_t getZExtValue() const
Return the constant as a 64-bit unsigned integer value after it has been zero extended as appropriate...
Definition Constants.h:168
static LLVM_ABI ConstantInt * getBool(LLVMContext &Context, bool V)
static LLVM_ABI ConstantPointerNull * get(PointerType *T)
Static factory methods - Return objects of the specified value.
This class represents a range of values.
const APInt * getSingleElement() const
If this set contains a single element, return it, otherwise return null.
LLVM_ABI bool isFullSet() const
Return true if this set contains all of the elements possible for this data-type.
LLVM_ABI bool isEmptySet() const
Return true if this set contains no members.
static LLVM_ABI ConstantRange makeExactICmpRegion(CmpInst::Predicate Pred, const APInt &Other)
Produce the exact range such that all values in the returned range satisfy the given predicate with a...
LLVM_ABI ConstantRange inverse() const
Return a new range that is the logical not of the current set.
LLVM_ABI bool contains(const APInt &Val) const
Return true if the specified value is in the set.
static LLVM_ABI Constant * get(StructType *T, ArrayRef< Constant * > V)
static LLVM_ABI Constant * getSplat(ElementCount EC, Constant *Elt)
Return a ConstantVector with the specified constant in each element.
static LLVM_ABI Constant * get(ArrayRef< Constant * > V)
This is an important base class in LLVM.
Definition Constant.h:43
static LLVM_ABI Constant * getAllOnesValue(Type *Ty)
LLVM_ABI bool isAllOnesValue() const
Return true if this is the value that would be returned by getAllOnesValue.
LLVM_ABI bool isMaxSignedValue() const
Return true if the value is the largest signed value.
static LLVM_ABI Constant * getNullValue(Type *Ty)
Constructor to create a '0' constant of arbitrary type.
LLVM_ABI bool isNaN() const
Return true if this is a floating-point NaN constant or a vector floating-point constant with all NaN...
LLVM_ABI bool isMinSignedValue() const
Return true if the value is the smallest signed value.
LLVM_ABI Constant * getAggregateElement(unsigned Elt) const
For aggregates (struct/array/vector) return the constant that corresponds to the specified element if...
LLVM_ABI bool isNullValue() const
Return true if this is the value that would be returned by getNullValue.
Definition Constants.cpp:90
A parsed version of the target data layout string in and methods for querying it.
Definition DataLayout.h:64
unsigned getAddressSizeInBits(unsigned AS) const
The size in bits of an address in for the given AS.
Definition DataLayout.h:507
IntegerType * getAddressType(LLVMContext &C, unsigned AddressSpace) const
Returns the type of an address in AddressSpace.
Definition DataLayout.h:670
LLVM_ABI unsigned getIndexTypeSizeInBits(Type *Ty) const
The size in bits of the index used in GEP calculation for this type.
LLVM_ABI IntegerType * getIndexType(LLVMContext &C, unsigned AddressSpace) const
Returns the type of a GEP index in AddressSpace.
LLVM_ABI TypeSize getTypeAllocSize(Type *Ty) const
Returns the offset in bytes between successive objects of the specified type, including alignment pad...
unsigned getIndexSizeInBits(unsigned AS) const
The size in bits of indices used for address calculation in getelementptr and for addresses in the gi...
Definition DataLayout.h:498
TypeSize getTypeSizeInBits(Type *Ty) const
Size examples:
Definition DataLayout.h:771
Legacy analysis pass which computes a DominatorTree.
Definition Dominators.h:321
DominatorTree & getDomTree()
Definition Dominators.h:329
Concrete subclass of DominatorTreeBase that is used to compute a normal dominator tree.
Definition Dominators.h:164
LLVM_ABI bool dominates(const BasicBlock *BB, const Use &U) const
Return true if the (end of the) basic block BB dominates the use U.
This instruction extracts a struct member or array element value from an aggregate value.
This instruction compares its operands according to the predicate given to the constructor.
Convenience struct for specifying and reasoning about fast-math flags.
Definition FMF.h:22
bool noSignedZeros() const
Definition FMF.h:67
bool noInfs() const
Definition FMF.h:66
bool allowReassoc() const
Flag queries.
Definition FMF.h:64
bool noNaNs() const
Definition FMF.h:65
Represents calls to the gc.relocate intrinsic.
LLVM_ABI Value * getBasePtr() const
LLVM_ABI Value * getDerivedPtr() const
Represents flags for the getelementptr instruction/expression.
static LLVM_ABI Type * getIndexedType(Type *Ty, ArrayRef< Value * > IdxList)
Returns the result type of a getelementptr with the given source element type and indexes.
This instruction compares its operands according to the predicate given to the constructor.
static LLVM_ABI bool compare(const APInt &LHS, const APInt &RHS, ICmpInst::Predicate Pred)
Return result of LHS Pred RHS comparison.
Predicate getSignedPredicate() const
For example, EQ->EQ, SLE->SLE, UGT->SGT, etc.
bool isEquality() const
Return true if this predicate is either EQ or NE.
static bool isEquality(Predicate P)
Return true if this predicate is either EQ or NE.
bool isRelational() const
Return true if the predicate is relational (not EQ or NE).
Predicate getUnsignedPredicate() const
For example, EQ->EQ, SLE->ULE, UGT->UGT, etc.
This instruction inserts a struct field of array element value into an aggregate value.
LLVM_ABI bool hasNoSignedZeros() const LLVM_READONLY
Determine whether the no-signed-zeros flag is set.
static bool isBitwiseLogicOp(unsigned Opcode)
Determine if the Opcode is and/or/xor.
LLVM_ABI bool isAssociative() const LLVM_READONLY
Return true if the instruction is associative:
LLVM_ABI bool isCommutative() const LLVM_READONLY
Return true if the instruction is commutative:
LLVM_ABI const Function * getFunction() const
Return the function this instruction belongs to.
An instruction for reading from memory.
bool isVolatile() const
Return true if this is a load from a volatile memory location.
Metadata node.
Definition Metadata.h:1078
static APInt getSaturationPoint(Intrinsic::ID ID, unsigned numBits)
Min/max intrinsics are monotonic, they operate on a fixed-bitwidth values, so there is a certain thre...
static ICmpInst::Predicate getPredicate(Intrinsic::ID ID)
Returns the comparison predicate underlying the intrinsic.
op_range incoming_values()
Value * getIncomingValueForBlock(const BasicBlock *BB) const
BasicBlock * getIncomingBlock(unsigned i) const
Return incoming basic block number i.
Value * getIncomingValue(unsigned i) const
Return incoming value number x.
unsigned getNumIncomingValues() const
Return the number of incoming edges.
Pass interface - Implemented by all 'passes'.
Definition Pass.h:99
static LLVM_ABI PoisonValue * get(Type *T)
Static factory methods - Return an 'poison' object of the specified type.
This class represents a sign extension of integer types.
This class represents the LLVM 'select' instruction.
const Value * getFalseValue() const
const Value * getTrueValue() const
size_type size() const
Determine the number of elements in the SetVector.
Definition SetVector.h:103
bool insert(const value_type &X)
Insert a new element into the SetVector.
Definition SetVector.h:151
static void commuteShuffleMask(MutableArrayRef< int > Mask, unsigned InVecNumElts)
Change values in a shuffle permute mask assuming the two vector operands of length InVecNumElts have ...
A templated base class for SmallPtrSet which provides the typesafe interface that is common across al...
std::pair< iterator, bool > insert(PtrType Ptr)
Inserts Ptr if and only if there is no element in the container equal to Ptr.
bool contains(ConstPtrType Ptr) const
SmallPtrSet - This class implements a set which is optimized for holding SmallSize or less elements.
A SetVector that performs no allocations if smaller than a certain size.
Definition SetVector.h:339
This class consists of common code factored out of the SmallVector class to reduce code duplication b...
void assign(size_type NumElts, ValueParamT Elt)
void reserve(size_type N)
void push_back(const T &Elt)
This is a 'vector' (really, a variable-sized array), optimized for the case when the array is small.
TargetLibraryInfo & getTLI(const Function &F)
Provides information about what library functions are available for the current target.
The instances of the Type class are immutable: once they are created, they are never changed.
Definition Type.h:45
bool isVectorTy() const
True if this is an instance of VectorType.
Definition Type.h:273
static LLVM_ABI IntegerType * getInt32Ty(LLVMContext &C)
Definition Type.cpp:296
bool isIntOrIntVectorTy() const
Return true if this is an integer type or a vector of integer types.
Definition Type.h:246
LLVM_ABI unsigned getPointerAddressSpace() const
Get the address space of this pointer or pointer vector type.
Type * getScalarType() const
If this is a vector type, return the element type, otherwise return 'this'.
Definition Type.h:352
LLVMContext & getContext() const
Return the LLVMContext in which this type was uniqued.
Definition Type.h:128
LLVM_ABI unsigned getScalarSizeInBits() const LLVM_READONLY
If this is a vector type, return the getPrimitiveSizeInBits value for the element type.
Definition Type.cpp:230
static LLVM_ABI UndefValue * get(Type *T)
Static factory methods - Return an 'undef' object of the specified type.
A Use represents the edge between a Value definition and its users.
Definition Use.h:35
Value * getOperand(unsigned i) const
Definition User.h:207
LLVM Value Representation.
Definition Value.h:75
Type * getType() const
All values are typed, get the type of this value.
Definition Value.h:256
const Value * stripAndAccumulateInBoundsConstantOffsets(const DataLayout &DL, APInt &Offset) const
This is a wrapper around stripAndAccumulateConstantOffsets with the in-bounds requirement set to fals...
Definition Value.h:759
LLVMContext & getContext() const
All values hold a context through their type.
Definition Value.h:259
LLVM_ABI const Value * stripAndAccumulateConstantOffsets(const DataLayout &DL, APInt &Offset, bool AllowNonInbounds, bool AllowInvariantGroup=false, function_ref< bool(Value &Value, APInt &Offset)> ExternalAnalysis=nullptr, bool LookThroughIntToPtr=false) const
Accumulate the constant offset this value has compared to a base pointer.
Base class of all SIMD vector types.
static LLVM_ABI VectorType * get(Type *ElementType, ElementCount EC)
This static method is the primary way to construct an VectorType.
This class represents zero extension of integer types.
constexpr ScalarTy getFixedValue() const
Definition TypeSize.h:200
constexpr bool isScalable() const
Returns whether the quantity is scaled by a runtime quantity (vscale).
Definition TypeSize.h:168
constexpr bool isFixed() const
Returns true if the quantity is not scaled by vscale.
Definition TypeSize.h:171
constexpr ScalarTy getKnownMinValue() const
Returns the minimum value this quantity can represent.
Definition TypeSize.h:165
const ParentTy * getParent() const
Definition ilist_node.h:34
CallInst * Call
#define llvm_unreachable(msg)
Marks that the current location is not supposed to be reachable.
unsigned ID
LLVM IR allows to use arbitrary numbers as calling convention identifiers.
Definition CallingConv.h:24
@ C
The default llvm calling convention, compatible with C.
Definition CallingConv.h:34
SpecificConstantMatch m_ZeroInt()
Convenience matchers for specific integer values.
BinaryOp_match< SpecificConstantMatch, SrcTy, TargetOpcode::G_SUB > m_Neg(const SrcTy &&Src)
Matches a register negated by a G_SUB.
BinaryOp_match< SrcTy, SpecificConstantMatch, TargetOpcode::G_XOR, true > m_Not(const SrcTy &&Src)
Matches a register not-ed by a G_XOR.
cst_pred_ty< is_all_ones > m_AllOnes()
Match an integer or vector with all bits set.
cst_pred_ty< is_lowbit_mask > m_LowBitMask()
Match an integer or vector with only the low bit(s) set.
BinaryOp_match< LHS, RHS, Instruction::And > m_And(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
PtrAdd_match< PointerOpTy, OffsetOpTy > m_PtrAdd(const PointerOpTy &PointerOp, const OffsetOpTy &OffsetOp)
Matches GEP with i8 source element type.
cst_pred_ty< is_negative > m_Negative()
Match an integer or vector of negative values.
BinaryOp_match< LHS, RHS, Instruction::Add > m_Add(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
class_match< BinaryOperator > m_BinOp()
Match an arbitrary binary operation and ignore it.
CmpClass_match< LHS, RHS, FCmpInst > m_FCmp(CmpPredicate &Pred, const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
BinaryOp_match< LHS, RHS, Instruction::FMul, true > m_c_FMul(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
Matches FMul with LHS and RHS in either order.
cst_pred_ty< is_sign_mask > m_SignMask()
Match an integer or vector with only the sign bit(s) set.
BinaryOp_match< LHS, RHS, Instruction::AShr > m_AShr(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
auto m_PtrToIntOrAddr(const OpTy &Op)
Matches PtrToInt or PtrToAddr.
cstfp_pred_ty< is_inf > m_Inf()
Match a positive or negative infinity FP constant.
m_Intrinsic_Ty< Opnd0 >::Ty m_BitReverse(const Opnd0 &Op0)
BinaryOp_match< LHS, RHS, Instruction::FSub > m_FSub(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
cst_pred_ty< is_power2 > m_Power2()
Match an integer or vector power-of-2.
BinaryOp_match< cstfp_pred_ty< is_any_zero_fp >, RHS, Instruction::FSub > m_FNegNSZ(const RHS &X)
Match 'fneg X' as 'fsub +-0.0, X'.
BinaryOp_match< LHS, RHS, Instruction::URem > m_URem(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
class_match< Constant > m_Constant()
Match an arbitrary Constant and ignore it.
ap_match< APInt > m_APInt(const APInt *&Res)
Match a ConstantInt or splatted ConstantVector, binding the specified pointer to the contained APInt.
BinaryOp_match< LHS, RHS, Instruction::And, true > m_c_And(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
Matches an And with LHS and RHS in either order.
CastInst_match< OpTy, TruncInst > m_Trunc(const OpTy &Op)
Matches Trunc.
BinaryOp_match< LHS, RHS, Instruction::Xor > m_Xor(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
ap_match< APInt > m_APIntAllowPoison(const APInt *&Res)
Match APInt while allowing poison in splat vector constants.
specific_intval< false > m_SpecificInt(const APInt &V)
Match a specific integer value or vector with all elements equal to the value.
bool match(Val *V, const Pattern &P)
BinOpPred_match< LHS, RHS, is_idiv_op > m_IDiv(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
Matches integer division operations.
cstfp_pred_ty< is_any_zero_fp > m_AnyZeroFP()
Match a floating-point negative zero or positive zero.
specificval_ty m_Specific(const Value *V)
Match if we have a specific specified value.
BinOpPred_match< LHS, RHS, is_right_shift_op > m_Shr(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
Matches logical shift operations.
ap_match< APFloat > m_APFloat(const APFloat *&Res)
Match a ConstantFP or splatted ConstantVector, binding the specified pointer to the contained APFloat...
ap_match< APFloat > m_APFloatAllowPoison(const APFloat *&Res)
Match APFloat while allowing poison in splat vector constants.
CmpClass_match< LHS, RHS, ICmpInst, true > m_c_ICmp(CmpPredicate &Pred, const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
Matches an ICmp with a predicate over LHS and RHS in either order.
auto match_fn(const Pattern &P)
A match functor that can be used as a UnaryPredicate in functional algorithms like all_of.
TwoOps_match< Val_t, Idx_t, Instruction::ExtractElement > m_ExtractElt(const Val_t &Val, const Idx_t &Idx)
Matches ExtractElementInst.
class_match< ConstantInt > m_ConstantInt()
Match an arbitrary ConstantInt and ignore it.
cst_pred_ty< is_one > m_One()
Match an integer 1 or a vector with all elements equal to 1.
IntrinsicID_match m_Intrinsic()
Match intrinsic calls like this: m_Intrinsic<Intrinsic::fabs>(m_Value(X))
ThreeOps_match< Cond, LHS, RHS, Instruction::Select > m_Select(const Cond &C, const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
Matches SelectInst.
cstfp_pred_ty< is_neg_zero_fp > m_NegZeroFP()
Match a floating-point negative zero.
specific_fpval m_SpecificFP(double V)
Match a specific floating point value or vector with all elements equal to the value.
match_combine_and< LTy, RTy > m_CombineAnd(const LTy &L, const RTy &R)
Combine two pattern matchers matching L && R.
MaxMin_match< ICmpInst, LHS, RHS, smin_pred_ty > m_SMin(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
m_Intrinsic_Ty< Opnd0 >::Ty m_Sqrt(const Opnd0 &Op0)
BinaryOp_match< LHS, RHS, Instruction::Xor, true > m_c_Xor(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
Matches an Xor with LHS and RHS in either order.
BinaryOp_match< LHS, RHS, Instruction::Mul > m_Mul(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
deferredval_ty< Value > m_Deferred(Value *const &V)
Like m_Specific(), but works if the specific value to match is determined as part of the same match()...
cst_pred_ty< is_zero_int > m_ZeroInt()
Match an integer 0 or a vector with all elements equal to 0.
OverflowingBinaryOp_match< LHS, RHS, Instruction::Shl, OverflowingBinaryOperator::NoSignedWrap > m_NSWShl(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
CastInst_match< OpTy, ZExtInst > m_ZExt(const OpTy &Op)
Matches ZExt.
OverflowingBinaryOp_match< LHS, RHS, Instruction::Shl, OverflowingBinaryOperator::NoUnsignedWrap > m_NUWShl(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
OverflowingBinaryOp_match< LHS, RHS, Instruction::Mul, OverflowingBinaryOperator::NoUnsignedWrap > m_NUWMul(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
BinaryOp_match< LHS, RHS, Instruction::UDiv > m_UDiv(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
MaxMin_match< ICmpInst, LHS, RHS, umax_pred_ty > m_UMax(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
match_immconstant_ty m_ImmConstant()
Match an arbitrary immediate Constant and ignore it.
cst_pred_ty< custom_checkfn< APInt > > m_CheckedInt(function_ref< bool(const APInt &)> CheckFn)
Match an integer or vector where CheckFn(ele) for each element is true.
specific_fpval m_FPOne()
Match a float 1.0 or vector with all elements equal to 1.0.
BinaryOp_match< LHS, RHS, Instruction::Add, true > m_c_Add(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
Matches a Add with LHS and RHS in either order.
CastInst_match< OpTy, UIToFPInst > m_UIToFP(const OpTy &Op)
m_Intrinsic_Ty< Opnd0, Opnd1, Opnd2 >::Ty m_FShl(const Opnd0 &Op0, const Opnd1 &Op1, const Opnd2 &Op2)
match_combine_or< match_combine_or< MaxMin_match< ICmpInst, LHS, RHS, smax_pred_ty, true >, MaxMin_match< ICmpInst, LHS, RHS, smin_pred_ty, true > >, match_combine_or< MaxMin_match< ICmpInst, LHS, RHS, umax_pred_ty, true >, MaxMin_match< ICmpInst, LHS, RHS, umin_pred_ty, true > > > m_c_MaxOrMin(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
BinaryOp_match< LHS, RHS, Instruction::SDiv > m_SDiv(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
OverflowingBinaryOp_match< LHS, RHS, Instruction::Sub, OverflowingBinaryOperator::NoUnsignedWrap > m_NUWSub(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
MaxMin_match< ICmpInst, LHS, RHS, smax_pred_ty > m_SMax(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
class_match< Value > m_Value()
Match an arbitrary value and ignore it.
OverflowingBinaryOp_match< LHS, RHS, Instruction::Add, OverflowingBinaryOperator::NoSignedWrap > m_NSWAdd(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
CastInst_match< OpTy, SIToFPInst > m_SIToFP(const OpTy &Op)
BinaryOp_match< LHS, RHS, Instruction::LShr > m_LShr(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
CmpClass_match< LHS, RHS, ICmpInst > m_ICmp(CmpPredicate &Pred, const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
Exact_match< T > m_Exact(const T &SubPattern)
FNeg_match< OpTy > m_FNeg(const OpTy &X)
Match 'fneg X' as 'fsub -0.0, X'.
cstfp_pred_ty< is_pos_zero_fp > m_PosZeroFP()
Match a floating-point positive zero.
BinaryOp_match< LHS, RHS, Instruction::FAdd, true > m_c_FAdd(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
Matches FAdd with LHS and RHS in either order.
LogicalOp_match< LHS, RHS, Instruction::And, true > m_c_LogicalAnd(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
Matches L && R with LHS and RHS in either order.
BinaryOp_match< LHS, RHS, Instruction::Shl > m_Shl(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
m_Intrinsic_Ty< Opnd0 >::Ty m_VecReverse(const Opnd0 &Op0)
match_combine_or< match_combine_or< MaxMin_match< ICmpInst, LHS, RHS, smax_pred_ty >, MaxMin_match< ICmpInst, LHS, RHS, smin_pred_ty > >, match_combine_or< MaxMin_match< ICmpInst, LHS, RHS, umax_pred_ty >, MaxMin_match< ICmpInst, LHS, RHS, umin_pred_ty > > > m_MaxOrMin(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
m_Intrinsic_Ty< Opnd0, Opnd1, Opnd2 >::Ty m_FShr(const Opnd0 &Op0, const Opnd1 &Op1, const Opnd2 &Op2)
BinaryOp_match< LHS, RHS, Instruction::SRem > m_SRem(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
auto m_Undef()
Match an arbitrary undef constant.
cstfp_pred_ty< is_nan > m_NaN()
Match an arbitrary NaN constant.
BinaryOp_match< LHS, RHS, Instruction::Or > m_Or(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
m_Intrinsic_Ty< Opnd0 >::Ty m_BSwap(const Opnd0 &Op0)
CastInst_match< OpTy, SExtInst > m_SExt(const OpTy &Op)
Matches SExt.
is_zero m_Zero()
Match any null constant or a vector with all elements equal to 0.
BinaryOp_match< LHS, RHS, Instruction::Or, true > m_c_Or(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
Matches an Or with LHS and RHS in either order.
LogicalOp_match< LHS, RHS, Instruction::Or, true > m_c_LogicalOr(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
Matches L || R with LHS and RHS in either order.
ThreeOps_match< Val_t, Elt_t, Idx_t, Instruction::InsertElement > m_InsertElt(const Val_t &Val, const Elt_t &Elt, const Idx_t &Idx)
Matches InsertElementInst.
ElementWiseBitCast_match< OpTy > m_ElementWiseBitCast(const OpTy &Op)
m_Intrinsic_Ty< Opnd0 >::Ty m_FAbs(const Opnd0 &Op0)
BinaryOp_match< LHS, RHS, Instruction::Mul, true > m_c_Mul(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
Matches a Mul with LHS and RHS in either order.
CastOperator_match< OpTy, Instruction::PtrToInt > m_PtrToInt(const OpTy &Op)
Matches PtrToInt.
OverflowingBinaryOp_match< LHS, RHS, Instruction::Mul, OverflowingBinaryOperator::NoSignedWrap > m_NSWMul(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
BinaryOp_match< LHS, RHS, Instruction::Sub > m_Sub(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
MaxMin_match< ICmpInst, LHS, RHS, umin_pred_ty > m_UMin(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
match_combine_or< LTy, RTy > m_CombineOr(const LTy &L, const RTy &R)
Combine two pattern matchers matching L || R.
ExceptionBehavior
Exception behavior used for floating point operations.
Definition FPEnv.h:39
@ ebStrict
This corresponds to "fpexcept.strict".
Definition FPEnv.h:42
@ ebIgnore
This corresponds to "fpexcept.ignore".
Definition FPEnv.h:40
This is an optimization pass for GlobalISel generic memory operations.
Definition Types.h:26
LLVM_ABI Intrinsic::ID getInverseMinMaxIntrinsic(Intrinsic::ID MinMaxID)
LLVM_ABI Value * simplifyAShrInst(Value *Op0, Value *Op1, bool IsExact, const SimplifyQuery &Q)
Given operands for a AShr, fold the result or return nulll.
unsigned Log2_32_Ceil(uint32_t Value)
Return the ceil log base 2 of the specified value, 32 if the value is zero.
Definition MathExtras.h:344
@ Offset
Definition DWP.cpp:532
LLVM_ABI KnownFPClass computeKnownFPClass(const Value *V, const APInt &DemandedElts, FPClassTest InterestedClasses, const SimplifyQuery &SQ, unsigned Depth=0)
Determine which floating-point classes are valid for V, and return them in KnownFPClass bit sets.
bool all_of(R &&range, UnaryPredicate P)
Provide wrappers to std::all_of which take ranges instead of having to pass begin/end explicitly.
Definition STLExtras.h:1737
LLVM_ABI Value * simplifyFMulInst(Value *LHS, Value *RHS, FastMathFlags FMF, const SimplifyQuery &Q, fp::ExceptionBehavior ExBehavior=fp::ebIgnore, RoundingMode Rounding=RoundingMode::NearestTiesToEven)
Given operands for an FMul, fold the result or return null.
LLVM_ABI Value * simplifyGEPInst(Type *SrcTy, Value *Ptr, ArrayRef< Value * > Indices, GEPNoWrapFlags NW, const SimplifyQuery &Q)
Given operands for a GetElementPtrInst, fold the result or return null.
LLVM_ABI bool isValidAssumeForContext(const Instruction *I, const Instruction *CxtI, const DominatorTree *DT=nullptr, bool AllowEphemerals=false)
Return true if it is valid to use the assumptions provided by an assume intrinsic,...
LLVM_ABI bool canCreatePoison(const Operator *Op, bool ConsiderFlagsAndMetadata=true)
LLVM_ABI Constant * ConstantFoldSelectInstruction(Constant *Cond, Constant *V1, Constant *V2)
Attempt to constant fold a select instruction with the specified operands.
LLVM_ABI Value * simplifyFreezeInst(Value *Op, const SimplifyQuery &Q)
Given an operand for a Freeze, see if we can fold the result.
LLVM_ABI Constant * ConstantFoldFPInstOperands(unsigned Opcode, Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS, const DataLayout &DL, const Instruction *I, bool AllowNonDeterministic=true)
Attempt to constant fold a floating point binary operation with the specified operands,...
LLVM_ABI bool isSignBitCheck(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, const APInt &RHS, bool &TrueIfSigned)
Given an exploded icmp instruction, return true if the comparison only checks the sign bit.
LLVM_ABI bool canConstantFoldCallTo(const CallBase *Call, const Function *F)
canConstantFoldCallTo - Return true if its even possible to fold a call to the specified function.
LLVM_ABI APInt getMinMaxLimit(SelectPatternFlavor SPF, unsigned BitWidth)
Return the minimum or maximum constant value for the specified integer min/max flavor and type.
decltype(auto) dyn_cast(const From &Val)
dyn_cast<X> - Return the argument parameter cast to the specified type.
Definition Casting.h:643
LLVM_ABI Value * simplifySDivInst(Value *LHS, Value *RHS, bool IsExact, const SimplifyQuery &Q)
Given operands for an SDiv, fold the result or return null.
FunctionAddr VTableAddr uintptr_t uintptr_t Int32Ty
Definition InstrProf.h:296
LLVM_ABI Value * simplifyUnOp(unsigned Opcode, Value *Op, const SimplifyQuery &Q)
Given operand for a UnaryOperator, fold the result or return null.
bool isDefaultFPEnvironment(fp::ExceptionBehavior EB, RoundingMode RM)
Returns true if the exception handling behavior and rounding mode match what is used in the default f...
Definition FPEnv.h:68
LLVM_ABI Value * simplifyMulInst(Value *LHS, Value *RHS, bool IsNSW, bool IsNUW, const SimplifyQuery &Q)
Given operands for a Mul, fold the result or return null.
LLVM_ABI bool IsConstantOffsetFromGlobal(Constant *C, GlobalValue *&GV, APInt &Offset, const DataLayout &DL, DSOLocalEquivalent **DSOEquiv=nullptr)
If this constant is a constant offset from a global, return the global and the constant.
LLVM_ABI Value * simplifyInstructionWithOperands(Instruction *I, ArrayRef< Value * > NewOps, const SimplifyQuery &Q)
Like simplifyInstruction but the operands of I are replaced with NewOps.
LLVM_ABI Value * simplifyCall(CallBase *Call, Value *Callee, ArrayRef< Value * > Args, const SimplifyQuery &Q)
Given a callsite, callee, and arguments, fold the result or return null.
LLVM_ABI Constant * ConstantFoldCompareInstOperands(unsigned Predicate, Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS, const DataLayout &DL, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI=nullptr, const Instruction *I=nullptr)
Attempt to constant fold a compare instruction (icmp/fcmp) with the specified operands.
bool canRoundingModeBe(RoundingMode RM, RoundingMode QRM)
Returns true if the rounding mode RM may be QRM at compile time or at run time.
Definition FPEnv.h:80
LLVM_ABI bool isNoAliasCall(const Value *V)
Return true if this pointer is returned by a noalias function.
LLVM_ABI Value * simplifyFCmpInst(CmpPredicate Predicate, Value *LHS, Value *RHS, FastMathFlags FMF, const SimplifyQuery &Q)
Given operands for an FCmpInst, fold the result or return null.
LLVM_ABI Value * getSplatValue(const Value *V)
Get splat value if the input is a splat vector or return nullptr.
LLVM_ABI Constant * ConstantFoldGetElementPtr(Type *Ty, Constant *C, std::optional< ConstantRange > InRange, ArrayRef< Value * > Idxs)
LLVM_ABI CmpInst::Predicate getMinMaxPred(SelectPatternFlavor SPF, bool Ordered=false)
Return the canonical comparison predicate for the specified minimum/maximum flavor.
constexpr auto equal_to(T &&Arg)
Functor variant of std::equal_to that can be used as a UnaryPredicate in functional algorithms like a...
Definition STLExtras.h:2163
LLVM_ABI Value * simplifyShuffleVectorInst(Value *Op0, Value *Op1, ArrayRef< int > Mask, Type *RetTy, const SimplifyQuery &Q)
Given operands for a ShuffleVectorInst, fold the result or return null.
LLVM_ABI Constant * ConstantFoldCall(const CallBase *Call, Function *F, ArrayRef< Constant * > Operands, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI=nullptr, bool AllowNonDeterministic=true)
ConstantFoldCall - Attempt to constant fold a call to the specified function with the specified argum...
LLVM_ABI Value * simplifyOrInst(Value *LHS, Value *RHS, const SimplifyQuery &Q)
Given operands for an Or, fold the result or return null.
LLVM_ABI Value * simplifyXorInst(Value *LHS, Value *RHS, const SimplifyQuery &Q)
Given operands for an Xor, fold the result or return null.
LLVM_ABI ConstantRange getConstantRangeFromMetadata(const MDNode &RangeMD)
Parse out a conservative ConstantRange from !range metadata.
LLVM_ABI ConstantRange computeConstantRange(const Value *V, bool ForSigned, bool UseInstrInfo=true, AssumptionCache *AC=nullptr, const Instruction *CtxI=nullptr, const DominatorTree *DT=nullptr, unsigned Depth=0)
Determine the possible constant range of an integer or vector of integer value.
LLVM_ABI Constant * ConstantFoldExtractValueInstruction(Constant *Agg, ArrayRef< unsigned > Idxs)
Attempt to constant fold an extractvalue instruction with the specified operands and indices.
LLVM_ABI bool isAllocLikeFn(const Value *V, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI)
Tests if a value is a call or invoke to a library function that allocates memory (either malloc,...
LLVM_ABI bool MaskedValueIsZero(const Value *V, const APInt &Mask, const SimplifyQuery &SQ, unsigned Depth=0)
Return true if 'V & Mask' is known to be zero.
LLVM_ABI Value * simplifyCastInst(unsigned CastOpc, Value *Op, Type *Ty, const SimplifyQuery &Q)
Given operands for a CastInst, fold the result or return null.
LLVM_ABI Value * simplifyInstruction(Instruction *I, const SimplifyQuery &Q)
See if we can compute a simplified version of this instruction.
unsigned M1(unsigned Val)
Definition VE.h:377
LLVM_ABI Value * simplifySubInst(Value *LHS, Value *RHS, bool IsNSW, bool IsNUW, const SimplifyQuery &Q)
Given operands for a Sub, fold the result or return null.
LLVM_ABI Value * simplifyAddInst(Value *LHS, Value *RHS, bool IsNSW, bool IsNUW, const SimplifyQuery &Q)
Given operands for an Add, fold the result or return null.
LLVM_ABI Constant * ConstantFoldConstant(const Constant *C, const DataLayout &DL, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI=nullptr)
ConstantFoldConstant - Fold the constant using the specified DataLayout.
auto dyn_cast_or_null(const Y &Val)
Definition Casting.h:753
OutputIt transform(R &&Range, OutputIt d_first, UnaryFunction F)
Wrapper function around std::transform to apply a function to a range and store the result elsewhere.
Definition STLExtras.h:2016
bool any_of(R &&range, UnaryPredicate P)
Provide wrappers to std::any_of which take ranges instead of having to pass begin/end explicitly.
Definition STLExtras.h:1744
LLVM_ABI bool getObjectSize(const Value *Ptr, uint64_t &Size, const DataLayout &DL, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI, ObjectSizeOpts Opts={})
Compute the size of the object pointed by Ptr.
LLVM_ABI bool isSplatValue(const Value *V, int Index=-1, unsigned Depth=0)
Return true if each element of the vector value V is poisoned or equal to every other non-poisoned el...
LLVM_ABI Constant * ConstantFoldLoadFromUniformValue(Constant *C, Type *Ty, const DataLayout &DL)
If C is a uniform value where all bits are the same (either all zero, all ones, all undef or all pois...
LLVM_ABI SelectPatternFlavor getInverseMinMaxFlavor(SelectPatternFlavor SPF)
Return the inverse minimum/maximum flavor of the specified flavor.
LLVM_ABI bool replaceAndRecursivelySimplify(Instruction *I, Value *SimpleV, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI=nullptr, const DominatorTree *DT=nullptr, AssumptionCache *AC=nullptr, SmallSetVector< Instruction *, 8 > *UnsimplifiedUsers=nullptr)
Replace all uses of 'I' with 'SimpleV' and simplify the uses recursively.
LLVM_ABI Constant * ConstantFoldUnaryOpOperand(unsigned Opcode, Constant *Op, const DataLayout &DL)
Attempt to constant fold a unary operation with the specified operand.
SelectPatternFlavor
Specific patterns of select instructions we can match.
LLVM_ABI Value * simplifyShlInst(Value *Op0, Value *Op1, bool IsNSW, bool IsNUW, const SimplifyQuery &Q)
Given operands for a Shl, fold the result or return null.
LLVM_ABI Value * simplifyFNegInst(Value *Op, FastMathFlags FMF, const SimplifyQuery &Q)
Given operand for an FNeg, fold the result or return null.
LLVM_ABI Value * simplifyFSubInst(Value *LHS, Value *RHS, FastMathFlags FMF, const SimplifyQuery &Q, fp::ExceptionBehavior ExBehavior=fp::ebIgnore, RoundingMode Rounding=RoundingMode::NearestTiesToEven)
Given operands for an FSub, fold the result or return null.
LLVM_ABI bool canReplacePointersIfEqual(const Value *From, const Value *To, const DataLayout &DL)
Returns true if a pointer value From can be replaced with another pointer value \To if they are deeme...
Definition Loads.cpp:865
LLVM_ABI bool impliesPoison(const Value *ValAssumedPoison, const Value *V)
Return true if V is poison given that ValAssumedPoison is already poison.
LLVM_ABI Value * simplifyFRemInst(Value *LHS, Value *RHS, FastMathFlags FMF, const SimplifyQuery &Q, fp::ExceptionBehavior ExBehavior=fp::ebIgnore, RoundingMode Rounding=RoundingMode::NearestTiesToEven)
Given operands for an FRem, fold the result or return null.
LLVM_ABI Value * simplifyFAddInst(Value *LHS, Value *RHS, FastMathFlags FMF, const SimplifyQuery &Q, fp::ExceptionBehavior ExBehavior=fp::ebIgnore, RoundingMode Rounding=RoundingMode::NearestTiesToEven)
Given operands for an FAdd, fold the result or return null.
FPClassTest
Floating-point class tests, supported by 'is_fpclass' intrinsic.
LLVM_ABI void computeKnownBits(const Value *V, KnownBits &Known, const DataLayout &DL, AssumptionCache *AC=nullptr, const Instruction *CxtI=nullptr, const DominatorTree *DT=nullptr, bool UseInstrInfo=true, unsigned Depth=0)
Determine which bits of V are known to be either zero or one and return them in the KnownZero/KnownOn...
LLVM_ABI Value * simplifyLShrInst(Value *Op0, Value *Op1, bool IsExact, const SimplifyQuery &Q)
Given operands for a LShr, fold the result or return null.
LLVM_ABI bool NullPointerIsDefined(const Function *F, unsigned AS=0)
Check whether null pointer dereferencing is considered undefined behavior for a given function or an ...
LLVM_ABI bool cannotBeNegativeZero(const Value *V, const SimplifyQuery &SQ, unsigned Depth=0)
Return true if we can prove that the specified FP value is never equal to -0.0.
LLVM_ABI Value * simplifyICmpInst(CmpPredicate Pred, Value *LHS, Value *RHS, const SimplifyQuery &Q)
Given operands for an ICmpInst, fold the result or return null.
LLVM_ABI ConstantRange getVScaleRange(const Function *F, unsigned BitWidth)
Determine the possible constant range of vscale with the given bit width, based on the vscale_range f...
LLVM_ABI Constant * ConstantFoldCastOperand(unsigned Opcode, Constant *C, Type *DestTy, const DataLayout &DL)
Attempt to constant fold a cast with the specified operand.
LLVM_ABI Value * simplifyAndInst(Value *LHS, Value *RHS, const SimplifyQuery &Q)
Given operands for an And, fold the result or return null.
bool isa(const From &Val)
isa<X> - Return true if the parameter to the template is an instance of one of the template type argu...
Definition Casting.h:547
LLVM_ABI bool intrinsicPropagatesPoison(Intrinsic::ID IID)
Return whether this intrinsic propagates poison for all operands.
LLVM_ABI Value * simplifyExtractValueInst(Value *Agg, ArrayRef< unsigned > Idxs, const SimplifyQuery &Q)
Given operands for an ExtractValueInst, fold the result or return null.
LLVM_ABI bool isNotCrossLaneOperation(const Instruction *I)
Return true if the instruction doesn't potentially cross vector lanes.
LLVM_ABI Value * simplifyInsertValueInst(Value *Agg, Value *Val, ArrayRef< unsigned > Idxs, const SimplifyQuery &Q)
Given operands for an InsertValueInst, fold the result or return null.
LLVM_ABI Constant * ConstantFoldBinaryOpOperands(unsigned Opcode, Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS, const DataLayout &DL)
Attempt to constant fold a binary operation with the specified operands.
LLVM_ABI Value * simplifyFDivInst(Value *LHS, Value *RHS, FastMathFlags FMF, const SimplifyQuery &Q, fp::ExceptionBehavior ExBehavior=fp::ebIgnore, RoundingMode Rounding=RoundingMode::NearestTiesToEven)
Given operands for an FDiv, fold the result or return null.
LLVM_ABI bool isKnownNonZero(const Value *V, const SimplifyQuery &Q, unsigned Depth=0)
Return true if the given value is known to be non-zero when defined.
constexpr int PoisonMaskElem
LLVM_ABI Value * simplifyLoadInst(LoadInst *LI, Value *PtrOp, const SimplifyQuery &Q)
Given a load instruction and its pointer operand, fold the result or return null.
LLVM_ABI Value * simplifyFMAFMul(Value *LHS, Value *RHS, FastMathFlags FMF, const SimplifyQuery &Q, fp::ExceptionBehavior ExBehavior=fp::ebIgnore, RoundingMode Rounding=RoundingMode::NearestTiesToEven)
Given operands for the multiplication of a FMA, fold the result or return null.
LLVM_ABI SelectPatternResult matchDecomposedSelectPattern(CmpInst *CmpI, Value *TrueVal, Value *FalseVal, Value *&LHS, Value *&RHS, FastMathFlags FMF=FastMathFlags(), Instruction::CastOps *CastOp=nullptr, unsigned Depth=0)
Determine the pattern that a select with the given compare as its predicate and given values as its t...
LLVM_ABI Value * simplifyConstrainedFPCall(CallBase *Call, const SimplifyQuery &Q)
Given a constrained FP intrinsic call, tries to compute its simplified version.
LLVM_ABI Value * simplifyBinOp(unsigned Opcode, Value *LHS, Value *RHS, const SimplifyQuery &Q)
Given operands for a BinaryOperator, fold the result or return null.
std::optional< DecomposedBitTest > decomposeBitTest(Value *Cond, bool LookThroughTrunc=true, bool AllowNonZeroC=false, bool DecomposeAnd=false)
Decompose an icmp into the form ((X & Mask) pred C) if possible.
LLVM_ABI Value * findScalarElement(Value *V, unsigned EltNo)
Given a vector and an element number, see if the scalar value is already around as a register,...
LLVM_ABI bool isKnownNonEqual(const Value *V1, const Value *V2, const SimplifyQuery &SQ, unsigned Depth=0)
Return true if the given values are known to be non-equal when defined.
LLVM_ABI Value * simplifyUDivInst(Value *LHS, Value *RHS, bool IsExact, const SimplifyQuery &Q)
Given operands for a UDiv, fold the result or return null.
DWARFExpression::Operation Op
LLVM_ABI bool PointerMayBeCaptured(const Value *V, bool ReturnCaptures, unsigned MaxUsesToExplore=0)
PointerMayBeCaptured - Return true if this pointer value may be captured by the enclosing function (w...
LLVM_ABI Value * simplifyBinaryIntrinsic(Intrinsic::ID IID, Type *ReturnType, Value *Op0, Value *Op1, const SimplifyQuery &Q, const CallBase *Call)
Given operands for a BinaryIntrinsic, fold the result or return null.
RoundingMode
Rounding mode.
@ NearestTiesToEven
roundTiesToEven.
@ TowardNegative
roundTowardNegative.
LLVM_ABI bool isGuaranteedNotToBeUndefOrPoison(const Value *V, AssumptionCache *AC=nullptr, const Instruction *CtxI=nullptr, const DominatorTree *DT=nullptr, unsigned Depth=0)
Return true if this function can prove that V does not have undef bits and is never poison.
unsigned M0(unsigned Val)
Definition VE.h:376
LLVM_ABI unsigned ComputeNumSignBits(const Value *Op, const DataLayout &DL, AssumptionCache *AC=nullptr, const Instruction *CxtI=nullptr, const DominatorTree *DT=nullptr, bool UseInstrInfo=true, unsigned Depth=0)
Return the number of times the sign bit of the register is replicated into the other bits.
LLVM_ABI Value * simplifyInsertElementInst(Value *Vec, Value *Elt, Value *Idx, const SimplifyQuery &Q)
Given operands for an InsertElement, fold the result or return null.
constexpr unsigned BitWidth
LLVM_ABI Value * simplifyWithOpReplaced(Value *V, Value *Op, Value *RepOp, const SimplifyQuery &Q, bool AllowRefinement, SmallVectorImpl< Instruction * > *DropFlags=nullptr)
See if V simplifies when its operand Op is replaced with RepOp.
LLVM_ABI bool maskIsAllZeroOrUndef(Value *Mask)
Given a mask vector of i1, Return true if all of the elements of this predicate mask are known to be ...
decltype(auto) cast(const From &Val)
cast<X> - Return the argument parameter cast to the specified type.
Definition Casting.h:559
LLVM_ABI Value * simplifySRemInst(Value *LHS, Value *RHS, const SimplifyQuery &Q)
Given operands for an SRem, fold the result or return null.
bool is_contained(R &&Range, const E &Element)
Returns true if Element is found in Range.
Definition STLExtras.h:1945
bool all_equal(std::initializer_list< T > Values)
Returns true if all Values in the initializer lists are equal or the list.
Definition STLExtras.h:2156
LLVM_ABI Constant * ConstantFoldInsertValueInstruction(Constant *Agg, Constant *Val, ArrayRef< unsigned > Idxs)
Attempt to constant fold an insertvalue instruction with the specified operands and indices.
LLVM_ABI Constant * ConstantFoldLoadFromConstPtr(Constant *C, Type *Ty, APInt Offset, const DataLayout &DL)
Return the value that a load from C with offset Offset would produce if it is constant and determinab...
LLVM_ABI bool isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(const Value *V, const DataLayout &DL, bool OrZero=false, AssumptionCache *AC=nullptr, const Instruction *CxtI=nullptr, const DominatorTree *DT=nullptr, bool UseInstrInfo=true, unsigned Depth=0)
Return true if the given value is known to have exactly one bit set when defined.
@ Continue
Definition DWP.h:22
LLVM_ABI std::optional< bool > isImpliedByDomCondition(const Value *Cond, const Instruction *ContextI, const DataLayout &DL)
Return the boolean condition value in the context of the given instruction if it is known based on do...
LLVM_ABI Value * simplifyCmpInst(CmpPredicate Predicate, Value *LHS, Value *RHS, const SimplifyQuery &Q)
Given operands for a CmpInst, fold the result or return null.
LLVM_ABI bool isGuaranteedNotToBePoison(const Value *V, AssumptionCache *AC=nullptr, const Instruction *CtxI=nullptr, const DominatorTree *DT=nullptr, unsigned Depth=0)
Returns true if V cannot be poison, but may be undef.
LLVM_ABI Constant * ConstantFoldInstOperands(const Instruction *I, ArrayRef< Constant * > Ops, const DataLayout &DL, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI=nullptr, bool AllowNonDeterministic=true)
ConstantFoldInstOperands - Attempt to constant fold an instruction with the specified operands.
LLVM_ABI bool isKnownNegation(const Value *X, const Value *Y, bool NeedNSW=false, bool AllowPoison=true)
Return true if the two given values are negation.
LLVM_ABI const Value * getUnderlyingObject(const Value *V, unsigned MaxLookup=MaxLookupSearchDepth)
This method strips off any GEP address adjustments, pointer casts or llvm.threadlocal....
LLVM_ABI Constant * ConstantFoldIntegerCast(Constant *C, Type *DestTy, bool IsSigned, const DataLayout &DL)
Constant fold a zext, sext or trunc, depending on IsSigned and whether the DestTy is wider or narrowe...
LLVM_ABI const SimplifyQuery getBestSimplifyQuery(Pass &, Function &)
std::pair< Value *, FPClassTest > fcmpToClassTest(FCmpInst::Predicate Pred, const Function &F, Value *LHS, Value *RHS, bool LookThroughSrc=true)
Returns a pair of values, which if passed to llvm.is.fpclass, returns the same result as an fcmp with...
LLVM_ABI void getUnderlyingObjects(const Value *V, SmallVectorImpl< const Value * > &Objects, const LoopInfo *LI=nullptr, unsigned MaxLookup=MaxLookupSearchDepth)
This method is similar to getUnderlyingObject except that it can look through phi and select instruct...
bool isCheckForZeroAndMulWithOverflow(Value *Op0, Value *Op1, bool IsAnd, Use *&Y)
Match one of the patterns up to the select/logic op: Op0 = icmp ne i4 X, 0 Agg = call { i4,...
bool canIgnoreSNaN(fp::ExceptionBehavior EB, FastMathFlags FMF)
Returns true if the possibility of a signaling NaN can be safely ignored.
Definition FPEnv.h:86
LLVM_ABI Value * simplifyURemInst(Value *LHS, Value *RHS, const SimplifyQuery &Q)
Given operands for a URem, fold the result or return null.
LLVM_ABI Value * simplifyExtractElementInst(Value *Vec, Value *Idx, const SimplifyQuery &Q)
Given operands for an ExtractElementInst, fold the result or return null.
LLVM_ABI Value * simplifySelectInst(Value *Cond, Value *TrueVal, Value *FalseVal, const SimplifyQuery &Q)
Given operands for a SelectInst, fold the result or return null.
constexpr detail::IsaCheckPredicate< Types... > IsaPred
Function object wrapper for the llvm::isa type check.
Definition Casting.h:866
LLVM_ABI std::optional< bool > isImpliedCondition(const Value *LHS, const Value *RHS, const DataLayout &DL, bool LHSIsTrue=true, unsigned Depth=0)
Return true if RHS is known to be implied true by LHS.
void swap(llvm::BitVector &LHS, llvm::BitVector &RHS)
Implement std::swap in terms of BitVector swap.
Definition BitVector.h:872
#define N
This callback is used in conjunction with PointerMayBeCaptured.
virtual Action captured(const Use *U, UseCaptureInfo CI)=0
Use U directly captures CI.UseCC and additionally CI.ResultCC through the return value of the user of...
virtual void tooManyUses()=0
tooManyUses - The depth of traversal has breached a limit.
Incoming for lane maks phi as machine instruction, incoming register Reg and incoming block Block are...
InstrInfoQuery provides an interface to query additional information for instructions like metadata o...
bool isExact(const BinaryOperator *Op) const
MDNode * getMetadata(const Instruction *I, unsigned KindID) const
bool hasNoSignedWrap(const InstT *Op) const
bool hasNoUnsignedWrap(const InstT *Op) const
bool isNonNegative() const
Returns true if this value is known to be non-negative.
Definition KnownBits.h:108
bool isZero() const
Returns true if value is all zero.
Definition KnownBits.h:80
unsigned countMinTrailingZeros() const
Returns the minimum number of trailing zero bits.
Definition KnownBits.h:255
unsigned countMaxTrailingZeros() const
Returns the maximum number of trailing zero bits possible.
Definition KnownBits.h:287
bool hasConflict() const
Returns true if there is conflicting information.
Definition KnownBits.h:51
unsigned getBitWidth() const
Get the bit width of this value.
Definition KnownBits.h:44
unsigned countMaxActiveBits() const
Returns the maximum number of bits needed to represent all possible unsigned values with these known ...
Definition KnownBits.h:309
unsigned countMinLeadingZeros() const
Returns the minimum number of leading zero bits.
Definition KnownBits.h:261
APInt getMaxValue() const
Return the maximal unsigned value possible given these KnownBits.
Definition KnownBits.h:148
APInt getMinValue() const
Return the minimal unsigned value possible given these KnownBits.
Definition KnownBits.h:132
bool isNegative() const
Returns true if this value is known to be negative.
Definition KnownBits.h:105
static LLVM_ABI KnownBits shl(const KnownBits &LHS, const KnownBits &RHS, bool NUW=false, bool NSW=false, bool ShAmtNonZero=false)
Compute known bits for shl(LHS, RHS).
bool isKnownAlwaysNaN() const
Return true if it's known this must always be a nan.
static constexpr FPClassTest OrderedLessThanZeroMask
std::optional< bool > SignBit
std::nullopt if the sign bit is unknown, true if the sign bit is definitely set or false if the sign ...
bool isKnownNeverNaN() const
Return true if it's known this can never be a nan.
bool isKnownNever(FPClassTest Mask) const
Return true if it's known this can never be one of the mask entries.
bool cannotBeOrderedLessThanZero() const
Return true if we can prove that the analyzed floating-point value is either NaN or never less than -...
The adaptor from a function pass to a loop pass computes these analyses and makes them available to t...
Various options to control the behavior of getObjectSize.
bool NullIsUnknownSize
If this is true, null pointers in address space 0 will be treated as though they can't be evaluated.
Mode EvalMode
How we want to evaluate this object's size.
@ Min
Evaluate all branches of an unknown condition.
SelectPatternFlavor Flavor
static bool isMinOrMax(SelectPatternFlavor SPF)
When implementing this min/max pattern as fcmp; select, does the fcmp have to be ordered?
const DataLayout & DL
const Instruction * CxtI
bool CanUseUndef
Controls whether simplifications are allowed to constrain the range of possible values for uses of un...
const DominatorTree * DT
SimplifyQuery getWithInstruction(const Instruction *I) const
LLVM_ABI bool isUndefValue(Value *V) const
If CanUseUndef is true, returns whether V is undef.
AssumptionCache * AC
const TargetLibraryInfo * TLI
SimplifyQuery getWithoutUndef() const
const InstrInfoQuery IIQ
Capture information for a specific Use.